1933 Act File No. 333-~~[ ]~~_____

United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form S-1

Registration Statement

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

Nationwide Life Insurance Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

OHIO	6311	31-4156830
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

One Nationwide Plaza, Columbus, Ohio 43215

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of registrant's principal executive offices)

Denise L. Skingle
Senior Vice President and Secretary
One Nationwide Plaza
Columbus, Ohio 43215
Telephone: (614) 249-7111

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: May 1, 2024

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer", "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.☐

Large accelerated filer

☐

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

☒

Smaller reporting company

☐

Emerging growth company

☐

Persons who are to respond to the collection of information contained in this form are not required to respond unless the form displays a currently valid OMB control number.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

~~The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed.~~ Nationwide ~~may~~DefenderSM ~~not~~Annuity sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0

Individual Single Purchase Payment Deferred Annuity Contract with Index-Linked Strategies

Issued by

NATIONWIDE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Prospectus Dated May 1, 2024

This prospectus describes the Nationwide ~~Defined~~DefenderSM ~~Protection®~~ Annuity ~~2.0~~ Contract (the "Contract"), including all material rights and obligations under the Contract. Please read this prospectus carefully and keep it for future reference. Special terms used throughout this prospectus are defined under "Defined Terms."

The Contract is issued by Nationwide Life Insurance Company. The Contract is intended to be a long-term investment vehicle to assist investors in saving for and living in retirement. Nationwide has designed the Contract to offer features, pricing, and investment options that encourage long-term ownership. Withdrawals taken during the first six years of the Contract, including a full surrender, may be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and market value adjustment which ~~may~~ reduce the amount of the withdrawal. All or a portion of any withdrawal may be subject to federal income taxes and withdrawals before age 59½ may be subject to a 10% penalty tax.

The Contract has ~~exists in~~ two separate phases: accumulation (savings) and annuitization (income). During the accumulation phase, the Contract offers as investment options a Fixed Strategy providing principal protection and a guaranteed fixed rate of interest, and Index Strategies each linking to the performance of a specific market index and including a level of protection against loss. At any time after the first two years of the Contract, the contract owner may elect to enter the annuitization phase, during which the investment options are no longer available, and Nationwide makes periodic income payments to the Annuitant.

Currently, each Index Strategy is linked to one of the following indexes:

BlackRock Select Factor Index	J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index	MSCI EAFE Index	NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index
SG Macro Compass Index	S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index	S&P 500® Index

MSCI EAFE

Nasdaq-100 Index®

Russell 2000 Index®

S&P 400® Index

S&P 500® Index

An investment in an Index Strategy does not represent an investment in the linked index or any securities or other assets included in the linked index. Each Index is a "price-return" index, meaning its performance does not reflect any dividends or distributions by the Index's component companies.

The Contract may gain or lose value based on the performance of the Strategies selected. Each Strategy has a start and end date, and the duration between those two dates is referred to as the "Strategy Term." At the end of a Strategy Term, a contract owner may ~~allocate~~reinvest ~~funds~~in to the same Strategy, if available, or transfer ~~funds~~their money to another Strategy available for investment. Transfers between Strategies are not permitted until the end of a Strategy Term unless a contract owner exercises their right under the "Performance Lock" feature, which allows a one-time transfer from an Index Strategy to the Fixed Strategy during a Strategy Term iffor ~~that~~a ~~Index Strategy's performance is above the floor provided by the Protection Level~~fee.

~~Your~~The ~~Contract~~Index ~~will~~Strategies’ ~~gain~~gains orand ~~lose value~~losses ~~based~~also depend on the ~~performance~~application of ~~your~~important factors ~~Strategies.~~referred ~~Your~~to ~~gains~~as ~~and~~"Crediting ~~losses~~Factors" ~~depend~~that onmake up the ~~application~~Index Strategy. All Index Strategies have a percentage of ~~important~~downside ~~factors~~protection called a "Buffer" that ~~make~~provides uplimited ~~the~~protection ~~Strategy~~against loss. InThe ~~addition~~full protection of the Buffer only applies to amounts held until the ~~linked~~end ~~index~~of a Strategy Term, and the ~~length~~full benefit of any gains in an Index Strategy only applies to amounts held until the end of a Strategy Term,. ~~these~~Index ~~factors~~Strategies ~~include~~that adeclare "~~Protection~~Cap ~~Level~~Rates" limit gains, aand ~~"Participation~~Index ~~Rate"~~Strategies ~~and~~that declare "~~Strategy~~Cap+ ~~Spread.~~Rates" may participate in less than 100% of the index performance which decreases upside potential..

•The risk of loss may be greater for withdrawals made during a Strategy Term than for withdrawals made on the last day of a Strategy Term, and the value of an Index Strategy may be less than what the value was on the first day of the Strategy Term even if the value of the index has increased since the beginning of the Strategy Term.

~~The~~While ~~Protection Level is~~ the ~~amount~~Contract ofprovides ~~downside~~some protection onagainst ~~negative~~loss, ~~Index Strategy~~there ~~Earnings~~is ~~for~~ a risk ~~given~~of ~~Strategy~~substantial ~~Term.~~loss ~~The~~of ~~Protection~~your ~~Level~~principal isinvestment. ~~presented~~The asrisk aof ~~percentage~~loss ~~and~~may abe ~~higher~~greater ~~Protection~~in ~~Level~~the ~~percentage~~case ~~provides~~of ~~more~~an ~~protection~~early ~~against~~withdrawal ~~loss~~due ~~than~~to aany ~~lower~~contingent ~~Protection~~deferred ~~Level~~sales ~~percentage.~~charge Ifand ~~you~~market ~~select~~value aadjustment ~~Strategy~~that ~~with~~may aapply ~~90%~~to ~~Protection~~the ~~Level,~~withdrawal. ~~your~~Withdrawals ~~Index~~during a Strategy ~~Earnings~~Term ~~cannot~~may benot ~~lower~~receive ~~than~~the ~~-10%.~~full Ifdownside ~~you~~protection ~~select~~from athe ~~Strategy~~applicable ~~with~~Buffer. aA ~~95%~~prospective ~~Protection~~purchaser ~~Level,~~should ~~your~~not ~~Index~~buy ~~Strategy~~the ~~Earnings~~Contract ~~cannot~~if bethey ~~lower~~are ~~than~~not ~~-5%.~~willing Ifto ~~you~~assume ~~select~~the arisks ~~Strategy~~associated with athe ~~100%~~Contract. ~~Protection~~See ~~level,~~"Risk ~~your~~Factors" ~~Index~~beginning ~~Strategy~~on ~~Earnings~~page ~~cannot be lower than 0%~~14.

•

The Participation Rate acts as a multiplier because it has the effect of multiplying the performance of the Index, positive or negative. If the Participation Rate is greater than 100%, it increases upside potential while also increasing risk of loss. Conversely, if the Participation Rate is lower than 100%, it decreases upside potential while also decreasing risk of loss. While Participation Rates may be set above 100%, they may also be set as low as 5%. A low Participation Rate would cause a Strategy to participate in the performance of the linked index to only a small extent. Application of the Participation Rate will not cause an Index Strategy Earnings to drop below the floor protection provided by the Protection Level.

•

The Strategy Spread is an annualized percentage used as a deduction in the calculation of gains and losses. The Strategy Spread operates to negatively impact the performance of the Strategy. This means it will reduce gains and potentially increase losses. The Strategy Spread can result in losses under a Strategy even if the linked Index has increased in value; however, application of the Strategy Spread will not cause the performance of an Index Strategy to drop below the floor protection provided by the Protection Level.

Gains or losses related to the performance of a Strategy are referred to as "Index Strategy Earnings." Index Strategy Earnings may be positive, negative, or equal to zero.

For Index Strategies with a Protection Level less than 100%, the value of an Index Strategy may be less than what the value was on the first day of the Strategy Term even if the value of the index has increased since the beginning of the Strategy Term.

While the Contract offers varying levels of protection against loss, there is a risk of substantial loss of your principal investment. The risk of loss may be greater in the case of an early withdrawal due to any contingent deferred sales charge and market value adjustment that may apply to the withdrawal. A prospective purchaser should not buy the Contract if they are not willing to assume the risks associated with the Contract. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 17.

Index-linked annuity contracts are complicated investments. Prospective purchasers should consult with a financial professional about the Contract's features, benefits, risks, and fees and whether the contract is appropriate based upon his or her financial situation and objectives.

Prospective purchasers may obtain an application to purchase the Contract through broker-dealers that have been appointed by Nationwide as insurance agents and that have selling agreements with Nationwide Investment Services Corporation ("NISC"), the principal underwriter for the Contracts. NISC will use its best efforts to sell the Contracts, but is not required to sell any number or dollar amount of Contracts. Nationwide may stop offering the Contracts at any time.

Under state insurance laws, Contract Owners have the right, during a limited period of time, to examine their contract and decide if they want to keep it or cancel it. This right is referred to as a "free look" right. If the Contract Owner elects to cancel the contract pursuant to the free look provision, where required by law, Nationwide will return the greater of the Contract Value or the amount of the initial purchase payment applied during the free look period, less any withdrawals from the contract, and applicable federal and state income tax withholding. Otherwise, Nationwide will return the Contract Value, less any withdrawals from the contract, and applicable federal and state income tax withholding. The Contract Value may be more or less than the initial purchase payment (see "Right to Examine and Cancel").

This prospectus does not constitute an offering in any jurisdiction in which the Contract may not lawfully be sold.

All guarantees under the Contract are subject to ~~our~~Nationwide’s creditworthiness and claims-paying ability.

The Contract is not a bank deposit, is not FDIC insured, and is not insured or endorsed by any bank or government agency. The Contract may not be available in every state.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For information on how to contact Nationwide, see Contacting the Service Center.

Table of Contents

Page DEFINED TERMS 1 SUMMARY 5 RISK FACTORS 1714 RISK OF LOSS 1714 LIQUIDITY RISK 1715 INVESTMENT RISK 1715 RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE INDEXES 1816 DAILY INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERCENTAGE (DAILY ISE PERCENTAGE) RISK 1917 ~~LIMITED~~LIMITATION ON GROWTH POTENTIAL RISK (~~STRATEGY~~CAP ~~SPREAD~~RATE AND PARTICIPATION RATE RISK) 1917 REINVESTMENT RISK 2017 ~~RISK~~PERFORMANCE OFLOCK ~~CHANGES~~RISK TO18 ~~PARTICIPATION~~REDUCTION ~~RATE~~IN ~~AND/OR~~INDEX STRATEGY ~~SPREAD~~BASIS ~~20 PERFORMANCE LOCK~~ RISK 2018 INDEX SUBSTITUTION RISK 2119 INVESTMENT RISK DURING THE RIGHT TO EXAMINE PERIOD 2119 NATIONWIDE’S FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND CLAIMS PAYING ABILITY RISK 2219 CYBER SECURITY RISK 2219 BUSINESS CONTINUITY RISK 2220 FEES AND DEDUCTIONS 2220 PRODUCT FEE 20 CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGES (CDSC) 2220 MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENTS (MVA) 2321 WAIVER OR REDUCTION OF THE CDSC OR MVA 2422 INCREASE IN REMAINING FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT AFTER A LONG-TERM CARE AND TERMINAL ILLNESS OR INJURY (CDSC AND MVA WAIVER) 2523 PERFORMANCE LOCK FEE 23 PREMIUM TAXES 2624 RETURN OF PREMIUM DEATH BENEFIT OPTION 24 GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT 2624 THE CONTRACT 2624 STATE VARIATIONS 2625 CONTESTABILITY 2625 NON-PARTICIPATING 2625 MONEY LAUNDERING 2625 PAYMENTS TO MINORS 2725 ASSIGNMENT 2725 BENEFICIALLY OWNED CONTRACTS 2725 PURCHASING THE CONTRACT 2726 PURCHASE PAYMENT 2726 ALLOCATING THE PURCHASE PAYMENT 2826 DATE OF ISSUE 2826 RIGHT TO EXAMINE AND CANCEL 2827 PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT AND RELATED PERSONS 2827 ~~NATIONWIDE 28~~ CONTRACT OWNER 2927 JOINT OWNER 2927 ANNUITANT 2927 CONTINGENT ANNUITANT 2928 CO-ANNUITANT 2928 JOINT ANNUITANT 2928 BENEFICIARIES AND CONTINGENT BENEFICIARIES 3028 CHANGES TO PERSONS NAMED UNDER THE CONTRACT 3028 FIXED STRATEGY 3029 INDEX STRATEGIES 3129 GENERAL 3129 ~~CREDITING FACTORS 31~~ INDEX 3229 ~~MARKET~~STRATEGY ~~EXPOSURES~~TERM ~~AND~~30 ~~INVESTMENT~~BUFFER ~~RISKS~~30 33PARTICIPATION ~~DESCRIPTION~~RATE ~~OF THE INDEXES 37 ADDITIONAL INDEX INFORMATION 44 STRATEGY TERM 45~~31

Table of Contents (continued)

	Page
PROTECTION LEVEL	45
INDEX STRATEGIES WITH CAP RATES	31
PARTICIPATION RATE	46
INDEX STRATEGIES WITH CAP+ RATES	33
STRATEGY SPREAD	47
CURRENT INDEX STRATEGIES	34
CURRENT INDEX STRATEGIES	48
ADDITIONAL INDEX INFORMATION	35
ACTIONS ON STRATEGY TERM END DATES	49
DESCRIPTION OF INDEXES	35
GENERAL	49
UNAVAILABLE INDEX VALUES	35
TRANSFERS BETWEEN STRATEGIES	49
INDEX SUBSTITUTION DURING A STRATEGY TERM	36
PERFORMANCE LOCK	50
ACTIONS ON STRATEGY TERM END DATES	36
GENERAL	5036
PERFORMANCE LOCKS EXERCISED WITHIN 45 DAYS OF A CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY	51
TRANSFERS BETWEEN STRATEGIES	36
VALUING THE CONTRACT	51
PERFORMANCE LOCK	37
CONTRACT VALUE AND STRATEGY VALUES	51
GENERAL	37
INDEX STRATEGY BASIS	51
PERFORMANCE LOCKS EXERCISED WITHIN 45 DAYS OF A CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY	38
SURRENDER VALUE	52
VALUING THE CONTRACT	38
INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS	52
CONTRACT VALUE AND STRATEGY VALUES	38
TERM END INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS	52
INDEX STRATEGY BASIS	38
TERM END INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERCENTAGE (TERM END ISE PERCENTAGE)	52
SURRENDER VALUE	39
DAILY INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS	53
INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS	39
DAILY INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERENTAGE (DAILY ISE PERCENTAGE)	53
TERM END INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERCENTAGE (TERM END ISE PERCENTAGE)	39
MINIMUM NONFORFEITURE VALUE	54
DAILY INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERCENTAGE (DAILY ISE PERCENTAGE)	39
FIXED STRATEGY MINIMUM NONFORFEITURE VALUE	54
WITHDRAWALS	40
INDEX STRATEGY MINIMUM NONFORFEITURE VALUE	56
PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL TREATED AS A FULL SURRENDER	41
WITHDRAWALS	58
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS	41
PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL TREATED AS A FULL SURRENDER	58
DEATH BENEFIT AND SUCCESSION RIGHTS	41
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS	59
DEATH PRIOR TO ANNUITIZATION	41
DEATH BENEFIT AND SUCCESSION RIGHTS	59
DEATH AFTER ANNUITIZATION	42
DEATH PRIOR TO ANNUITIZATION	59
PAYMENT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT	42
DEATH AFTER ANNUITIZATION	60
CALCULATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT	43
PAYMENT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT	60
SPOUSAL PROTECTION FEATURE	44
CALCULATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT	61
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE	45
SPOUSAL PROTECTION FEATURE	62
ANNUITIZING THE CONTRACT	45
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE	62
ANNUITIZATION	45
ANNUITIZING THE CONTRACT	63
ANNUITIZATION OF AMOUNTS GREATER THAN $5,000,000	47
ANNUITIZATION	63
CONTRACT TYPES AND FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS	47
ANNUITIZATION OF AMOUNTS GREATER THAN $5,000,000	65
REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS	56
CONTRACT TYPES AND FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS	65
OTHER INFORMATION	58
REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS	74
APPENDIX A: ADDITIONAL INDEX DISCLOSURES	62
OTHER INFORMATION	76
APPENDIX B: STATE VARIATIONS	66
APPENDIX A: ADDITIONAL INDEX DISCLOSURES	80
APPENDIX C: MVA EXAMPLES	67
APPENDIX B: STATE VARIATIONS	88
APPENDIX D: DAILY INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERCENTAGE	69
APPENDIX C: MVA, PARTIAL, WITHDRAWAL, AND SURRENDER EXAMPLES	89
Examples	70
APPENDIX D: DAILY INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERCENTAGE	93
APPENDIX E: NATIONWIDE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS AND STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULES	75
Examples	94

Available Information

The SEC maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains the prospectus and other information.

iii

DEFINED TERMS

Provided below is a list of special terms used throughout this prospectus. Certain other special terms are defined in context where they first appear in this prospectus.

Adjusted Index Performance (AIP) - The percentage gain or loss in the Index Strategy Value at the end of the Strategy Term, calculated using the Crediting Factors applied to the Index Performance, prior to the application of the Protection Level. Annuitant - The person upon whose life any life-contingent annuity payments depend and the person whose death triggers payment of the Death Benefit. The Annuitant is also the person to whom annuity payments are made during Annuitization. Annuitization - The period during which annuity payments are received by the Annuitant. Annuitization Date - The date on which annuity payments begin. Annuity Commencement Date - The date on which annuity payments are scheduled to begin. Beneficiary - A person designated by the Contract Owner who may receive certain benefits under the Contract, including the Death Benefit. Buffer - The maximum percentage of loss that Nationwide will absorb when calculating the percentage of gain or loss for an Index Strategy on a Strategy Term End Date. The percentage of gain or loss on the Strategy Term End Date is referred to as the Term End Index Strategy Earnings Percentage. Negative Index Performance beyond the Buffer results in a negative Term End Index Strategy Earnings Percentage which will reduce the value of the Index Strategy. The full protection of the Buffer only applies to amounts held until the end of the Strategy Term. Business Day - Each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for regular trading. A Business Day ends at the same time that regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange closes (typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). ~~CDSC~~Cap ~~Period~~Rate - ~~The~~For ~~period~~Index Strategies with Cap Rates, the maximum positive percentage of ~~time~~gain ~~during~~that ~~which~~may be applied when calculating the percentage of gain or loss for an Index Strategy on a ~~CDSC~~Strategy Term End Date. The percentage of gain or loss on the Strategy Term End Date is referred to as the Term End Index Strategy Earnings Percentage. An Index Strategy’s Cap Rate is declared prior to each Strategy Term and may be ~~assessed~~different each Strategy Term. Cap+ Rate - For Index Strategies with Cap+ Rates, the declared percentage of Index Performance that determines when a Participation Rate is applied when calculating the percentage of gain or loss for an Index Strategy on ~~any~~a ~~partial~~Strategy ~~withdrawal~~Term End Date. The percentage of gain or ~~full~~loss ~~surrender~~on ~~from~~the Strategy Term End Date is referred to as the ~~Contract~~Term End Index Strategy Earnings Percentage. ~~The~~For ~~CDSC~~Index ~~Period~~Strategies with Cap+ Rates, all Index Performance up to the Cap+ Rate is ~~currently~~applied, ~~six~~and ~~years~~then any Index Performance in excess of the Cap+ Rate is applied based upon a Participation Rate, which may be greater or less than, or equal to, 100%. Both the Cap+ Rate and Participation Rate are declared prior to each Strategy Term and may be different each Strategy Term. Charitable Remainder Trust - A trust meeting the requirements of Section 664 of the Code. Co-~~Annuitant~~Annuitants - The ~~person~~persons designated by the Contract Owner to receive the benefit associated with the Spousal Protection Feature. If there is a Co-Annuitant, references to Co-Annuitants will apply to both the Annuitant and Co- Annuitant, and references to a Co-Annuitant will apply to either of them, unless the context requires otherwise. Code - The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Contingent Annuitant - The person who becomes the Annuitant if the Annuitant dies before the Annuitization Date. Contingent Beneficiary - The person or entity designated by the Contract Owner to receive any benefits accorded the Beneficiary if the Beneficiary is not living when the Annuitant dies. Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC) - A charge that may be assessed if a partial withdrawal or full surrender is taken during the first six Contract Years. Contract - The Nationwide ~~Defined~~Defender ~~Protection®~~ Annuity ~~2.0~~ Contract, the individual single purchase payment deferred annuity contract with index-linked strategies described in this prospectus. Contract Anniversary - Beginning with the Date of Issue, each recurring twelve month anniversary of the Date of Issue while the Contract remains in force. Contract Owner - The person who owns all rights under the Contract prior to the Annuitization Date, along with any Joint Owner. As the context requires, "you" refers to a potential or existing Contract Owner. Contract Value - The ~~value of the Contract calculated at the end of each Business Day. The Contract Value is equal to the~~ sum of the Fixed Strategy Value and Index Strategy Values for each of the Index Strategies. At issue, the Contract Value is equal to the Purchase Payment. Contract Year - The twelve month period starting on the Date of Issue and each Contract Anniversary. Crediting Factors - The different values that are used to calculate the gain or loss for the Strategies. For the Fixed Strategy, the Crediting Factors are the Fixed Strategy Rate and Strategy Term. For Index Strategies, the Crediting Factors are the Index, Strategy Term, Protection Level, Participation Rate, and Strategy Spread. See each Crediting Factor’s definition in this "Defined Terms" section for a description of each Crediting Factor. Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage) - A percentage used to calculate Index Strategy Earnings on any day during a Strategy Term other than the Strategy Term End Date. The Daily ISE Percentage does not apply to the Fixed Strategy.

~~Daily~~Contract ~~Pre-Protection~~Year ~~Level ISE Percentage~~ - The ~~percentage~~twelve ~~gain~~month orperiod ~~loss~~starting inon the ~~Index~~Date ~~Strategy Value from the start~~ of ~~the~~Issue ~~Strategy~~and ~~Term~~each toContract ~~the~~Anniversary. ~~calculation~~Crediting ~~date~~Factors ~~prior~~- toThe ~~applying~~different ~~the~~values ~~Protection~~that ~~Level.~~are ~~Date~~used ofto ~~Issue~~calculate ~~- The date~~ the ~~Purchase~~gain ~~Payment~~or isloss ~~applied~~for to the ~~Contract~~Strategies. ~~Death~~For ~~Benefit~~the -Fixed ~~The~~Strategy, ~~benefit~~the ~~payable~~Crediting ~~upon~~Factors are the ~~death~~Fixed ofStrategy ~~the~~Rate ~~Annuitant~~and ~~(or~~Strategy ~~Co-Annuitant,~~Term. ifFor ~~applicable)~~Index ~~provided~~Strategies ~~such~~with ~~death~~Cap ~~occurs~~Rates, ~~before~~ the ~~Annuitization~~Crediting ~~Date~~Factors ~~while~~are the ~~Contract~~Index, isStrategy inTerm, ~~force~~Buffer, ~~and~~Participation ~~there~~Rate, isand noCap ~~Contingent Annuitant~~Rate. ~~Elapsed~~For ~~Term~~Index -Strategies ~~The~~with ~~length~~Cap+ ofRates, ~~time between~~ the ~~first~~Crediting ~~day~~Factors ofare the Index, Strategy Term, ofBuffer, aParticipation ~~Strategy~~Rate, and aCap+ ~~specific~~Rate. ~~day~~See ~~during~~each ~~that~~Crediting ~~Strategy~~Factor’s ~~Term.~~definition Itin isthis ~~calculated~~"Defined byTerms" ~~dividing~~section ~~the~~for ~~number~~a description of ~~calendar~~each ~~days~~Crediting ~~that~~Factor. ~~have~~Daily ~~elapsed~~Index ~~during a~~ Strategy ~~Term~~Earnings byPercentage ~~365.~~(Daily ~~Fixed~~ISE ~~Strategy~~Percentage) - AnA ~~investment~~percentage ~~option~~used ~~under~~to ~~the~~calculate ~~Contract~~Index ~~offering~~Strategy ~~guaranteed~~Earnings ~~interest~~on ~~rates~~any ~~funded~~day byduring ~~the~~a ~~General~~Strategy ~~Account~~Term ofother ~~Nationwide.~~than ~~Fixed~~the Strategy ~~Rate~~Term -End Date. The ~~annualized~~full ~~interest~~benefit ~~rate~~of ~~credited~~any ~~daily~~gains in an Index Strategy only applies to amounts ~~allocated~~held tountil the ~~Fixed~~end ~~Strategy~~of ~~during~~ a Strategy Term. ~~Fixed~~The ~~Strategy~~Daily ~~Minimum~~ISE ~~Nonforfeiture~~Percentage ~~Rate(s)~~does -not ~~The~~apply ~~interest rate(s) used~~ to ~~calculate~~ the Fixed Strategy. ~~Minimum~~Date ~~Nonforfeiture~~of ~~Value.~~Issue - The ~~Fixed~~date ~~Strategy~~the ~~Minimum~~Purchase ~~Nonforfeiture~~Payment ~~Rate~~ is ~~calculated~~applied onto the ~~Date~~Contract. ofDeath ~~Issue~~Benefit ~~and~~- ~~on each Redetermination Date.~~ The ~~initial~~benefit ~~Fixed~~payable ~~Strategy~~upon ~~Minimum~~the ~~Nonforfeiture~~death ~~Rate~~of ~~is stated in~~ the ~~Contract.~~Annuitant ~~Fixed~~(or ~~Strategy~~Co-Annuitant, ~~Minimum~~if ~~Nonforfeiture~~applicable) ~~Value~~provided ~~("Fixed~~such ~~Strategy~~death ~~MNV")~~occurs -before ~~The~~the ~~minimum~~Annuitization ~~guaranteed~~Date ~~value~~while athe Contract ~~Owner~~ is ~~entitled~~in toforce ~~upon~~and athere ~~full~~is ~~surrender~~no ofContingent ~~amounts~~Annuitant. ~~allocated to the~~ Fixed Strategy ~~and~~- ~~upon~~An ainvestment ~~full~~option ~~transfer~~under ~~from~~ the ~~Fixed~~Contract ~~Strategy~~offering toguaranteed aninterest ~~Index~~rates ~~Strategy~~funded ~~that~~by ~~does~~the ~~not~~General ~~offer~~Account anof ~~Index Strategy MNV~~Nationwide. Fixed Strategy Rate - The annualized interest rate credited daily to amounts allocated to the Fixed Strategy during a Strategy Term. ~~The initial~~ Fixed Strategy ~~Rate is stated in the Contract and may be different for each subsequent Strategy Term but is guaranteed to be at least 0.25%. Fixed Strategy~~ Value - The value of the Fixed Strategy calculated at the end of each Business Day. The Fixed Strategy’s ~~Strategy~~ Value is equal to the amount allocated to the Fixed Strategy plus any interest credited~~, less any withdrawals (including any applicable CDSC, MVA and taxes)~~. Free Withdrawal - Any portion of the Free Withdrawal Amount that is withdrawn from the Contract ~~during the CDSC Period~~. Free Withdrawal Amount - While the CDSC and MVA are in effect, the amount that the Contract Owner can withdraw from the Contract each Contract Year without incurring a CDSC or an MVA. It is described in the "Waiver or Reduction of the CDSC or MVA" section. General Account - All assets of Nationwide other than those of the Separate Account or in other separate accounts of Nationwide. Home Office - Nationwide's main office located in Columbus, Ohio. Index - The third- party market index associated with an Index Strategy ~~which will, in part, determine the amount of any Index Strategy Earnings applied to a Strategy during a given Strategy Term~~. Index Performance - The change in an Index Value, expressed as a percentage, between the first day of a Strategy Term (or another date for a substitute Index) and a specific future day during that Strategy Term. The Index Performance may be positive, negative, or equal to zero. Index Value - On a Business Day, the closing value of the Index as provided to Nationwide by the Index provider. If for any reason, the closing value of an Index on a Business Day is not provided to Nationwide by the Index provider, the Index Value on that Business Day will be the most recent closing value provided to Nationwide by the Index provider on a previous Business Day. On a day other than a Business Day, the Index Value for an Index will be the closing value of the Index for the previous Business Day. Index Strategy - An investment option under the Contract that is linked to the performance of an index. Index Strategy Basis - A value used to calculate the Index Strategy Value and the Index Strategy Earnings. On the first day of a Strategy Term, the Index Strategy Basis equals the amount allocated to the Index Strategy. During a Strategy Term the Index Strategy Basis is adjusted for withdrawals (including applicable CDSC and MVA), applicable premium taxes, fees, transfers out due to a Performance Lock, and the application of any applicable Term End ISE Percentage. Index Strategy Earnings - The amount applied to the Index Strategy Basis to determine an Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Value. Index Strategy Earnings are represented as a dollar amount and can be positive, negative, or equal to zero. On the Strategy Term End Date, the Index Strategy Earnings are equal to the Term End ISE Percentage multiplied by the Index Strategy Basis. On any other day during a Strategy Term, Index Strategy Earnings are equal to the Daily ISE Percentage multiplied by the Index Strategy Basis. Index Strategy Earnings before the end of a Strategy Term are an estimated present value of what the Index Strategy Earnings will be at the end of the Strategy Term.

Index Strategy ~~Earnings - The amount applied to the Index Strategy Basis to determine an Index Strategy’s Index Strategy~~ Value. Index Strategy Earnings are represented as a dollar amount and can be positive, negative, or equal to zero. On the Strategy Term End Date, the Index Strategy Earnings are equal to the Term End ISE Percentage multiplied by the Index Strategy Basis. On any other day during a Strategy Term, Index Strategy Earnings are equal to the Daily ISE Percentage multiplied by the Index Strategy Basis. Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate(s) - The interest rate(s) used to calculate the Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value. The Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate is calculated on the Date of Issue and on each Redetermination Date. The initial Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate is stated in the Contract. Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value ("Index Strategy MNV") -The minimum value ~~a Contract Owner is entitled to upon a full surrender~~ of ~~the Contract Value allocated to all Index Strategies with a 100% Protection Level and upon a full transfer out of all Index Strategies with a 100% Protection Level to~~ an Index Strategy~~(ies)~~ ~~that does not offer an Index Strategy MNV. Index Strategy Value - The value of an Index Strategy~~ calculated at the end of each Business Day. The Index Strategy Value is equal to the Index Strategy Basis plus Index Strategy Earnings (which may be positive, negative, or equal to zero). The Index Strategy Value is the amount used when processing a withdrawal or full surrender, a Death Benefit payment, a transfer among Strategies, Performance Lock, the calculation of any applicable charge or fee, or an annuitization request. Index Value - On a Business Day, the closing value of the Index as provided to Nationwide by the Index provider. If for any reason, the closing value of an Index on a Business Day is not provided to Nationwide by the Index provider, the Index Value on that Business Day will be the most recent closing value provided to Nationwide by the Index provider on a previous Business Day. On a day other than a Business Day, the Index Value for an Index will be the closing value of the Index for the previous Business Day. Individual Retirement Account - An account that qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Section 408(a) of the Code but does not include Roth IRAs. Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA) - An annuity which qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Section 408(b) of the Code but does not include Roth IRAs or Simple IRAs. Investment-Only Contract - A Contract purchased by a qualified pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan as defined by Section 401(a) of the Code. Joint Owner - The person designated as a second person (in addition to the Contract Owner) to possess an undivided interest in the Contract. If there is a Joint Owner, references to Contract Owner and Joint Owner will apply to both of them, or either of them, unless the context requires otherwise. Market Value Adjustment (MVA) - An adjustment that may be applied if a partial withdrawal or full surrender is taken during the first six Contract Years. MVA Base - The greater of: 1) zero; and 2) the amount withdrawn minus the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount. MVA Index -The index used to determine the Market Value Reference Rate. The MVA Index is stated in the Contract. MVA Period - The length of time beginning on the Date of Issue that Nationwide ~~may apply the MVA to partial withdrawals and a full surrender. The MVA Period is stated in the Contract. Nationwide~~ - Nationwide Life Insurance Company. As the context requires, "we," "us," and "our" ~~refers~~refer to Nationwide. Non-Qualified Contract - A Contract which does not qualify for favorable tax treatment as a Qualified Plan, IRA, Roth IRAs, SEP IRA, or Simple IRA. Participation Rate - A percentage that represents the proportion of the Index Performance used in the calculation of the Term End ISE Percentage ~~and also impacts the Daily ISE Percentage~~. An Index Strategy’s Participation Rate is declared prior to each Strategy Term and may be different each Strategy Term. Participation Rates only apply when the Index Performance is positive. Performance Lock - A feature that allows the Contract Owner to ~~lock~~transfer ~~in the performance of an~~ Index Strategy ~~by transferring Index Strategy~~ Value to the Fixed Strategy on a date other than a Strategy Term End Date. ifNationwide assesses a Performance Lock Fee for Performance Locks. Purchase Payment - Money paid into the Contract by the Contract Owner. Qualified Plan - A retirement plan that receives favorable tax treatment under Section 401 of the Code, including Investment-Only Contracts. In this prospectus, all provisions applicable to Qualified Plans also apply to Investment- Only Contracts unless specifically stated otherwise. Quarterversary - Beginning with the Date of Issue, each recurring quarterly date during which the Contract remains in force. Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount - The amount that the Contract Owner can withdraw from the Contract during the remainder of that Contract Year without incurring a CDSC or an MVA, based on the Free Withdrawals already taken that Contract Year. Roth IRA - An annuity contract which qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Section 408A of the Code. Separate Account - The Index-Linked ~~Strategy~~Annuity Separate Account. Service Center - The department of Nationwide responsible for receiving all service and transaction requests relating to the Contract. For service and transaction requests submitted other than by telephone (including fax requests), the Service Center is Nationwide’s ~~performance~~mail and document processing facility. For service and transaction requests communicated by telephone, the Service Center is ~~greater~~Nationwide’s ~~than~~operations processing facility. Information on how to contact the ~~floor~~Service ~~provided~~Center bymay be found under Contacting the ~~Protection~~Service ~~Level~~Center. ~~Protection~~Simple ~~Level~~IRA - An ~~amount~~annuity contract which qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Section 408(p) of ~~downside~~the ~~protection~~Code. onSimplified ~~negative~~Employee ~~Index~~Pension ~~Strategy~~IRA ~~Earnings~~(SEP IRA) - An annuity contract which qualifies for afavorable ~~given~~tax treatment under Section 408(k) of the Code. Strategies - Investment options under the Contract. Unless otherwise specified, the term Strategies refers to the Fixed Strategy ~~Term~~and Index Strategies collectively.

Purchase Payment - Money paid into the Contract by the Contract Owner. Qualified Plan - A retirement plan that receives favorable tax treatment under Section 401 of the Code, including Investment-Only Contracts. In this prospectus, all provisions applicable to Qualified Plans also apply to Investment- Only Contracts unless specifically stated otherwise. Redetermination Date - The sixth Contract Anniversary and then every two Contract Anniversaries thereafter (i.e., eighth Contract Anniversary, tenth Contract Anniversary, twelfth Contract Anniversary, etc.). Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount - The amount that the Contract Owner can withdraw from the Contract during the remainder of that Contract Year without incurring a CDSC or an MVA, based on the Free Withdrawals already taken that Contract Year. Roth IRA - An annuity contract which qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Section 408A of the Code. Separate Account – The Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account. Service Center - The department of Nationwide responsible for receiving all service and transaction requests relating to the Contract. For service and transaction requests submitted other than by telephone (including fax requests), the Service Center is Nationwide’s mail and document processing facility. For service and transaction requests communicated by telephone, the Service Center is Nationwide’s operations processing facility. Information on how to contact the Service Center may be found under Contacting the Service Center. Simple IRA - An annuity contract which qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Section 408(p) of the Code. Simplified Employee Pension IRA (SEP IRA) - An annuity contract which qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Section 408(k) of the Code. Strategies - Investment options under the Contract. Unless otherwise specified, the term Strategies refers to the Fixed Strategy ~~and~~Term ~~Index Strategies collectively. Strategy Spread~~ - An annualized percentage that acts as a deduction in the calculation of the Term End ISE Percentage and also impacts the Daily ISE Percentage. The Strategy Spread reduces Index Strategy Earnings, subject to the amount of downside protection provided by the Protection Level. An Index Strategy’s Strategy Spread is declared prior to each Strategy Term and may be different each Strategy Term . Strategy Term – For the Fixed Strategy, the initial Strategy Term begins on the Date of Issue and ends on the first Contract Anniversary, and each subsequent Strategy Term begins on each Contract Anniversary and ends on the following Contract Anniversary. For an Index Strategy, the Strategy Term is the total maturity time of the Index Strategy, expressed in years. Strategy Term End Date –- The last day of a Strategy Term. A Strategy Term End Date is the same calendar day as the Date of Issue. Surrender Value - The amount available upon full surrender of the Contract. It is equal to the Contract Value less any applicable CDSC and premium taxes, plus any applicable MVA~~, which may be positive or negative~~. Term End Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Term End ISE Percentage) –- A percentage used to calculate Index Strategy Earnings on the Strategy Term End Date. How the Term End ISE Percentage is calculated depends on whether the Index Strategy is an Index Strategy with Cap Rate or an Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate. See, "Term End Index Strategy Earnings Percentage" for a description of how the Term End ISE Percentage is calculated for each type of Index Strategy.

SUMMARY

This summary provides a brief overview of the Contract. You should carefully read the entire prospectus before you decide whether to purchase the Contract. This prospectus describes all Strategies, features, and benefits that Nationwide makes available under the Contract. The Contract may not be currently available in all states, may vary in your state, or may not be available ~~from~~through all selling firms or ~~from all~~ financial professionals. In addition, a selling firm may elect to make available only certain Strategies, features, or benefits to its clients. A selling firm’s marketing materials may describe only those Strategies, features, and benefits available through the firm. A selling firm may limit the Strategies available through the firm when the Contract is purchased. For additional information on all Strategies that are available under the Contract, as described in this prospectus, please contact your financial professional or the Service Center.

Who is Nationwide?

Nationwide is the issuer of the Contract. Nationwide is a stock life insurance company organized under Ohio law, with its home office located at One Nationwide Plaza, Columbus, Ohio 43215. Nationwide is a provider of life insurance, annuities, and retirement products. It is admitted to do business in all states, the District of Columbia, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico.

What is the purpose of the Contract?

The Contract in General

The Contract is intended to be a long-term investment vehicle to assist investors in saving for and living in retirement. It provides the Contract Owner with a stream of periodic income payments upon retirement. During the years leading up to those income payments, the Contract Owner manages his/her assets in the Contract according to their specific goals and risk preferences by directing the allocation and reallocation among a variety of investment options. ~~The value of your~~ Contract will increase or decrease depending on the amount of earnings that we apply to your Contract. When earnings are credited to your Contract you may experience a gain or a loss depending on whether the earnings are positive or negative. Contract growth is tax-deferred, meaning that gains in the Contract are not taxable until withdrawn from the Contract. Finally, in the event that the Annuitant dies before beginning income payments, the Contract offers a Death Benefit.

Nationwide assesses an annual Product Fee of 1.10%, charged quarterly on the Contract Value allocated to Index Strategies. The Product Fee is not assessed on Contract Value allocated to the Fixed Strategy.

All payments under the Contract are subject to Nationwide’s financial strength and claims-paying ability, as well as the terms and conditions described in this prospectus.

While the Contract provides ~~varying~~some ~~levels of~~ protection against loss, you can lose money under the Contract. It is possible to lose a substantial amount of your principal investment. You should not buy the Contract if you are not willing to assume the risks associated with the Contract. See "Risk Factors." Additionally, you should not buy the Contract if you are looking for a short-term investment or if you plan to take withdrawals in excess of the Free Withdrawal Amount during the first six years of the Contract.

Investment Options

Prior to the Annuitization Date, the ~~Contract~~Contact offers a Fixed Strategy and Index Strategies as investment options. The Fixed Strategy provides principal protection and credits interest daily at a specified rate called the Fixed Strategy Rate that is guaranteed for each 1-year Strategy Term for which it is declared. Each Index Strategy offered is linked to an Index, ~~and~~ has a Strategy Term of 1, or 3 years. Each Index Strategy includes a defined level of downside protection that limits the amount of loss you can experience during a Strategy Term. We refer to this defined downside protection as a "Protection Level." Each Strategy also includes a percentage that determines the proportion of the Index performance you receive over the course of a Strategy Term, ~~subject~~or to6 ~~the defined level of downside protection~~years, ~~which~~and ~~is referred to as~~ a ~~"Participation~~Buffer ~~Rate."~~of ~~A Strategy’s Participation Rate can be greater than 100~~10%, ~~but~~or ~~can be as low as 5~~20%. The ~~Participation~~Buffer ~~Rate~~ is ~~declared~~the ~~prior~~maximum topercentage ~~each~~of ~~Strategy~~loss ~~Term~~that ~~and may be different for each Strategy Term. Some Strategies also have an~~Nationwide ~~annualized~~absorbs ~~percentage~~when ~~that~~calculating isany ~~used~~losses asat ~~a deduction in~~ the ~~calculation~~end of ~~an Index Strategy’s performance called~~ a "Strategy ~~Spread~~Term." ~~See "Index Strategies."~~

Each Index Strategy also has a Participation Rate, which acts as a multiplier because it has the effect of multiplying the performance of the Index. If the Participation Rate is greater than 100%, it increases upside potential. Conversely, if the Participation Rate is lower than 100%, it decreases upside potential. Each Index Strategy also has either: 1) a Cap Rate, which is the maximum gain for an Index Strategy at the end of its Strategy Term; or 2) a Cap+ Rate, which is the percentage of Index Performance that determines when a Participation Rate begins applying when calculating the percentage of gain at the end of a Strategy Term. The Participation Rate, Cap Rate, and Cap+ Rate are declared prior to each Strategy Term and may be different each Strategy Term. See "Index Strategies."

Values Under the Contract

~~The~~On ~~Fixed~~each ~~Strategy~~Business ~~has~~Day, ~~one-year~~Nationwide ~~Strategy~~calculates ~~Terms~~the ~~and~~value ~~credits~~of ~~interest~~each ~~daily~~Index ~~at a fixed rate~~Strategy. The ~~initial~~value ~~Fixed~~of an Index Strategy ~~Rate~~ is ~~stated~~ inreferred ~~the~~to ~~Contract~~as ~~and~~the ~~may~~Index beStrategy ~~different~~Value. ~~for~~To ~~each~~calculate ~~subsequent~~the Index Strategy ~~Term~~Value, ~~but~~Nationwide isfirst ~~guaranteed~~calculates ~~to be at least 0.25%. The value of~~ the ~~Fixed~~Index Strategy isBasis, ~~calculated~~which atis the ~~end~~amount ofthe ~~each~~Contract ~~Business~~Owner ~~Day.~~allocated ~~The~~to ~~Fixed~~the ~~Strategy’s~~Index Strategy ~~Value~~at ~~is equal to~~ the ~~amount~~beginning ~~allocated~~of to the ~~Fixed~~ Strategy ~~plus~~Term, reduced by any withdrawals, ~~interest~~taxes, ~~credited.~~and ~~Withdrawals~~fees ~~from~~taken during the ~~Fixed~~ Strategy ~~will~~Term. ~~reduce~~Nationwide ~~the~~then ~~value~~calculates by the dollar amount of ~~the~~gain ~~withdrawal~~or ~~(including any applicable CDSC, MVA and taxes).~~

~~The~~loss ~~value~~which ~~of each Index Strategy~~ is ~~calculated on each Business Day. The value of an Index Strategy is~~ referred to as ~~the~~ Index Strategy ~~Value~~ Earnings. ~~To calculate the Index Strategy Value~~Finally, Nationwide ~~first~~adds ~~calculates~~(if ~~the~~positive) ~~Index~~or ~~Strategy Basis,~~subtracts ~~which is the amount the Contract Owner allocated to the Index Strategy at the beginning of the Strategy Term, minus adjustments for any withdrawals~~ (~~including~~if ~~any applicable CDSC, MVA and taxes~~negative), ~~and any fees taken during~~ the ~~Strategy Term. Nationwide then calculates the dollar amount of gain or loss which is referred to as~~ Index Strategy Earnings. ~~The~~from ~~Index Strategy Earnings, regardless of whether they are positive or negative, are then added to~~ the Index Strategy Basis to determine the Index Strategy Value ~~for that day~~. See "Valuing the Contract" and "Index Strategy Earnings."

Index Strategy Earnings are calculated differently on the Strategy Term End Date, which is the last day of a Strategy Term, than they are on any other day during the Strategy Term. On the Strategy Term End Date, Index Strategy Earnings are calculated using a percentage called the Term End ISE Percentage, which is ~~equal~~calculated toby ~~the~~applying ~~greater of~~ the ~~Adjusted~~applicable ~~Index~~Buffer, ~~Performance~~Participation ~~(AIP)~~Rate, onand ~~the~~Cap ~~Strategy~~Rate ~~Term~~or ~~End~~Cap+ ~~Date~~Rate ~~and~~to the ~~floor~~Index ~~provided~~Performance byas ~~the~~described ~~Protection~~in ~~Level.~~the ~~See~~ "Term End Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Term End ISE Percentage)" section.

On any other day during the Strategy Term, Index Strategy Earnings are calculated using a percentage called the Daily ISE Percentage, which is ~~equal~~an estimated present value of what the Term End ISE Percentage will be at the end of the Strategy Term. The estimated present value takes into account the impact of the applicable Buffer, Participation Rate, and Cap Rate or Cap+ Rate, but those factors do not apply to the ~~greater~~same extent that they do when calculating the Term End ISE Percentage. Most notably, the Buffer does not provide the same level of protection during a Strategy Term that it does at the ~~Daily~~end ~~Pre-Protection~~of a Strategy Term, and as a result the Index Strategy Value may ~~Level~~reflect losses even if negative Index Performance is within the Buffer during a Strategy ~~Earnings~~Term. (Additionally, because the Daily ISE) Percentage is based on an estimate of what the Index Performance will be at the end of a Strategy Term and is not directly related to the ~~floor~~Index ~~provided~~Performance, the Daily ISE Percentage may be negative even if the Index Performance is positive. This may result in losses and the losses are realized when a withdrawal is taken during the Strategy Term. The Daily ISE Percentage is reduced by an amount reflecting the ~~Protection~~cost ~~Level~~of instruments used to provide the performance offered by the Contract. This deduction is equal to the Daily ISE Percentage at the beginning of the Strategy Term, but it declines to zero over the course of the Strategy Term. See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)" and "Appendix D: Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage."

The Daily ISE Percentage may be negative even if the Index Performance is positive. This may result in losses and the losses are realized when a withdrawal is taken during the Strategy Term.

See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)" and "Appendix D: Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage."

Withdrawals

The Contract Owner may take partial withdrawals or fully surrender the Contract Value at any time prior to the Annuitization Date by submitting a withdrawal request to Nationwide’s Service Center. Partial withdrawals or a full surrender taken in the first six years of the Contract may be subject to a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC) and may also be subject to a negative Market Value Adjustment (MVA) ~~may also apply~~, both of which will reduce the amount of the withdrawal that the Contract Owner receives. ~~See~~(see "What fees or adjustments are assessed if a Contract Owner takes a partial withdrawal or a full surrender of the Contract?"). ~~Also see "Appendix C: MVA, Partial Withdrawal, and Surrender Examples" for example calculations.~~

During the first six Contract Years, the Contract Owner may take withdrawals, called Free Withdrawals, that do not incur a CDSC or MVA. The total dollar amount of Free Withdrawals that can be taken each Contract Year is the Free Withdrawal Amount, which is the greater of 10% of the Contract Value as calculated on the first day of that Contract Year, or the amount required to meet minimum distribution requirements for this Contract under the Code.

All or a portion of any withdrawal may be subject to federal income taxes, and Contract Owners taking withdrawals before age 59½ may be subject to a 10% penalty tax.

Death Benefit

The Contract provides a Death Benefit that may be triggered prior to the Annuitization Date upon the death of the Annuitant (or Co-Annuitant, if applicable). The standard Death Benefit ~~depends upon~~is ~~the~~equal ~~age~~to of the ~~Annuitant~~Contract ~~(and~~Value, ~~Co-Annuitant~~or, iffor ~~applicable)~~an atadditional ~~the~~fee, ~~time of application for~~ the Contract. IfOwner ~~the~~can ~~age~~elect ~~of both~~ the ~~Annuitant~~Return ~~and~~of ~~Co-Annuitant~~Premium isDeath ~~less~~Benefit ~~than~~Option. ~~or equal~~In togeneral, ~~age~~the 75Return atof ~~the~~Premium ~~time~~Death Benefit ofOption ~~application~~provides ~~the~~a Death Benefit ~~will~~equal beto the greater of 1) the Contract Value; or 2) the ~~total~~ Purchase ~~Payments~~Payment made to the Contract reduced by any partial withdrawals in the proportion that such ~~withdrawals~~partial withdrawal reduced the Contract Value on the date of the partial withdrawal. ~~If the age of either the Annuitant or Co-Annuitant is greater than age 75 at the time of application, then the Death Benefit will be the Contract Value.~~ See "Death Benefit and Succession Rights."

Annuitization

Upon the Annuitization Date, Nationwide pays guaranteed income in the form of annuity payments. The duration and dollar amount of the annuity payments will depend on the dollar amount annuitized and the annuity payment option selected. See "Annuitizing the Contract."

How can the Contract be categorized under the Code?

The Contract can be categorized under the Code as a:

•

Charitable Remainder Trust

•

Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA)

•

Investment-Only Contract (Qualified Plans)

•

Non-Qualified Contract

•

Roth IRA

•

Simplified Employee Pension IRA ("SEP IRA")

•

Simple IRA

If the Contract is purchased as an Individual Retirement Account or Roth IRA, the Contract will not provide any additional tax deferral benefits.

See "Contract Types and Federal Tax Considerations" for additional detail.

How does a prospective purchaser purchase the Contract?

The Contract may be purchased by completing an application and submitting a Purchase Payment of at least $25,000 to the Service Center. Only one Purchase Payment is allowed under the Contract. Nationwide may agree to accept multiple payments as part of a single Purchase Payment. If Nationwide permits multiple payments as part of a single Purchase Payment, the Contract will not be issued until all such payments are received.

What fees are assessed when buying or owning the Contract?

Product Fee

Nationwide assesses an annual Product Fee of 1.10%, charged quarterly on the Contract Value allocated to Index Strategies. On each Quarterversary, the Product Fee is calculated as follows:

Total of all Index Strategy Values on a Quarterversary	X	1.10%
		4

The Product Fee is deducted proportionally from the Index Strategies based on the Contract Value in the Index Strategies at the time the Product Fee is assessed. The Product Fee is not assessed on the Fixed Strategy Value.

Return of Premium Death Benefit Option

If the Return of Premium Death Benefit Option is elected, Nationwide assesses an annual fee of 0.15%, charged quarterly on the Contract Value allocated to Index Strategies. On each Quarterversary, the fee for the Return of Premium Death Benefit Option is calculated as follows:

Total of all Index Strategy Values on a Quarterversary	X	0.15%
		4

The fee is deducted proportionally from the Index Strategies based on the Contract Value in the Index Strategies at the time the fee is assessed. The fee for the Return of Premium Death Benefit Option is not assessed on the Fixed Strategy Value.

See "Calculation of the Death Benefit" for additional detail.

Performance Lock Fee

The Performance Lock feature provides the Contract Owner with a one-time transfer during a Strategy Term of the full Index Strategy Value to the Fixed Strategy. Nationwide assesses a Performance Lock Fee when the Contact Owner requests a Performance Lock. The Performance Lock Fee is assessed on the Index Strategy Value that is subject to the Performance Lock request and is 0.10% for every year remaining in the Strategy Term as of the date of the Performance Lock request, with partial years rounded up to the next full year. It is calculated as follows:

Locked-in Index Strategy Value

0.10%

Number of years remaining in the Strategy Term

(partial years are rounded up to the next full year)

This means that if a Contract Owner requested a Performance Lock in the first year of a six-year Strategy Term, the Performance Lock Fee would be 0.60% of the Index Strategy Value subject to the Performance Lock request (Locked-in Index Strategy Value X 0.10% X 6 years).

See "Performance Lock" for additional detail.

What fees or adjustments are assessed if a Contract Owner takes a partial withdrawal or a full surrender of the Contract?

On any day other than the Strategy Term End Date, Nationwide uses the Daily ISE Percentage to calculate Index Strategy Earnings. The method used to calculate the Daily ISE Percentage may result in losses even if negative Index Performance is within the Buffer or losses even when the Index Performance has increased since the beginning of the Strategy Term. These losses are realized when a partial withdrawal or full surrender is taken. See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)" and "Appendix D: Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage."

Partial withdrawals or a full surrender during the first six Contract Years that are in excess of the Free Withdrawal Amount are subject to a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC) and a Market Value Adjustment (MVA).

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges (CDSC)

Partial withdrawals or a full surrender during the first six Contract Years may be subject to a CDSC. After the sixth Contract Year, no withdrawals, including a full surrender, are subject to CDSCs.

Number of Completed Contract Years	CDSC Percentage
0	8%
1	8%
2	7%
3	6%
4	5%
5	4%
6+	0%

Market Value Adjustments (MVA)

When an MVA is imposed, the MVA will equal the calculated "MVA Factor" multiplied by the dollar amount of the ~~withdrawal~~ withdrawal less the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount. ~~For~~See a"Market ~~partial~~Value ~~withdrawal~~Adjustment or(MVA)" ~~full~~for ~~surrender~~an ~~from~~explanation ~~the~~of ~~Fixed~~how ~~Strategy~~the orMVA anFactor ~~Index~~is ~~Strategy~~calculated, ~~that~~as ~~offers~~well ~~Minimum~~as ~~Nonforfeiture~~"Appendix ~~Value,~~C: ~~the~~ MVA ~~amount~~Examples" ~~applicable~~for example ~~will~~MVA ~~never~~calculations. ~~be larger (either~~

positive or negative) than amounts defined herein. See "Market Value Adjustment (MVA)" for an explanation of how the MVA Factor and amount is calculated, as well as "Appendix C: MVA, Partial Withdrawal, and Surrender Examples" for example MVA calculations.

Example Impact of CDSC and Negative MVA

If applicable, a CDSC and negative MVA will reduce a withdrawal (perhaps significantly). For example, assume a Contract Owner takes a $1,000 withdrawal. Further, assume an 8% CDSC and a 3% negative MVA. As a result of the CDSC and MVA, $110 would be deducted from the $1,000 withdrawal (i.e., (8% x $1,000) + (3% x $1,000) = $110). ~~See "Appendix C: MVA, Partial Withdrawal, and Surrender Examples" for additional example calculations.~~

When do CDSCs and MVAs not apply to partial withdrawals or a full surrender?~~After~~ the sixth Contract Year, no withdrawals, including a full surrender, are subject to a CDSC or MVA. In addition, during the first six Contract Years, Nationwide will waive CDSC and MVA for withdrawals up to each Contract Year’s Free Withdrawal Amount. At the beginning of each Contract Year the Free Withdrawal Amount is calculated as the greater of (1) 10% of the Contract Value on the first day of that Contract Year (immediately prior to any partial withdrawal or full surrender on that date); or (2) the amount required to meet minimum distribution requirements for this Contract under the Code.In addition, no CDSC or MVA is assessed:

After the sixth Contract Year, no withdrawals, including a full surrender, are subject to a CDSC or MVA. In addition, during the first six Contract Years, Nationwide will waive CDSC and MVA for withdrawals up to each Contract Year’s Free Withdrawal Amount. At the beginning of each Contract Year the Free Withdrawal Amount is calculated as the greater of (1) 10% of the Contract Value on the first day of that Contract Year (immediately prior to any partial withdrawal or full surrender on that date); or (2) the amount required to meet minimum distribution requirements for this Contract under the Code.

In addition, no CDSC or MVA is assessed:

•

upon the payment of the Death Benefit or on any partial withdrawal or full surrender taken after the Death Benefit is paid;

•

upon Annuitization of the Contract if it has been in force for at least two years;

•

if the withdrawal qualifies as a Long-Term Care or Terminal Illness or Injury Event as described in the "Increase in Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount after a Long-Term Care and Terminal Illness or Injury (CDSC And MVA Waiver)" section; and

•

if, under certain contract exchanges, Nationwide decides not to charge a CDSC or MVA if the Contract is surrendered in exchange for another contract issued by Nationwide or one of its affiliated insurance companies.

What are the investment options under the Contract?

Prior to the Annuitization Date, the Contract Owner may allocate money to the Fixed Strategy and/or to one or more of the available Index Strategies.

•

Fixed Strategy - the Fixed Strategy credits interest daily at a Fixed Strategy Rate. The ~~initial~~ Fixed Strategy Rate is ~~stated~~declared inby ~~the~~Nationwide ~~Contract~~prior ~~and~~to ~~may be different for~~ each ~~subsequent~~ Strategy Term, ~~but~~and is guaranteed tofor bethat atStrategy ~~least~~Term 0only.~~25%.~~ The Fixed Strategy Rate ismay ~~declared~~be bydifferent ~~Nationwide~~for ~~prior to~~ each Strategy Term ~~and~~but is guaranteed ~~for~~to ~~that~~be ~~Strategy~~at ~~Term only~~least 0.25%.

•

Index Strategies -with Cap Rates – each Index Strategy with Cap Rate is linked to the performance of an Index and ~~has~~provides ~~multiple~~downside protection for ~~components~~negative ~~that~~Index ~~impact~~Performance ~~your~~through a Buffer while limiting positive Index ~~Strategy~~Performance ~~Earnings,~~to ~~either~~a byCap ~~adjusting~~Rate. ~~the~~Any positive Index Performance oris ~~otherwise~~also ~~increasing~~multiplied orby ~~decreasing~~a ~~gain~~Participation orRate, ~~loss~~which will always be at least 100%. ~~Each~~In some cases, Nationwide may declare a Cap Rate for an Index Strategy ~~has~~as "uncapped" for a Strategy Term of(i.e., 1no orCap 3Rate ~~years~~is ~~and~~declared), ~~includes~~in awhich ~~defined~~case ~~level~~there ofis ~~downside protection~~no ~~that~~maximum ~~limits~~limit on the ~~amount~~positive ofIndex ~~loss~~Performance ~~you~~for ~~can~~that ~~experience~~Strategy ~~during~~Term. Even if Nationwide does not declare a Cap Rate for a particular Strategy Term. Weit ~~refer~~does tonot ~~this~~mean ~~defined~~that ~~downside~~Nationwide ~~protection~~will asnot declare a ~~"Protection~~Cap ~~Level~~Rate for future Strategy Terms."

~~Each~~In general, Index ~~Strategy~~Strategies ~~also~~with ~~includes~~smaller aBuffers ~~percentage~~(e.g., ~~that~~10%) ~~determines~~and/or ~~the~~longer ~~proportion~~Strategy ofTerms ~~the~~(e.g., ~~Index~~3- ~~performance~~or ~~you~~6-year ~~receive over the course of a~~ Strategy ~~Term,~~Terms) ~~which~~are ismore ~~referred~~likely to ashave aStrategy ~~"Participation~~Terms ~~Rate."~~where Ano ~~Strategy’s~~Cap ~~Participation~~ Rate ~~can~~is bedeclared, aswhile ~~low~~Index asStrategies ~~5%.~~with ~~The~~larger Buffers ~~Participation~~(e.g., ~~Rate~~20%) isand/or ~~declared~~shorter ~~prior to each~~ Strategy ~~Term~~Terms ~~and~~(e.g., ~~may~~1 beyear ~~different each~~ Strategy Term.) ~~See~~are ~~"Index~~less ~~Strategies."~~likely ~~Some~~or ~~Strategies~~may ~~also~~never have anStrategy ~~annualized~~Terms ~~percentage~~where ~~that~~no isCap ~~deducted~~Rate ~~from~~is ~~earnings called a "Strategy Spread~~declared."

~~For~~When ~~currently~~Nationwide ~~offered~~declares ~~Strategies~~a ~~and~~Cap ~~Strategies~~Rate ~~offered~~for ina ~~the~~Strategy ~~future~~Term, the ~~Index,~~Participation ~~Strategy~~Rate ~~Term~~will ~~and~~always ~~Protection~~be ~~Level~~equal ~~will not~~to ~~change~~100%. ~~for~~When Nationwide asdoes ~~long~~not asdeclare wea ~~continue~~Cap toRate ~~offer~~for ~~the~~a Strategy Term, ~~while~~ the Participation Rate ~~and~~will ~~Strategy~~always ~~Spread~~be ~~can~~equal ~~change~~to ~~for~~or ~~Strategies~~greater ~~offered~~than ~~in the future~~100%.

Each Index isStrategy ~~described~~with inCap ~~more~~Rate ~~detail~~has ~~under~~a ~~"Indexes~~Strategy –Term ~~Market~~of ~~Exposures~~1, ~~and~~3, ~~Investment~~or ~~Risks"~~6 years, and ~~"Indexes~~ –a ~~Descriptions~~Buffer of 10% or 20%. An Index Strategy with Cap Rate’s Index, Strategy Term, and Buffer will not change for as long as Nationwide offers the ~~Indexes~~Index Strategy." Nationwide declares a Participation Rate and Cap Rate prior to each Strategy Term. The Participation Rate and Cap Rate may be different each Strategy Term.

The ~~Participation~~Buffer, Cap Rate and ~~Strategy~~Participation ~~Spread~~Rate do not apply into the same ~~way~~extent when calculating the Index Strategy Value during a Strategy Term asthat they do when calculating the Index Strategy Value on the Strategy Term End Date. See "How are earnings calculated for an Index Strategy during a Strategy Term?"

The currently offered Index Strategies are*:

•

~~BlackRock~~Index ~~Select~~Strategies ~~Factor~~with Cap+ Rates – each Index, 1Strategy ~~Year~~with Cap+ Rate is linked to the performance of an Index and provides downside protection for negative Index Performance through a Buffer. When Index Performance is positive, an Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate applies 100% ~~Protection~~of ~~Level~~any ~~Strategy~~Index Performance up to the Cap+ Rate and then adds to that any Index Performance in excess of the Cap+ Rate multiplied by the Participation Rate. The Participation Rate does not apply to the Index Performance that is less than or equal to the Cap+ Rate.

8Each Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate has a Strategy Term of 1, 3, or 6 years, and a Buffer of 10% or 20%. An Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate’s Index, Strategy Term, and Buffer will not change for as long as Nationwide offers the Index Strategy. Nationwide declares a Participation Rate and Cap+ Rate prior to each Strategy Term. The Participation Rate and Cap+ Rate may be different each Strategy Term.

•The Buffer, Cap+ Rate and Participation Rate do not apply to the same extent when calculating the Index Strategy Value during a Strategy Term that they do when calculating the Index Strategy Value on the Strategy Term End Date. See "How are earnings calculated for an Index Strategy during a Strategy Term?"

~~BlackRock~~The ~~Select~~currently ~~Factor~~offered Index, 1Strategies ~~Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy~~are:

•1 Year Strategy Term Options Cap Rate

BlackRock Select Factor Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

BlackRock Select Factor Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

BlackRock Select Factor Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

BlackRock Select Factor Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

Russell 2000 Index® 1 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer

Nasdaq-100 Index® 1 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer

MSCI EAFE Index 1 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer

S&P 400® Index 1 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer

S&P 500® Index 1 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer

S&P 500® Index 1 Year with Cap Rate & 20% Buffer

3 Year Strategy Term Options

Cap Rate

Russell 2000 Index® 3 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer

S&P 500® Index 3 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer

S&P 500® Index 3 Year with Cap Rate & 20% Buffer

6 Year Strategy Term Options

Cap Rate

Russell 2000 Index® 6 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer

S&P 500® Index 6 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer

S&P 500® Index 6 Year with Cap Rate & 20% Buffer

* Each Index Strategy also has a Participation Rate. For all Index Strategies, the Participation Rate only applies when the Index Performance is positive. For Index Strategies with Cap Rates, when a Cap Rate is declared for a Strategy Term the Participation Rate will always equal 100%, and when no Cap Rate is declared for a Strategy Term the Participation Rate will always be greater than or equal to 100%. For Index Strategies with Cap+ Rates, the Participation Rate is only applied to Index Performance in excess of the Cap+ Rate and may be greater than, less than, or equal to 100%, but is guaranteed to always be at least 0.05%.

Nationwide reserves the right to add or remove any Index Strategies at any time, but any such changes will not affect Strategy Terms already in effect and will become effective on the first day of a new Strategy Term. Nationwide will always offer at least one Index Strategy. The Index Strategies available for election may be different for newly issued Contracts than for existing Contracts or for Contracts with different issue dates.

What are the Crediting Factors for the Index Strategies?

Below is a brief description of the Crediting Factors for the Index Strategies offered under the Contract. There is no guarantee that Nationwide will offer all combinations of Crediting Factors at all times.

Indexes – the third-party market index linked to an Index Strategy. The currently offered Indexes are:

•

~~S&P~~MSCI ~~500®~~EAFE ~~Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy~~

* For information on the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread for each Strategy, see "What factors will affect my investment gains or losses under the Contract?". Each Strategy has its own Minimum Participation Rate that will never be less than 5%, and each Strategy has its own Maximum Strategy Spread that will never be greater than the initial Strategy Spread identified in your Contract at the Date of Issue plus 2%. When a Strategy has both a Participation Rate less than 100% and a Strategy Spread greater than zero, the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread combine to reduce gains when Index Performance is positive. Additionally, when a Strategy has both a Participation Rate greater than 100% and a Strategy Spread greater than zero, the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread combine to increase losses when Index Performance is negative. Application of the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread will not cause the Index Strategy Earnings to drop below the floor protection provided by the Protection Level.

Each Index is described in more detail under "Indexes – Market Exposures and Investment Risks" and "Indexes – Descriptions of the Indexes."

Nationwide reserves the right to add or remove any Index Strategies at any time, but any such changes will not affect Strategy Terms already in effect and will become effective on the first day of a new Strategy Term. We reserve the right to make Strategies available for investment that use Indexes other than those listed above. There is no guarantee that a Strategy using any of the Indexes listed above will always be available for investment; however, there will always be at least one Index Strategy option available, and that option will be identical or similar to one of the options disclosed in this prospectus. The Index Strategies available for election may be different for newly issued Contracts than for existing Contracts or for Contracts with different issue dates.

Once you reach the Annuitization Date, the Strategies are not available for investment.

You should understand that Index Performance is important, but it is not the only factor used to calculate gains or losses under the Contract. Each Strategy has multiple components that impact your Index Strategy Earnings, either by adjusting the Index Performance or otherwise increasing or decreasing gain or loss.

What is the maximum number of Strategies in which the Contract Owner can invest?

The Contract Owner may invest in no more than ten Index Strategies at any given time (the Fixed Strategy does not count towards the maximum number of Index Strategies). If the Contract Owner is simultaneously invested in the same Index Strategy for Strategy Terms that began on different dates, those investments will be considered separate Index Strategies. There is no minimum dollar amount that can be allocated to a Strategy. Allocations to Strategies must be in whole percentages.

What factors will affect my investment gains and losses under the Index Strategies?

Each Index Strategy has the following five Crediting Factors: (1) an Index, which is the market index linked to a Strategy; (2) a Strategy Term, which represents the duration of the Strategy in years; (3) a Protection Level, which represents an amount of downside protection under an Index Strategy for a Strategy Term; (4) a Participation Rate, which represents the proportion of the Index Performance reflected in the Index Strategy’s performance; and (5) a Strategy Spread, which is an annualized percentage used as a deduction in the calculation of an Index Strategy’s performance. The Index, Strategy Term and Protection Level will not change for as long as we continue to offer the Strategy, while the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread can change for future Strategy Terms.

When selecting an Index Strategy for investment, you should not select an Index Strategy based on any single Crediting Factor in isolation. While one Crediting Factor for an Index Strategy may be more or less favorable or attractive to you, the other Crediting Factors also impact whether that Index Strategy is appropriate for you based on your financial needs and goals. You should consult a financial professional prior to selecting an Index Strategy for investment.

The following provides a brief description of the five Crediting Factors. See "Crediting Factors" for additional information.

1. Index The index is the market index to which an Index Strategy is linked. The currently offered Indexes are:

•

~~BlackRock~~Nasdaq-100 ~~Select Factor~~ Index®

•

~~J.P.~~Russell ~~Morgan~~2000 ~~Mozaic IISM~~ Index®

•

~~MSCI~~S&P ~~EAFE~~400® Index

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index

•

SG Macro Compass Index

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index

•

S&P 500® Index

The ~~different~~Index ~~Indexes~~Performance ~~under~~for ~~the~~each ~~Contract~~Index ~~provide~~is ~~exposure~~calculated on a point-to-point ~~different~~basis, ~~markets~~which ~~and~~is ~~asset~~done ~~classes,~~by ~~all~~comparing ofthe ~~which~~Index ~~may~~Value ~~perform~~of ~~differently~~the ~~compared~~Index on the first day of the Strategy Term to ~~each~~the ~~other~~Index ~~and~~Value of the Index on a specific future date during ~~different~~the ~~time~~Strategy ~~periods~~Term.

~~When~~Nationwide wereserves ~~calculate~~the ~~Index~~right ~~Strategy~~to ~~Earnings~~add ator remove any Index in the ~~end~~future ofand athere is no guarantee that an Index Strategy ~~Term,~~using ifany of the Indexes listed above will always be available for investment. The Index ~~Performance~~for ~~is negative,~~an ~~you~~Index Strategy generally will not ~~lose~~change ~~money~~for ~~under~~the ~~your~~duration ~~Contract~~of ~~unless~~an ~~the~~ongoing Strategy’s ~~downside~~Term. ~~protection~~However, ~~protects~~Nationwide ~~you~~reserves ~~from~~ the ~~loss.~~right ~~When~~to substitute the Index ~~Performance~~during isa ~~positive,~~Strategy ~~you~~Term ~~may~~at ~~gain~~any ~~money~~time, ~~lose~~if ~~money,~~(a) orthe ~~earn~~Index ~~nothing~~is ~~under~~discontinued ~~your~~or ~~Contract,~~(b) ~~depending~~there onis ~~the~~a ~~impact of~~substantial change to the ~~Strategy~~calculation ~~Spread.~~of

Because we calculate Index Performance on the Strategy Term End Date by comparing the value of the Index between two specific points in time (i.e., the start and end of the Strategy Term), Index Performance may be negative or flat even if the Index performed positively for certain time periods between those two specific points in time. This is true even for Index Strategies with Strategy Terms longer than one year.10

~~Certain~~the ~~Indexes~~Index. ~~available~~If ~~under~~Nationwide ~~this~~substitutes ~~Contract~~an doIndex during ~~not~~a ~~include~~Strategy ~~income~~Term, ~~from~~the ~~any~~new ~~dividends~~Index ~~paid~~will bybe ~~component companies.~~similar ~~The~~in ~~exclusion~~composition ofto ~~dividends~~the ~~from~~old anIndex, and the Index ~~will~~Performance ~~lower~~for the Index ~~Performance,~~Strategy ~~particularly~~will ~~over~~be equal to the ~~course~~result of ~~time.~~compounding the ~~Certain~~performance ~~Indexes~~of ~~are~~the ~~comprised~~old ofindex ~~foreign~~prior ~~issuers~~to the substitution date and ~~include~~the ~~exchange~~performance ~~rate~~of ~~methodologies~~the ~~that~~new ~~may~~index ~~lower~~after the ~~Index Performance~~substitution date. See "~~Crediting~~Index ~~Factors~~Substitution –During ~~Indexes~~a Strategy Term."

~~Nationwide~~Strategy ~~reserves~~Terms ~~the~~– ~~right to add or remove any Index in~~ the ~~future~~total ~~and~~maturity ~~there~~time ~~is no guarantee that an Index Strategy using any~~ of the ~~Indexes~~Strategy, ~~listed~~expressed ~~above~~in ~~will always be available for investment~~years. The ~~Index for an~~currently ~~Index~~offered Strategy ~~generally~~Terms ~~will not change~~ for the ~~duration of an ongoing Strategy Term. However, Nationwide reserves the right to substitute the~~ Index ~~during~~Strategies aare ~~Strategy Term at any time~~1, ~~if (a) the Index is discontinued or (b) there is a substantial change to the calculation of the Index. If Nationwide substitutes an Index during a Strategy Term~~3, ~~the new Index will be similar in composition to the old Index,~~ and ~~the~~6 Index Performance for the Index Strategy will be equal to the result of compounding the performance of the old index prior to the substitution date and the performance of the new index after the substitution dateyears. ~~See "Index Substitution During a Strategy Term."~~

2.Consecutive ~~Strategy~~1-year ~~Term The~~ Strategy ~~Term~~Terms ~~represents~~are ~~the~~generally ~~duration~~more ofconservative ~~the~~than ~~Strategy,~~3 ~~expressed~~and in6 ~~years.~~year ~~Currently,~~Strategy Terms with the ~~Index~~same ~~Strategies~~percentage ~~offered~~Buffer ~~under~~ because the ~~Contract~~full ~~have~~protection ~~Strategy Terms~~ of ~~either~~the 1Buffer oris 3applied ~~years.~~and If"resets" ~~you~~more ~~select~~frequently awith ~~one~~1-year Strategy ~~Term~~Terms (i.e., ~~the~~once ~~performance~~a ofyear) ~~your~~than ~~investment~~with ~~will~~3 ~~depend~~and on6 ~~the performance of the Index for up to a one-~~year ~~period~~Strategy Terms. IfHowever, ~~you~~consecutive ~~select a three~~1-year Strategy ~~Term,~~Terms ~~the~~are ~~performance~~not guaranteed ofto ~~your~~prevent ~~investment~~more ~~will~~losses ~~depend~~than onlonger ~~the~~Strategy ~~performance~~Terms ofwith the ~~Index~~same ~~for up to a three-year period~~Buffer.

3.Buffer ~~Protection~~– ~~Level~~the ~~The~~maximum ~~Protection~~percentage ~~Level represents an amount~~ of downside protection under an Index Strategy for a Strategy Term. The Protection Level is presented as a percentage (currently, 100%, 95%, or 90%). A higher Protection Level provides more protection against loss ~~than a lower Protection Level. If you select an Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level, your rate of return~~ that isNationwide ~~calculated~~will atabsorb ~~the~~when ~~end~~calculating of the ~~Strategy~~ Term orEnd atISE ~~any time during the Strategy Term cannot be lower than -10%~~Percentage. IfNegative Index ~~you~~Performance ~~select~~beyond anthe ~~Index~~Buffer ~~Strategy~~results ~~with~~in a ~~95% Protection~~negative ~~Level,~~Term ~~your~~ISE ~~rate~~Percentage ofwhich ~~return~~will ~~that~~reduce ~~is calculated at~~ the ~~end~~Index ~~of the~~ Strategy ~~Term or at any time during the Strategy Term cannot be lower than -5%~~Value. IfThe ~~you~~currently ~~select~~offered anBuffers ~~Index~~are ~~Strategy with a 100~~10% ~~Protection~~and ~~level, your rate of return that is calculated at the end of the Strategy Term or at any time during the Strategy Term cannot be lower than 0~~20%.

ItFor isexample, ~~possible~~if toan ~~lose~~Index aStrategy ~~substantial~~has ~~amount~~a Buffer of ~~your~~10% ~~principal~~and ~~investment~~the ~~under~~Index ~~this~~Performance ~~Contract.~~on ~~The~~the ~~CDSC~~Strategy ~~and~~Term ~~MVA~~End ~~may~~Date ~~also result~~is in-5%, athe ~~loss~~Term ofEnd ~~principal~~ISE ~~and~~Percentage ~~related~~would ~~earnings~~be if0% ~~you~~because ~~take~~the aBuffer ~~Withdrawal~~absorbs ~~from~~the ~~your~~negative ~~Contract~~Index ~~during~~Performance ~~the~~up ~~first~~to ~~six~~10%. ~~Contract~~If ~~Years.~~an ~~This~~Index Strategy ~~risk~~has ~~exists~~a ~~even~~Buffer ifof ~~you~~10% ~~are~~and ~~invested~~the inIndex ~~a Strategy~~Performance ~~with~~on anthe ~~Index~~Strategy ~~that~~Term End Date is ~~performing~~-15%, ~~positively~~the asTerm ofEnd ISE Percentage would be -5% because the ~~date~~Buffer absorbs 10% of ~~your~~the negative ~~withdrawal~~Index Performance.

4.The ~~Participation~~full ~~Rate~~protection ~~The~~provided ~~Participation~~by ~~Rate~~the ~~represents~~Buffer only applies to amounts held until the ~~proportion~~end of the ~~Index~~Strategy ~~Performance~~Term. ~~that~~While the Buffer is ~~reflected~~used in the calculation of the Index Strategy~~’s performance.~~ ~~The~~Value ~~Participation~~during ~~Rate~~a isStrategy ~~presented~~Term, asit adoes ~~percentage~~not ~~greater~~provide orthe ~~less~~same ~~than,~~level orof ~~equal~~protection ~~to,~~that ~~100%~~it (edoes on the last day of a Strategy Term.g. This means that during a Strategy Term, ~~50%~~if orthe ~~150%).~~Index ~~The~~is ~~Participation~~experiencing ~~Rate~~negative ~~may~~Index ~~have~~Performance within the ~~effect~~range of ~~increasing~~the orBuffer’s ~~decreasing~~protection, ~~gains~~the orIndex ~~losses~~Strategy asValue ~~follows:~~could be negative until the Strategy Term End Date.

•See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)."

~~If the~~ Participation Rate is– ~~greater~~a ~~than~~percentage ~~100%,~~that itrepresents ~~will~~the ~~increase~~proportion ~~your~~of ~~upside potential when~~ the Index Performance isused ~~positive.~~in ~~For~~the ~~example,~~calculation ifof ~~your~~Term ~~Participation~~End ~~Rate~~ISE Percentage. isNationwide ~~150%,~~declares wean ~~will~~Index ~~multiply~~Strategy’s ~~any~~Participation ~~positive~~Rate ~~Index~~prior ~~Performance~~to byeach ~~150%~~Strategy Term. AThe Participation Rate ~~greater~~for ~~than~~an ~~100%~~Index ~~also~~Strategy ~~increases~~will ~~your~~not ~~downside~~change ~~risk.~~for ~~For~~the duration ~~example,~~of ifa ~~your~~Strategy ~~Participation~~Term. ~~Rate is 150%~~However, wethe ~~will~~Participation ~~multiply~~Rate ~~any~~may ~~negative~~change ~~Index~~for ~~Performance~~future byStrategy ~~150% (subject to any applicable defined downside protection)~~Terms.

For any Index Strategy, the Participation Rate only applies when the Index Performance is positive.

For Index Strategies with Cap Rates, when a Cap Rate is declared, the Participation Rate will always be equal to 100% (i.e., has no impact on the Index Performance reflected in the Term End ISE Percentage). If no Cap Rate is declared, the Participation Rate will always be equal to or greater than 100%.

For Index Strategies with Cap+ Rates, the Participation Rate only applies to Index Performance in excess of the Cap+ Rate and may be greater than, less than, or equal to 100%. If the Participation Rate is less than 100%, it will decrease the upside potential when the Index Performance is positive. For example, if the Participation Rate is 90%, Nationwide will apply 100% of the Index Performance up to the Cap+ Rate, but only 90% of the Index Performance in excess of the Cap+ Rate.

Cap Rate – the maximum positive Term End ISE Percentage that may be applied for an Index Strategy with Cap Rate.

For example, if an Index Strategy has a Cap Rate of 10% and the Index Performance on the Strategy Term End Date is 15%, the Term End ISE Percentage would be 10% because the Cap Rate limits the Term End ISE Percentage to 10%.

Nationwide declares an Index Strategy’s Cap Rate prior to each Strategy Term. The Cap Rate for an Index Strategy will not change for the duration of a Strategy Term. However, the Cap Rate may change for future Strategy Terms.

In some cases, Nationwide may declare a Cap Rate for an Index Strategy as "uncapped" for a Strategy Term (i.e., no Cap Rate is declared), in which case there is no maximum limit on the positive Index Performance for that Strategy Term. If Nationwide does not declare a Cap Rate for a Strategy Term it does not mean that the Index Strategy will not have a Cap Rate in future Strategy Terms as Nationwide may declare a Cap Rate for future Strategy Terms.

•Cap+ Rate – the percentage of Index Performance that determines when the Participation Rate begins applying in the calculation of the Term End ISE Percentage for an Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate. The Cap+ Rate does not cap or limit Index Performance, instead, it sets the level of Index Performance needed before the Participation Rate will have any effect. For Index Strategies with Cap+ Rates, the Participation Rate has no impact if the Index Performance does not exceed the Cap+ Rate.

IfFor ~~the~~example, ~~Participation~~if ~~Rate~~an isIndex ~~less~~Strategy ~~than~~has ~~100%,~~a itCap+ ~~will~~Rate ~~decrease~~of ~~your~~10% ~~upside~~and ~~potential~~a ~~when~~Participation Rate of 120%, and the Index Performance ison ~~positive. For~~the ~~example,~~Strategy ifTerm ~~your~~End ~~Participation~~Date ~~Rate~~ is 9015%, wethe ~~will~~Term ~~apply~~End ~~only~~ISE ~~90%~~Percentage ofwould ~~the~~be ~~positive~~16% ~~Index~~because ~~Performance.~~the A Participation Rate ~~lower~~is ~~than~~multiplied ~~100%~~by ~~also~~the ~~decreases your downside risk when~~ Index Performance isin ~~negative.~~excess ~~For~~of ~~example,~~the ifCap+ ~~your Participation~~ Rate isand ~~90%,~~then weadded ~~will~~to ~~only apply 90% of~~ the ~~negative~~ Index Performance ~~(subject~~below tothe ~~any~~Cap+ ~~applicable~~Rate (120% ~~defined~~x ~~downside~~5% ~~protection~~+ 10%).

•Nationwide declares an Index Strategy’s Cap+ Rate prior to each Strategy Term. The Cap+ Rate for an Index Strategy will not change for the duration of a Strategy Term. However, the Cap+ Rate may change for future Strategy Terms.

IfWhat ~~the Participation Rate~~ is ~~equal~~the tomaximum ~~100%,~~number itof ~~will~~Strategies ~~neither~~in ~~increase~~which ~~nor~~the ~~decrease~~Contract ~~your~~Owner ~~upside potential~~can ~~or downside risk.~~invest?

WeThe ~~declare~~Contract aOwner ~~new~~may ~~Participation~~invest ~~Rate~~in atno ~~the~~more ~~start~~than often ~~each~~Index ~~Strategy~~Strategies ~~Term,~~at any ~~which~~given ~~may~~time be(the ~~different~~Fixed ~~than~~Strategy ~~the~~does ~~prior~~not ~~Participation Rate~~count ~~for~~towards the ~~same~~maximum number of Index ~~Strategy~~Strategies). AIf ~~Participation~~the ~~Rate~~Contract ~~may~~Owner beis ~~set~~simultaneously asinvested ~~low~~in asthe ~~5%.~~same ~~A low Participation Rate would cause an~~ Index Strategy tofor ~~participate~~Strategy inTerms ~~the~~that ~~performance~~began ofon ~~the~~different ~~linked~~dates, ~~Index~~those toinvestments ~~only~~will abe ~~small~~considered ~~extent.~~separate An Index ~~Strategy’s~~Strategies. ~~Participation~~There ~~Rate~~is ~~for~~no aminimum ~~particular~~dollar ~~Strategy~~amount ~~Term~~that ~~may~~can be ~~different~~allocated ~~for~~to ~~newly~~a ~~issued~~Strategy. ~~Contracts~~Allocations ~~than~~to ~~for~~Strategies ~~existing~~must ~~Contracts~~be in whole percentages.

~~5. Strategy Spread~~ The ~~Strategy~~Strategies ~~Spread~~are isnot anavailable ~~annualized~~for ~~percentage~~investment ~~used~~after ~~as a deduction in~~ the ~~calculation~~Annuitization ~~of an Index Strategy’s performance~~Date. ~~A Strategy Spread greater than 0% always has the effect of reducing an Index Strategy’s performance. An Index Strategy will never have a Strategy Spread lower than 0%.~~

A Strategy Spread can result in negative Index Strategy Earnings even if you have positive Index performance.

We declare a new Strategy Spread at the start of each new Strategy Term, which may be different than the prior Strategy Spread for the same Index Strategy. Each Index Strategy has its own Maximum Strategy Spread that will never be greater than the initial Strategy Spread plus 2%. A Strategy’s Strategy Spread for a particular Strategy Term may be different for newly issued Contracts than for existing Contracts.

How do I know what the Crediting Factors are for an Index Strategy that I want to invest in?

As long as we continue to offer any Index Strategy listed above under "What are the investment options under the Contract," its Index, Strategy Term, and Protection Level will not change.

The Participation Rate and Strategy Spread for each Index Strategy will be declared prior to the beginning of each Strategy Term and are subject to change from Strategy Term to Strategy Term. Such changes will be subject to the following conditions and considerations:

•

The Participation Rate is guaranteed to never be lower than the "Minimum Participation Rate" applicable to that Index Strategy. Each Index Strategy has its own Minimum Participation Rate. Regardless, a Participation Rate will never be less than 5%.

When the Participation Rate increases from one Strategy Term to the next, your upside potential will increase, but your risk of loss also increases.

When the Participation Rate decreases from one Strategy Term to the next, your upside potential decreases, but your risk of loss also decreases.

•

The Strategy Spread is guaranteed never to be greater than the "Maximum Strategy Spread" applicable to that Index Strategy. The Maximum Strategy Spread for each Index Strategy will equal the initial Strategy Spread for that Strategy plus 2%.

When the Strategy Spread increases from one Strategy Term to the next, the Strategy Spread will have a greater impact on your gains and losses, decreasing gains and potentially increasing losses.

Before purchasing this Contract, you should contact the Service Center or your financial professional for information on the available Strategies and the current Participation Rates and Strategy Spreads. For existing Contract Owners, at least 30 days prior to the end of the Strategy Term, we will send you a notice stating (i) the Strategies that will be available for investment at the end of the Strategy Term, (ii) their respective Crediting Factors, including the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread that we declared for the upcoming Strategy Term, and (iii) how to communicate your instructions to us regarding what to do with your money invested in the maturing Strategy.

When selecting a Strategy for investment, you should understand that your gains or losses for an Index Strategy will not equal the gains or losses in the Index you choose. Each Index Strategy has multiple components that impact your Index Strategy Earnings, either by adjusting the Index Performance or otherwise increasing or decreasing gain or loss. You should not select an Index Strategy based on any single Crediting Factor in

isolation. While one Crediting Factor for an Index Strategy may be more or less favorable or attractive to you, the other Crediting Factors also impact whether that Strategy is appropriate for you based on your financial needs and goals. You should consult a financial professional prior to selecting a Strategy for investment.

What are the different values under the Contract?

Nationwide calculates the Contract Value at the end of each Business Day. The Contract Value is equal to the sum of the Fixed Strategy Value and Index Strategy Value for each of the Index Strategies. ~~At issue, the Contract Value is equal to the Purchase Payment.~~

The Fixed Strategy Value is equal to the amount allocated to the Fixed Strategy plus any interest credited~~, less any withdrawals (including any applicable CDSC, MVA and taxes)~~.

An Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Value is equal to its Index Strategy Basis plus Index Strategy Earnings (which may be positive, negative, or equal to zero). ~~See "How are earnings calculated for an Index Strategy at the end of a Strategy Term?" and "How are earnings calculated for an Index Strategy during a Strategy Term?"~~

~~The~~ Index Strategy ~~Basis~~Earnings isare ~~used~~calculated todifferently ~~calculate~~on ~~both~~a ~~the Index~~ Strategy ~~Earnings~~Term ~~and~~End ~~Index~~Date ~~Strategy~~than ~~Value~~they ~~for an Index~~are ~~Strategy.~~on Onany ~~the~~other ~~first~~ day ofduring athe Strategy Term,. ~~the~~ Index Strategy ~~Basis~~Earnings ~~equals~~before the ~~amount~~end ~~allocated~~of ~~to the Index Strategy. On any day during~~ a Strategy Term ~~other~~are ~~than~~an ~~the~~estimated ~~Strategy~~present ~~Term~~value ~~End~~of ~~Date,~~what the Index Strategy ~~Basis~~Earnings iswill ~~equal~~be toat the ~~Index Strategy~~end ~~Basis on the first day~~ of the Strategy Term. ~~minus~~See ~~adjustments~~"How ~~for~~are ~~any~~Strategy ~~partial~~Earnings ~~withdrawals~~calculated ~~(including adjustments~~ for ~~any~~an ~~applicable~~Index Strategy ~~CDSC,~~at ~~MVA~~the ~~and~~end ~~taxes)~~of ~~and~~a ~~any fees that occurred during the~~ Strategy Term,?" and ~~increased~~"How byare ~~the same percentage of any adjustment to the Index~~ Strategy ~~Value~~Earnings ~~under~~calculated ~~any~~for ~~applicable~~an ~~death benefit under the Contract. The~~ Index Strategy ~~Basis~~during ~~is not~~ a ~~cash value under the Contract and~~ ~~cannot~~Strategy ~~be surrendered~~Term?".

The Index Strategy Basis is used to calculate both the Index Strategy Earnings and Index Strategy Value for an Index Strategy. On the first day of a Strategy Term, the Index Strategy Basis equals the amount allocated to the Index Strategy. On any day during a Strategy Term other than the Strategy Term End Date, the Index Strategy Basis is equal to the Index Strategy Basis on the first day of the Strategy Term minus any partial withdrawals (including adjustments for any applicable CDSC and MVA), fees, and premium taxes that occurred during the Strategy Term. The Index Strategy Basis is not a cash value under the Contract and cannot be surrendered.

How are earnings calculated for an Index Strategy at the end of a Strategy Term?

On the Strategy Term End Date, Nationwide uses the Term End ISE Percentage to calculate Index Strategy Earnings. A Term End ISE Percentage is calculated separately for each Index Strategy in which Contract Value is allocated. A Term End ISE Percentage can be positive, negative, or equal to zero. The Term End ISE Percentage is multiplied by the Index Strategy Basis to determine the Index Strategy Earnings for that Index Strategy. The Index Strategy Earnings are then added to the Index Strategy Basis to determine the Index Strategy Value on the Strategy Term End Date.

WeHow ~~calculate~~a ~~your~~Term ~~Strategy~~End ~~Earnings~~ISE atPercentage is calculated depends on whether the ~~end~~Index Strategy ofis aan Index Strategy ~~Term~~with ~~using~~Cap ~~the~~Rate ~~following~~or ~~process:~~an Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate.

•

First, we calculate the Index Performance. The Index Performance will be the percentage change in the value of the Index between the first day of the Strategy Term and the Strategy Term End Date.

•

Second, we calculate the Adjusted Index Performance (AIP). The AIP reflects the application of the Participation Rate and the Strategy Spread to the Index Performance. The formula for calculating the AIP is as follows: (Index Performance x Participation Rate) – (Strategy Spread x Elapsed Term).

•

Third, we calculate your rate of return, which will be applied as a percentage of the Index Strategy Basis. We refer to this rate of return as the "Term End Index Strategy Earnings Percentage" ("Term End ISE Percentage"). The Term End ISE Percentage will equal the greater of (a) the AIP or (b) the Protection Level minus 100%.

•

Fourth, using the Term End ISE Percentage, we calculate the dollar amount of gains or losses that will be applied to your Contract. We calculate that dollar amount by multiplying the Term End ISE Percentage by the Index Strategy Basis.

The table below provides examples of how your Strategy Earnings are calculated at the end of a Strategy Term. It assumes:

(i) a one-year Strategy Term;

(ii) a Protection Level of 90%;

(iii) a Participation Rate of 100%;

(iv) a Strategy Spread of 2%;

(v) the Index Strategy Basis at the beginning of the Strategy Term equals $10,000; and

(vi) no withdrawals were taken during the Strategy Term.

Example – Table 1
Index Performance	Strategy Earnings applied at end of a Strategy Term
Index Performance = 10%	Your Strategy Earnings would be +$800 • The AIP equals 8%. This is calculated as follows: (10% x 100%) – (2% x 1) = 8%. • The Term End ISE Percentage equals 8%. The AIP (8%) is greater than the Protection Level minus 100% (-10%). • The Strategy Earnings equal +$800. This is calculated by multiplying the Term End ISE Percentage (8%) by the value of the investment ($10,000). • The value of your investment would now equal $10,800.
Index Performance = -5%	Your Strategy Earnings will be -$700 • The AIP equals -7%. This is calculated as follows: (-5% x 100%) – (2% x 1) = -7%. • The Term End ISE Percentage equals -7%. The AIP (-7%) is greater than the Protection Level minus 100% (-10%). • The Strategy Earnings equal -$700. This is calculated by multiplying the Term End ISE Percentage (-7%) by the value of the investment ($10,000). • The Index Strategy Basis would now equal $9,300. In this scenario, the 90% Protection Level did not limit the amount of negative Strategy Earnings that were applied to the Contract.
Index Performance = -15%	Your Strategy Earnings will be -$1,000 • The AIP equals -17%. This is calculated as follows: (-15% x 100%) – (2% x 1) = -17%. • The Term End ISE Percentage equals -10%. The Protection Level minus 100% (-10%) is greater than the AIP (-17%). • The Strategy Earnings equal -$1,000. This is calculated by multiplying the Term End ISE Percentage (-10%) by the value of the investment ($10,000). • The Index Strategy Basis would now equal $9,000. In this scenario, the 90% Protection Level limited the amount of negative Strategy Earnings that were applied to the Contract. If there was no downside protection, the Strategy Earnings would have been -$1,700.

The examples above assume a Participation Rate of 100%, which means that the Participation Rate neither increased nor decreased upside potential or downside risk. The table below compares how the Strategy Earnings in Example – Table 1 would change if the Participation Rate was increased to 110% or decreased to 90% and all other assumptions remained the same.

Example – Table 2
Index Performance	Strategy Earnings applied at end of a Strategy Term using different Participation Rates based on stated assumptions
	100% Participation Rate (Example – Table 1)	110% Participation Rate	90% Participation Rate
Index Performance = 10%	+$800	+$900	+$700
Index Performance = -5%	-$700	-$750	-$650
Index Performance = -15%	-$1,000	-$1,000	-$1,000

As illustrated in the table above, compared to Example – Table 1 which assumed a 100% Participation Rate:

•

A 110% Participation Rate increased gains when the Index performed positively, but also increased losses when the Index performed negatively.

•

Conversely, a 90% Participation Rate decreased gains when the Index performed positively, but also decreased losses when the Index performed negatively.

•

In all cases, when the Index Performance was so negative that the AIP was below the Strategy’s defined downside protection, the Protection Level limited the realized losses.

See "Term End Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Term End ISE Percentage)" for more information and examples of the calculations.

How can I access my Contract Value?

Prior to the Annuitization Date or death of the Annuitant, the Contract Owner may access the Contract Value by taking a partial withdrawal or full surrender of the Contract. Withdrawals taken during the first six Contract Years may be assessed a CDSC and MVA. Unless otherwise specified by the Contract Owner, partial withdrawals will be taken proportionally from the Strategies in which the Contract Owner is allocated based on the Contract Value in the Strategies at the time of the request.

Partial withdrawals reduce an Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Basis in the same proportion that the partial withdrawal reduced the Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Value on the date of the withdrawal. When the Index Strategy Basis is greater than the Index Strategy Value at the time of a withdrawal, a proportional reduction will reduce the Index Strategy Basis by more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal. A proportional reduction to an Index Strategy Basis also applies when a fee is deducted from Index Strategy Value.

There is no limit to the number of withdrawals that may be taken in a Contract Year. However, partial withdrawals must be at least $100.

All or a portion of any withdrawal may be subject to federal income taxes, and Contract Owners taking withdrawals before age 59½ may be subject to a 10% penalty tax.

How are earnings calculated for an Index Strategy during a Strategy Term?

On any day other than the Strategy Term End Date, Nationwide uses the Daily ISE Percentage to calculate Index Strategy Earnings. The method used to calculate the Daily ISE Percentage ismay ~~not~~result ~~directly~~in ~~related~~losses toeven ~~the~~if negative Index Performance ~~(although~~is ~~Index~~within the Buffer. These losses may be realized if a Death Benefit is processed or if the Contract Owner takes a withdrawal, exercises a Performance ~~impacts~~Lock or the ~~Daily~~Right ~~ISE~~to ~~Percentage)~~Examine and inCancel ~~general~~provision, ~~will~~or bebegins ~~different~~Annuitization ~~than~~or if a fee is deducted. This is because the ~~Index~~protection ~~Performance~~provided by the applicable Buffer isn’t fully realized until the Strategy Term End Date.

The Daily ISE Percentage ~~may~~is ~~result~~not indirectly arelated ~~loss~~to ~~even when~~ the Index Performance ~~has~~(although ~~increased~~Index ~~since~~Performance ~~the beginning~~impacts of the ~~Strategy~~Daily ~~Term.~~ISE ~~Losses~~Percentage ~~may~~calculation) beand ~~realized~~in ifgeneral awill ~~Death~~be ~~Benefit~~different isthan ~~processed~~the orIndex ifPerformance. ~~the~~The ~~Contract~~Daily ~~Owner~~ISE Percentage ~~takes~~may aresult ~~withdrawal,~~in ~~exercises~~ a ~~Performance~~loss ~~Lock~~even orwhen the ~~Right~~Index toPerformance ~~Examine~~has ~~and~~increased ~~Cancel~~since ~~provision,~~the orbeginning ~~begins~~of ~~Annuitization~~the Strategy Term.

~~Withdrawals~~A ~~taken~~Daily ~~during~~ISE ~~the~~Percentage ~~first~~is ~~six~~calculated separately for each Index Strategy in which Contract ~~Years~~Value ~~may~~is allocated. A Daily ISE Percentage can be ~~assessed~~positive, anegative, ~~CDSC~~or ~~and~~equal ~~MVA~~to zero. The Daily ISE Percentage is multiplied by the Index Strategy Basis to determine the Index Strategy Earnings for that Index Strategy. The Index Strategy Earnings are then added to (if positive) or subtracted from (if negative) the Index Strategy Basis to determine the Index Strategy Value for that day.

AThe Daily ISE Percentage ~~is calculated~~uses ~~separately~~a ~~for~~proxy ~~each~~fair ~~Index~~market ~~Strategy~~value inmethodology ~~which Contract Value is allocated. A Daily ISE Percentage can be positive, negative, or equal~~ to ~~zero.~~value ~~The~~hypothetical ~~Daily~~investments ~~ISE~~in ~~Percentage~~derivatives ~~is multiplied by the Index Strategy Basis to determine the Index Strategy Earnings for~~ that ~~Index~~provide ~~Strategy.~~an ~~The~~estimated ~~Index~~present ~~Strategy~~value ~~Earnings, regardless~~ of ~~whether~~what ~~they~~the ~~are~~Term ~~positive~~End orISE ~~negative,~~Percentage ~~are~~will ~~then~~be ~~added~~on to the ~~Index~~ Strategy ~~Basis~~Term ~~to determine the Index Strategy Value for that day~~End Date.

The estimated present value takes into account the impact of the applicable Buffer, Cap Rate, Cap+ Rate, and Participation Rate, but they do not apply to the same extent that they do when used in the calculation of the Term End ISE Percentage. As noted above, this means that the Buffer does not provide the same level of protection when calculating the Daily ISE Percentage that it does when calculating the Term End ISE Percentage.

See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)" and "Appendix D: Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage."

What options does a Contract Owner have at the end of a Strategy Term?

At least 30 days prior to a Strategy Term End Date, Nationwide will send a notification to the Contract Owner stating (i) the Strategies that will be available for investment, (ii) their respective Crediting Factors and their values for the upcoming Strategy Term, and (iii) how to communicate the Contract Owner’s instructions to Nationwide. Prior to the close of business on the Strategy Term End Date, the Contract Owner may:

•

~~Allocate~~Reinvest some or all of the Contract Value toin the same Strategy for another Strategy Term (with the Crediting Factors that we declare for the upcoming Strategy Term), assuming that the Strategy is available for investment.

•

~~Allocate,~~Transfer free of charge, some or all of the Contract Value to another Strategy that is available for investment.

15•

IfTake ~~Nationwide does not receive~~ a ~~transfer~~partial ~~request prior~~withdrawal toor ~~the~~fully ~~close~~surrender ~~of business on a Strategy Term End Date,~~ the Contract, ~~Value~~which ~~will~~may be ~~allocated~~assessed toa ~~the~~CDSC ~~same Strategy~~ or ~~Strategies~~ MVA, ~~but~~depending ~~with~~on the ~~Crediting~~Remaining ~~Factors~~Free ~~that~~Withdrawal ~~Nationwide declares~~Amount ~~for~~and ~~the~~whether ~~upcoming Strategy Term. If~~ the ~~same~~withdrawal ~~Strategy~~ is notaken ~~longer~~within ~~available~~the ~~for~~first ~~investment,~~six ~~the~~ Contract ~~Value allocated to the Strategy will be transferred to the Fixed Strategy for the upcoming Strategy Term~~Years.

~~How can I access my Contract Value?~~ •

~~Prior~~Annuitize to the ~~Annuitization Date or death of the Annuitant~~Contract, ~~the~~provided ~~Contract~~that ~~Owner may access~~ the ~~Contract~~Annuitization ~~Value~~Date byis ~~taking~~at aleast ~~partial~~two ~~withdrawal~~years orafter ~~full surrender of~~ the ~~Contract. Withdrawals taken during the first six~~ ~~Contract~~Date Years may be assessed a CDSC and MVA. Partial withdrawals will be taken proportionally from the Strategies in which the Contract Owner is allocated based on the Contract Value in the Strategies at the time of ~~the request~~Issue. ~~See "Appendix C: MVA, Partial Withdrawal, and Surrender Examples" for example calculations.~~

~~There~~If isNationwide nodoes ~~limit~~not receive a transfer request prior to the ~~number~~close of ~~withdrawals~~business ~~that~~on ~~may~~a beStrategy ~~taken~~Term inEnd Date (or if the Strategy Term End Date is not a Business Day, then at least one Business Day prior to the Strategy Term End Date), the Contract ~~Year~~Value will be reinvested in the same Strategy or Strategies, but with the Crediting Factors that Nationwide declares for the upcoming Strategy Term. ~~However~~If the same Strategy is no longer available for investment, ~~partial~~the ~~withdrawals~~Contract ~~must~~Value allocated to the Strategy will be ~~at least~~transferred ~~$100~~to the Fixed Strategy for the upcoming Strategy Term.

All or a portion of any withdrawal may be subject to federal income taxes, and Contract Owners taking withdrawals before age 59½ may be subject to a 10% penalty tax.

What death benefit does the Contract provide?

Prior to the Annuitization Date, the Death Benefit is triggered on the death of the Annuitant (or Co-Annuitant, if applicable), provided that (i) the death occurs prior to the Annuitization Date; (ii) the Contract is in force at the time of the death; and (iii) there is no Contingent Annuitant.

If the Annuitant dies after the Annuitization Date, any benefit that may be payable will be paid according to the selected annuity payment option.

~~The~~As described in "Calculation of the Death Benefit ~~will~~", beexcept ~~determined~~ as ~~follows~~otherwise provided, ~~depending~~the standard onDeath ~~the~~Benefit ~~age~~will ofequal the ~~Annuitant~~Contract ~~(and~~Value. ~~Co-Annuitant~~The ifstandard ~~applicable),~~Death onBenefit includes the ~~date~~Spousal ~~the~~Protection ~~application~~Feature for ~~the~~no ~~Contract~~additional ischarge. ~~signed:~~

•For an additional annual fee of 0.15%, charged quarterly on Contract Value allocated to Index Strategies, the applicant can elect the Return of Premium Death Benefit Option. The Return of Premium Death Benefit Option, which includes the Spousal Protection Feature, is equal to the greater of the following on the date the Death Benefit is payable:

If the age of the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant, if applicable, is less than or equal to age 75, then the Death Benefit will be the greater of the Contract Value or the total Purchase Payments made to the Contract reduced by any withdrawals in the proportion that such withdrawals reduced the Contract Value on the date of the withdrawal1.

•Contract Value; or

~~If the age of either the Annuitant or Co-Annuitant is greater than age 75, then the Death Benefit will be the Contract Value~~2.

~~Under~~the ~~certain~~Purchase ~~circumstances,~~Payment ifmade to the Contract ~~Owner~~reduced isby ~~changed~~any orpartial withdrawals in the ~~Contract~~proportion that issuch ~~assigned~~partial ~~prior~~withdrawal toreduced the ~~death~~Contract ofValue ~~the Annuitant,~~on the ~~Death~~date ~~Benefit~~of ~~will be~~ the ~~Surrender~~partial ~~Value~~withdrawal.

See "Calculation of the Death Benefit."

What annuity payment options are available on the Annuitization Date?

Subject to certain restrictions described in this prospectus, you may select from the following ~~available~~three annuity payment options under the Contract~~. The options currently available include~~:

•

Single life annuity;

•

~~Standard~~ Joint and Survivor Annuity; or

•

Single life annuity with 10 or 20-year term certain.

Other annuity payment options may be available. If no annuity payment option is selected prior to the latest possible Annuitization Date, ~~and~~a single life annuity with a 20-year term annuity payment option will be assumed as the ~~available~~automatic form of payment upon Annuitization. Once an annuity payment option is selected, whether by the Annuitant or automatically by ~~options~~Nationwide, it may ~~change~~not be changed. All annuity payments are paid on a fixed basis.

Notwithstanding any other provision in the Contract, if the life expectancy of a 65-year-old has increased by 3 or more years using the prevailing annuity valuation mortality table at the time of annuitization compared to the life expectancy using the Annuity 2012 Basic Mortality table, the available annuity payment options may be limited to a single life annuity with a term certain equal to the Annuitant's life expectancy or a joint life annuity with term certain equal to the longer of the Annuitant's or Joint Annuitant's life expectancy. See "Annuitizing the Contract."

If no annuity payment option is selected prior to the latest possible Annuitization Date, we will automatically set it as either 1) a fixed Single Life Annuity With 240 Monthly Payments Guaranteed or 2) a fixed Single Life Annuity With Term Certain with a guaranteed period of payments equal to the Annuitant's life expectancy, calculated using the prevailing annuity valuation mortality table at the time of annuitization, whichever is available on the Annuitization Date. Once an annuity payment option is selected, whether by the Annuitant or automatically by Nationwide, it may not be changed. All annuity payments are paid on a fixed basis.

How do you contact Nationwide?

All inquiries, paperwork, information requests, service requests, and transaction requests should be made to the Service Center:

•

by telephone at 1-800-848-6331 (TDD 1-800-238-3035)

•

by mail to P.O. Box 182021, Columbus, Ohio 43218-2021

•

by fax at 1-888-634-4472

•

by Internet at www.nationwide.com.

RISK FACTORS

RISK OF LOSS

AnWhen ~~investment~~calculating inIndex ~~this~~Strategy Earnings on the Strategy Term End Date, the Buffer is the amount of negative Index Performance that Nationwide absorbs. The Contract isOwner ~~subject~~absorbs toany negative Index Performance in excess of the Buffer. There is a risk of substantial loss. ~~Each~~of your principal and previously earned Index Strategy's ~~defined~~Earnings ~~downside~~because ~~protection,~~all ~~provided~~losses that exceed the Buffer are absorbed by ~~its~~the ~~Protection~~Contract ~~Level~~Owner. Currently, ~~does~~we ~~not~~offer ~~provide~~Index ~~complete~~Strategies ~~protection~~with ~~from~~a ~~loss.~~Buffer ~~You~~of 10% ~~may~~or ~~lose money~~20%, ~~including~~respectively. Under a ~~substantial~~10% ~~amount~~and of20% ~~your~~Buffer, ~~principal~~the ~~investment~~maximum ~~and~~potential ~~previously~~loss ~~credited~~due ~~earnings.~~to ~~Your~~negative ~~losses~~Index ~~may~~Performance beat ~~significant~~the end of a Strategy Term is 90% and 80%, respectively.

During a Strategy Term, the Index Strategy Value is determined using an estimated present value of what the Index Strategy Value will be on the Strategy Term End Date. This method of calculating the Index Strategy Value could result in a loss during a Strategy Term even when the Index Performance is positive. There is a risk of a substantial loss of your principal and previously earned Index Strategy Earnings, and the loss is realized if a Death Benefit is processed or if the Contract Owner takes a withdrawal, exercises a Performance Lock or the Right to Examine and Cancel provision, or begins Annuitization. See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)" and "Appendix D: Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage."14

During a Strategy Term, the Index Strategy Value is determined using a current estimate of what the Index Strategy Value will be on the Strategy Term End Date. This method of calculating the Index Strategy Value could result in a loss during a Strategy Term even if negative Index Performance is within the Buffer or when the Index Performance is positive. There is a risk of a substantial loss of your principal and previously earned Index Strategy Earnings, and the loss is realized if a Death Benefit is processed or if the Contract Owner takes a withdrawal, exercises a Performance Lock or the Right to Examine and Cancel provision, or begins Annuitization or if a fee is deducted. See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)" and "Appendix D: Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage."

Withdrawals during the first six Contract Years may be subject to a CDSC and MVA which can result in the loss of principal and previously earned Index Strategy Earnings.

The Product Fee, Performance Lock Fee (if the Performance Lock feature is exercised), and the Return of Premium Death Benefit Option fee (if elected) reduce the value of the Index Strategies and therefore reduce the amount available for withdrawal. The fees may result in the loss of principal and previously earned Index Strategy Earnings.

LIQUIDITY RISK

The Contract is designed to be a long-term investment, not a short-term investment. Partial withdrawals or a full surrender may be taken at any time prior to the Annuitization Date or death of the Annuitant, but there may be negative consequences for doing so if the withdrawal amount exceeds the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount. Withdrawals in excess of the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount may be subject to a CDSC and a negative MVA, which will negatively impact the amount of your withdrawal. ~~See "Appendix C: MVA, Partial Withdrawal, and Surrender Examples" for example calculations.~~

In addition, any partial withdrawal or full surrender may also be subject to a 10% additional federal tax if taken before age 59½. This Contract may not be appropriate if you plan on taking partial withdrawals or a full surrender prior to age 59½.

Nationwide may defer payment for a partial withdrawal or full surrender under this Contract for up to six months if the insurance regulatory authority of the state in which the Contract is issued approves such deferral. There are other circumstances under which Nationwide may delay the payment of partial withdrawals or full surrenders, as described in this prospectus. See "Withdrawals."

It is not possible to take withdrawals or surrender the Contract on or after the Annuitization Date.

INVESTMENT RISK

The following describe various investment risks associated with the Contract:

•

Allocations to an Index Strategy are not directly participating in the performance of any stocks or other assets. Instead, the performance of the Index Strategy depends (in part) on the performance of its Index. The performance of an Index is based on changes in the values of the securities or other assets that comprise the Index. The securities comprising the Indexes are subject to a variety of investment risks, many of which are complicated and interrelated. These risks may affect capital markets generally, specific market segments, or specific issuers. The performance of the Indexes may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Negative Index Performance may cause you to realize investment losses. Your investment losses may be significant.

performance of an Index is based on changes in the values of the securities or other assets that comprise or define the Index. The securities comprising or defining the Indexes are subject to a variety of investment risks, many of which are complicated and interrelated. These risks may affect capital markets generally, specific market segments, or specific issuers. The performance of the Indexes may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Negative Index performance may cause you to realize investment losses. Your investment losses may be significant. For a description of particular investment risks to which the Indexes are subject, see "Indexes – Market Exposures and Investment Risks."

•

The historical performance of an Index or an Index Strategy does not guarantee future results. It is impossible to predict whether an Index or an Index Strategy will perform positively or negatively over the course of a Strategy Term.

•

While it is not possible to invest directly in an Index under the Contract or otherwise, allocations to an Index Strategy are indirectly exposed to the investment risks associated with its Index. An Index Strategy that has an Index with higher investment risks indirectly exposes you to those higher investment risks.

•

Because the Indexes under the Contract are all comprised ~~or defined (at least in part)~~ by a collection of equity securities, each Index is exposed to market risk and issuer risk. Market risk is the risk that market fluctuations may cause the value of a security or asset to fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Issuer risk is the risk that the value of an issuer’s securities may decline for reasons directly related to the issuer, as opposed to the market generally.

•

Index Performance is calculated by comparing the value of the Index between two specific points in time which means Index Performance may be negative or flat even if the Index performed positively for certain time periods between those two specific points in time.

•

~~Certain~~None of the Indexes available under this Contract ~~do not~~ include income from any dividends paid by component companies. The exclusion of dividends from an Index will lower the Index Performance, particularly over the course of time. Additionally, certain Indexes are comprised of foreign issuers and include exchange rate methodologies that may lower an Index Strategy’s returns. ~~See, "Indexes – Market Exposures and Investment Risks" for a summary of other important investment risks to which each Index under the Contract is exposed.~~

•

If you are invested in multiple Strategies at the time that you request a partial withdrawal, you cannot select the specific Strategy(ies) from which the partial withdrawal is to be taken. Your partial withdrawal will be allocated among all of your Strategies in proportion to their Strategy Value. This means that when you take a withdrawal you may be required to withdrawal money from a Strategy that is performing negatively even if you have some other Strategy performing positively at the time of the withdrawal.

•

In recent years, the financial markets have experienced periods of significant volatility and negative returns, contributing to an uncertain and evolving economic environment. The performance of the markets has been impacted by several interrelating factors such as, but not limited to, the COVID-19 pandemic, geopolitical turmoil, rising inflation, changes in interest rates, and actions by governmental authorities. It is not possible to predict with certainty the future performance of the markets.

•

Nationwide relies on the third-parties who sponsor and administer the Indexes to provide Nationwide with Index Values which are used to calculate the performance of the Index Strategies. In general, Index Values are to be provided to Nationwide each Business Day. However, there may be short or extended periods of time when Nationwide is not provided Index Values for an Index. This may occur for a variety of reasons that are not within Nationwide’s control, including severe market disruptions. If Nationwide is not provided with an Index Value, it will use the most recent Index Value provided to Nationwide when calculating the performance of the Index Strategies linked to the applicable Index. If Nationwide is provided an Index Value for a prior Business Day for which Nationwide was not originally provided an Index Value, Nationwide will take reasonable steps to recalculate impacted Contract Values and Contract transactions.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE INDEXES

IfMSCI ~~you~~EAFE ~~allocate money to an~~ Index Strategy for a Strategy Term, the value of your investment will depend in part on the performance of the applicable Index or Indexes. The performance of an Index is based on changes in the values of the securities or other instruments that comprise or define the Index. The securities and instruments comprising or defining the Indexes are subject to a variety of investment risks, many of which are complicated and interrelated. These risks may affect capital markets generally, specific market segments, or specific issuers.

The MSCI EAFE Index is designed to represent the performance of ~~the~~common ~~Indexes~~stocks ~~may~~of ~~fluctuate~~large- and mid-capitalization companies across 21 developed markets, ~~sometimes~~including ~~rapidly~~countries in Europe, Australasia, and ~~unpredictably~~the Far East, excluding the U.S. ~~Negative~~and ~~Index~~Canada. ~~performance~~Securities ~~may~~of ~~cause~~non-U.S. ~~you~~issuers are subject to ~~lose~~the ~~money~~risks onassociated ~~your~~with ~~investment~~investing in ~~the~~those ~~Contract~~non-U.S. ~~The~~markets, ~~historical~~such ~~performance~~as ofheightened anrisks ~~Index~~of inflation or annationalization. ~~Index~~Non-U.S. ~~Strategy~~securities ~~does~~may ~~not~~decline ~~guarantee~~in ~~future~~value ~~results~~due to political, economic, and geographic events affecting issuers of non-U.S. Itsecurities isor ~~impossible~~non-U.S. markets. In addition, non-U.S. securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be unable to ~~predict~~respond ~~whether~~effectively anto ~~Index~~changes ~~will~~in ~~perform~~trading ~~positively~~volume, orpotentially ~~negatively~~making ~~over~~prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times. The Index Value for the ~~course~~MSCI ofEAFE aIndex ~~Crediting~~is ~~Period~~calculated without any exchange rate adjustment.

18Nasdaq-100 Index®

~~While~~The itNasdaq-100 Index® is ~~not~~a ~~possible~~large-cap togrowth ~~invest~~index, ~~directly~~which inincludes an100 of the largest domestic and international non-financial companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market based on market capitalization. To the extent that the Nasdaq-100 Index® is comprised of securities issued by companies in a particular sector, ifthe ~~you~~company’s ~~choose~~securities tomay ~~allocate~~not ~~amounts~~perform toas anwell ~~Index~~as ~~Strategy~~companies in other sectors or the market as a whole. Also, ~~you~~any ~~are~~component ~~indirectly~~securities ~~exposed~~of non-U.S. issuers are subject to the ~~investment~~ risks associated with ~~the~~investing ~~applicable~~in ~~Index~~those non-U.S. markets, such as heightened risks of inflation or nationalization. Non-U.S. securities may decline in value due to political, economic, and geographic events affecting issuers of non-U.S. securities or non-U.S. markets. In addition, non-U.S. securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be unable to respond effectively to changes in trading volume, potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

~~Because~~Russell ~~each~~2000 Index® ~~is comprised or defined by a collection of securities, each Index is largely exposed to market risk and issuer risk.~~

•The Russell 2000® Index measures the performance of the small-cap segment of the US equity universe. The Russell 2000 Index is a subset of the Russell 3000® Index. It includes approximately 2,000 of the smallest securities based on a combination of their market cap and current index membership. Compared to large- and mid-capitalization companies, small-capitalization companies may be less stable and more susceptible to adverse developments. In addition, the securities of small-capitalization companies may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large- and mid-capitalization companies.

~~Market~~S&P ~~risk~~400® isIndex ~~the risk that market fluctuations may cause the value of a security to fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.~~

•The S&P 400® Index provides investors with a benchmark for mid-sized companies. The Index is designed to measure the performance of 400 mid-sized companies, reflecting the distinctive risk and return characteristics of this market segment. Compared to large-capitalization companies, mid-capitalization companies may be less stable and more susceptible to adverse developments. In addition, the securities of mid-capitalization companies may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large-capitalization companies.

~~Issuer~~S&P ~~risk~~500® isIndex ~~the risk that the value of an issuer’s securities may decline for reasons directly related to the issuer, as opposed to the market generally.~~

~~For more information on the other important, specific investment risks to which each particular Index is exposed, see "Market Exposures and Investment Risks" in the "Index Strategies" section.~~16

The S&P 500® Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large-capitalization U.S. companies. In general, large-capitalization companies may be less able than smaller capitalization companies to adapt to changing market conditions. Large-capitalization companies may be more mature and subject to more limited growth potential compared with smaller-capitalization companies. During different market cycles, the performance of large-capitalization companies has trailed the overall performance of the broader securities markets.

DAILY INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERCENTAGE (DAILY ISE PERCENTAGE) RISK

ATo calculate the Daily ISE Percentage, isNationwide ~~calculated~~uses ~~separately~~a ~~for~~proxy ~~each~~fair market ~~Index~~value ~~Strategy~~methodology to value hypothetical investments in ~~which~~derivatives ~~Contract~~that ~~Value~~provide isan ~~allocated~~estimated present value of what the Term End ISE Percentage will be on the Strategy Term End Date. The Daily ~~Index~~ ~~Strategy~~ISE ~~Earnings~~ Percentage is ~~equal~~not directly related to the ~~greater~~Index ofPerformance (although Index Performance impacts the ~~Protection~~Daily ~~Level~~ISE ~~minus~~Percentage ~~100%~~calculation) and the Daily ~~Pre-Protection~~ISE ~~Level~~Percentage may be negative even when the Index ~~Strategy~~Performance ~~Earnings~~is (positive due to market factors that impact the inputs used to value the hypothetical investment in the derivatives. The Daily ISE) Percentage is reduced by an amount reflecting the cost of instruments used to provide the performance offered by the Contract. This deduction is equal to the Daily ISE Percentage at the beginning of the Strategy Term, but it declines to zero over the course of the Strategy Term.

The ~~Daily~~valuation ~~ISE~~of ~~Percentage~~the hypothetical investments is ~~not~~based ~~directly~~on ~~related~~standard tomethods ~~the~~for ~~Index~~valuing derivatives ~~Performance~~and ~~(although~~based ~~Index~~on ~~Performance~~inputs ~~impacts~~from ~~the~~third ~~Daily Pre-Protection~~party ~~Level~~vendors. ~~ISE~~The ~~Percentage~~methodology ~~calculation)~~used ~~and~~to ~~the~~value ~~Daily~~these ~~ISE~~hypothetical ~~Percentage~~investments is determined solely by Nationwide and may bevary ~~negative~~from ~~even~~other ~~when~~estimated valuations or the ~~Index Performance~~actual isselling ~~positive~~price of identical investments.

~~The~~LIMITATION ~~Daily~~ON ~~ISE~~GROWTH ~~Percentage~~POTENTIAL ~~may~~RISK ~~result~~(CAP inRATE aAND ~~loss~~PARTICIPATION ~~even~~RATE ~~when~~RISK) the Index Performance has increased since the beginning of the Strategy Term. Losses may be realized if a Death Benefit is processed or if the Contract Owner takes a withdrawal, exercises a Performance Lock or the Right to Examine and Cancel provision, or begins Annuitization.

~~LIMITED~~For ~~GROWTH~~Index ~~POTENTIAL~~Strategies ~~RISK~~with ~~(STRATEGY~~Cap ~~SPREAD~~Rates, ~~AND~~Index ~~PARTICIPATION~~Strategy ~~RATE~~Earnings ~~RISK)~~are limited by any applicable Cap Rate, which means that Index Strategy Earnings could be lower than if the Contract Owner had invested directly in a fund based on the applicable Index.

~~When~~In ~~you~~addition, ~~invest~~for inIndex aStrategies ~~Strategy, the~~with ~~growth~~Cap+ ~~(or~~Rates, ~~upside)~~if ~~potential~~the ofParticipation ~~your~~Rate ~~investment~~ is ~~not~~less ~~capped~~than 100%, ~~but~~ the ~~Strategy~~Participation ~~Spread~~Rate will ~~reduce~~dampen the upside potential of your investment. Inwhich ~~addition,~~means Index Strategy Earnings could be lower than if the ~~Participation Rate~~Contract isOwner ~~less~~had ~~than~~invested ~~100%,~~directly in a fund based on the applicable Index. The Participation Rate ~~will~~for ~~also~~Index ~~decrease~~Strategies ~~the~~with ~~upside~~Cap+ ~~potential~~Rate ofcould ~~your~~be ~~investment~~as low as 0.05%.

AsCap ~~part~~Rates ofand ~~the~~Cap+ ~~process~~Rates ~~for~~could ~~calculating~~be ~~Index~~as ~~Strategy~~low ~~Earnings~~as ~~on the Strategy Term End Date~~0.05%, wein ~~calculate the Adjusted Index Performance (AIP),~~ which iscase ~~then used to calculate~~ the ~~Term~~growth ~~End~~potential ~~Index Strategy Earnings Percentage. The AIP is the percentage gain or loss in the Strategy Value at the end~~ of ~~the~~an ~~Strategy~~Indexed ~~Term, calculated using the Crediting Factors applied to the underlying values, prior to the application of any Protection Level. See "Calculation of Index~~ Strategy ~~Earnings."~~may ~~The~~be ~~AIP is the Index Performance after the application of the Strategy Spread and the Participation Rate~~minimal.

The Strategy Spread represents an annualized percentage rate that, when greater than 0%, always has the effect of reducing the AIP at the end of the term, and indirectly impacts the Daily ISE Percentage.

•

When comparing Strategies with Strategy Terms that are the same length and all other Crediting Factors are the same, you should understand that a higher Strategy Spread is always more unfavorable to you than a lower Strategy Spread.

•

When comparing Strategies with Strategy Terms that differ in length, a higher Strategy Spread will always be more unfavorable to you on an annual basis, but the overall impact of a lower Strategy Spread over a multi-year Strategy Term may be more unfavorable to you than the overall impact of a higher Strategy Spread over a shorter Strategy Term.

The Participation Rate represents the proportion of Index Performance that is reflected in the AIP and may have the effect of amplifying or decreasing the Index Performance.

•

If the Participation Rate is greater than 100%, there will be more upside potential when the Index Performance is positive but more downside potential when the Index Performance is negative (subject to the amount of downside protection provided by the Strategy’s Protection Level).

•

If the Participation Rate is less than 100%, there will be less upside potential when the Index Performance is positive but less downside potential when the Index Performance is negative (subject to the amount of downside protection provided by the Strategy’s Protection Level).

•

If the Participation Rate is equal to 100%, the Participation Rate will neither increase nor decrease the Index Performance.

When selecting a Strategy for investment, you should not select a Strategy based on any single Crediting Factor, including the Participation Rate or the Strategy Spread. While one Crediting Factor for a Strategy may be more or less favorable or attractive to you, the other Crediting Factors also impact whether that Strategy is appropriate for you based on your financial needs and goals. You should consult with a financial professional prior to selecting a Strategy for investment.

REINVESTMENT RISK

Except in the limited circumstances under which weNationwide may substitute an Index, the Index, Strategy Term and ~~Protection~~Buffer ~~Level~~ will not change for as long as weNationwide ~~offer~~offers aan Index Strategy. However, ~~the~~an ~~Participation~~Index ~~Rate~~Strategy’s Cap Rates, Cap+ Rates, and ~~Strategy~~Participation ~~Spread~~Rates may change from Strategy Term to Strategy Term., ~~You~~and dothere ~~not~~is ~~have~~no ~~the~~guarantee ~~right to reject any Participation Rate or Strategy Spread~~ that wean ~~declare~~Index ~~for a future~~ Strategy using ~~Term. If you do not wish to invest in~~ any of the ~~Strategies~~currently atavailable ~~some~~Indexes ~~point in the future, your only option~~ will always be toavailable ~~fully~~for ~~surrender your Contract or annuitize your Contract (subject to limitations)~~investment. AAdditionally, ~~full~~the ~~surrender~~Fixed ~~may~~Strategy’s beFixed ~~subject~~Strategy toRate ~~a CDSC and an MVA, and~~ may ~~also~~change ~~have~~from ~~negative~~Strategy ~~tax~~Term ~~consequences~~to Strategy Term.

Other than the guaranteed minimum Cap Rate, Cap+ Rate, Participation Rate, and Fixed Strategy Rate, there is no guarantee that the Fixed Strategy’s current Fixed Strategy Rate or an Index Strategy’s current Cap Rate, Cap+ Rate, or Participation Rate will remain the same. A Contract Owner does not have the right to reject any Cap Rate, Cap+ Rate, Participation Rate, or Fixed Strategy Rate that Nationwide declares for a future Strategy Term. If a Contract Owner does not wish to invest in any of the Strategies at some point in the future, the only option will be to fully surrender the Contract or annuitize the Contract (subject to limitations). A full surrender may be subject to a CDSC and an MVA and may also have negative tax consequences.

The ability to transfer Contract Value among the Strategies is restricted. Except when exercising a Performance Lock, Contract Value allocated to a Strategy cannot be transferred until the end of the Strategy Term, even if Nationwide substitutes an Index during the Strategy Term, and Contract Value cannot be transferred into a Strategy while its Strategy Term is ongoing. This restricts the ability to react to changes in market conditions during a Strategy Term other than through withdrawals and by exercising the Performance Lock feature, which also has risks. You should consider whether the inability to reallocate Contract Value at any time is consistent with your financial needs.

In order to transfer Strategy Value from a Strategy on the Strategy Term End Date to another Strategy that is available for investment, we must receive your transfer request prior to the close of business on the Strategy Term End Date (or if the Strategy Term End Date is not a Business Day, then at least one Business Day prior to the Strategy Term End Date). If Nationwide does not receive the transfer instructions by this time, the Contract Value will remain allocated to the currently elected Strategies using the Crediting Factors applicable for the upcoming Strategy Term. If an Index Strategy is not available for reinvestment, the entire Index Strategy Value allocated to the Index Strategy will be transferred to the Fixed Strategy.17

~~RISK~~Nationwide OFmust ~~CHANGES~~receive TOtransfer instructions ~~PARTICIPATION~~prior ~~RATE~~to ~~AND/OR~~the ~~STRATEGY~~close ~~SPREAD~~of business on the Strategy Term End Date (or if the Strategy Term End Date is not a Business Day, then at least one Business Day prior to the Strategy Term End Date). If Nationwide does not receive the transfer instructions by this time, the Contract Value will remain allocated to the currently elected Strategies using the Crediting Factors applicable for the upcoming Strategy Term. If an Index Strategy is not available for reinvestment, the entire Index Strategy Value allocated to the Index Strategy will be transferred to the Fixed Strategy.

Except in the limited circumstances under which we may substitute an Index, the Crediting Factors for a Strategy will not change for the duration of an ongoing Strategy Term. Also, except in the limited circumstances under which we may substitute an Index, the Index, Strategy Term and Protection Level will not change for as long as we offer a Strategy. However, the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread may change from Strategy Term to Strategy Term. Other than the guaranteed minimums and maximums associated with a Strategy’s Participation Rate and Strategy Spread, which will not change for the entire time that the Strategy is offered under the Contract, there is no guarantee that a Strategy’s current Participation Rate and Strategy Spread will remain the same while you own the Contract.

You do not have the right to reject any Participation Rate or Strategy Spread that we declare for a future Strategy Term. If you do not wish to invest in any of the Strategies at some point in the future, your only option will be to fully surrender your Contract or annuitize your Contract (subject to limitations). A full surrender may be subject to a CDSC and an MVA. A full surrender may also have negative tax consequences.

You should evaluate whether our ability to change the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread, and your inability to reject such changes, is consistent with your investment goals. When such changes occur, you should also evaluate whether those changes are appropriate for you based on your investment goals and, if not, you should evaluate your options under the Contract, which may be limited and may have negative consequences associated with them, as described throughout this prospectus.

PERFORMANCE LOCK RISK

Under the Performance Lock feature, ,the ifContract anOwner ~~Index~~may ~~Strategy’s~~transfer Index Strategy Value ~~exceeds~~from ~~its~~an ~~Strategy Basis multiplied by its Protection Level, the Contract Owner may transfer such~~ Index Strategy ~~Value~~ to the Fixed Strategy prior to the Strategy Term End Date for a Performance Lock Fee. If a Contract Owner exercises the Performance Lock feature, the Index Strategy Value ~~transferred~~that tois next calculated after Nationwide receives the ~~Fixed Strategy~~request will be transferred to the ~~Index~~Fixed Strategy, ~~Value~~less at the ~~end~~Performance ofLock Fee. Once the ~~Business~~money ~~Day~~is ontransferred ~~which~~to the ~~Performance~~Fixed ~~Lock~~Strategy ~~request~~it iscannot ~~received~~be bytransferred ~~Nationwide.~~out Ifof the ~~Performance~~Fixed ~~Lock~~Strategy ~~request~~until ~~is received~~the byend ~~Nationwide~~of onthe aFixed ~~day~~Strategy’s ~~that~~Strategy isTerm ~~not~~(which awould ~~Business~~be ~~Day, or after~~ the next ~~close~~Contract ofAnniversary). aA ~~Business~~Contract ~~Day,~~Owner ~~Nationwide~~should ~~will~~consider ~~use~~ the ~~next~~following ~~Business~~risks ~~Day’s~~related ~~Index~~to ~~Strategy~~the ~~Value.~~Performance IfLock ~~a Performance~~feature:

Lock is requested but the Index Strategy Value falls below the Strategy Basis multiplied by its Protection Level at the close of the Business Day on which the transfer is to occur, the Performance Lock will not be exercised. Once the money is transferred to the Fixed Strategy it cannot be transferred out of the Fixed Strategy until the end of the Fixed Strategy’s Strategy Term (which would be the next Contract Anniversary). A Contract Owner should consider the following risks related to the Performance Lock feature:

•

The Performance Lock feature can only be used once during an Index Strategy’s Strategy Term and only the full Index Strategy Value can be transferred. Performance Lock requests for partial amounts of Index Strategy Value will not be accepted. Once a Performance Lock is exercised for an Index Strategy, it may not be revoked.

•

While a Contract Owner will earn interest in the Fixed Strategy at the Fixed Strategy Rate, once a Performance Lock for an Index Strategy is exercised, the Contract Owner will no longer participate in the Index Strategy’s performance even if the Index Strategy performs positively.

•

~~Nationwide~~The ~~does~~Performance ~~not~~Lock ~~provide~~Fee ~~advice~~assessed oron ~~notify~~the ~~Contract~~Index ~~Owners~~Strategy ~~regarding~~Value ~~whether~~increases ~~they~~for ~~should~~each ~~exercise~~year remaining in the ~~Performance~~Strategy ~~Lock feature~~Term oras of the ~~optimal~~date ~~time~~of ~~for~~the ~~doing~~Performance soLock request, ifwith ~~one~~partial ~~exists.~~years ~~Contract~~rounded ~~Owners~~up ~~bear~~to the ~~risk~~next full year. This means that ~~they~~for Strategy Terms of 3 and 6 years, the Performance Lock Fee will ~~fail~~be tohigher ~~exercise~~if the Performance Lock atis requested earlier in the ~~optimal~~Strategy ~~time~~Term ~~during~~than ait will be if the Performance Lock is requested later in the Strategy Term.

Additionally, because Nationwide rounds partial years up to the next full year when calculating the Performance Lock Fee, Contract Owners should carefully consider the timing of a request and the impact the rounding will have on the Performance Lock Fee. For example, for Strategy Terms greater than 1 year, if a Performance Lock request is made on the day before a Contract Anniversary, the Performance Lock Fee would be 0.10% more than if the request was made on or after the Contract Anniversary.

•

~~Contract~~Although ~~Owners~~you ~~also~~may ~~bear~~contact ~~the~~our ~~risk~~Service ~~that~~Center ~~they~~to ~~will~~obtain ~~exercise~~ the ~~Performance~~last ~~Lock~~calculated atIndex aValue, ~~time during~~you awill ~~Strategy~~not ~~Term~~know ~~when~~the ~~they~~locked-in ~~miss~~Index Value ~~out~~in onadvance. ~~gains~~This ~~that~~is ~~occur~~because ~~after~~we ~~the Performance Lock, or~~ lock in ~~losses~~the ~~that~~Index ~~would~~Value ~~not~~next ~~have~~calculated ~~occurred~~after ~~had~~we ~~the~~receive ~~Performance~~your ~~Lock~~request. ~~been~~The ~~exercised~~Index atValue athat ~~later~~is ~~date~~locked orin ~~not~~may atbe ~~all.~~lower ~~Nationwide~~than isthe ~~not~~Index ~~responsible~~Value ~~for any losses~~that ~~related~~you tolast aobtained ~~decision whether~~ or ~~not~~that towas ~~exercise~~last acalculated ~~Performance~~prior ~~Lock. It is impossible~~ to ~~know~~receiving ~~with~~your ~~certainty whether or not a Performance Lock should be exercised~~request.

•

Nationwide does not provide advice or notify Contract Owners regarding whether they should exercise the Performance Lock feature or the optimal time for doing so, if one exists. Contract Owners bear the risk that they will fail to exercise the Performance Lock at the optimal time during a Strategy Term. Contract Owners also bear the risk that they will exercise the Performance Lock at a time during a Strategy Term when they miss out on gains that occur after the Performance Lock, or lock-in losses that would not have occurred had the Performance Lock been exercised at a later date or not at all. Nationwide is not responsible for any losses related to a decision whether or not to exercise a Performance Lock. It is impossible to know with certainty whether or not a Performance Lock should be exercised.

REDUCTION IN INDEX STRATEGY BASIS RISK

The Index Strategy Basis is a value used to calculate Index Strategy Value and Index Strategy Earnings. The Index Strategy Basis is not a cash value under the Contract. On the first day of a Strategy Term, the Index Strategy Basis equals the amount allocated to the Index Strategy. On any day during a Strategy Term other than the Strategy Term End Date, the Index Strategy Basis is equal to the Index Strategy Basis on the first day of the Strategy Term minus any partial withdrawals (including adjustments for any applicable CDSC and MVA), fees, and premium taxes that occurred during the Strategy Term. Partial withdrawals and other deductions from Index Strategy Value (including fees) reduce an Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Basis in the same proportion that the deduction reduced the Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Value on the date of the deduction. When the Index Strategy Basis is greater than the Index Strategy Value at the time of a deduction, a proportional reduction will reduce the Index Strategy Basis by more than the dollar amount deducted.

INDEX SUBSTITUTION RISK

The Index for an Index Strategy generally will not change for the duration of an ongoing Strategy Term. However, Nationwide may substitute the Index during a Strategy Term in limited circumstances. Subject to any applicable regulatory approval, Nationwide may substitute the Index if (a) the Index is discontinued or (b) there is a substantial change to the calculation of the Index. If Nationwide substitutes an Index, the new Index will be similar in composition to the old Index. Nationwide will seek to notify Contract Owners at least 30 days prior to substituting an Index for any Index Strategy in which they are invested. However, in the event that it is necessary to substitute on less than 30 days’ notice due to circumstances outside of Nationwide’s control, Nationwide will provide notice of the substitution as soon as practicable.

A Contract Owner will have no right to reject the substitution of an Index. If Nationwide substitutes the Index for an Index Strategy in which a Contract Owner is invested, unless a Performance Lock is requested, the Contract Owner will not be permitted to transfer the Index Strategy Value until the end of the Strategy Term. See "Reinvestment Risk" above.

If Nationwide substitutes the Index for an Index Strategy, the performance of the new Index may differ significantly from the performance of the old Index. This may negatively affect the Index Strategy Earnings applied to an Index Strategy.

INVESTMENT RISK DURING THE RIGHT TO EXAMINE PERIOD

Under state insurance laws, a Contract Owner has the right, during a limited period of time, to examine the Contract and decide to keep it or cancel it. This right is referred to as a "free look" right. The length of this time period depends on state law and may vary depending on whether the purchase is a replacement of another annuity contract. For ease of administration, Nationwide will honor any free look cancellation request that is in good order and received at the Service Center or postmarked within 30 days after the Date of Issue.

Where state law requires the return of purchase payments for free look cancellations, Nationwide will return the Purchase Payment applied to the Contract, less any withdrawals from the Contract and any applicable federal and state income tax withholding. Where state law requires the return of Contract Value for free look cancellations, Nationwide will return the Contract Value as of the date of the cancellation, less any withdrawals from the Contract and any applicable federal and state income tax withholding. There is a risk that the performance of the Index Strategies will decrease the Contract Value during the free look period and the Contract Value will be less than the Purchase Payment.

NATIONWIDE’S FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND CLAIMS PAYING ABILITY RISK

Nationwide’s general account assets support its obligations under the Contract and are subject to claims by its creditors. As such, guarantees under the Contract are subject to Nationwide’s financial strength and claims-paying ability. There is a risk that Nationwide may default on those guarantees. Contract Owners need to consider Nationwide’s financial strength and claims-paying ability in meeting its guarantees under the Contract. Contract Owners may obtain information on Nationwide’s financial condition by reviewing its financial statements included in this prospectus. Additionally, information concerning Nationwide’s business and operations is set forth under "Appendix E: Nationwide Life Insurance Company Management’s Discussion & Analysis and Statutory Financial Statements and Supplemental Schedules."

To request additional information about Nationwide, contact the Service Center.

CYBER SECURITY RISK

Nationwide’s businesses are highly dependent upon its computer systems and those of its business partners and service providers. This makes Nationwide ~~potentially~~ susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from a ~~cyber-attack~~cybersecurity incident. These risks include direct risks, such as theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained by Nationwide, and indirect risks, such as denial of service, attacks on ~~service~~systems ~~provider~~or websites and other operational disruptions that could severely impede Nationwide’s ability to ~~electronically~~conduct interact with service providers. Cyber-attacks affecting Nationwide, intermediaries, and other service providers may adversely affect Nationwide and Contract Values. In connection with any such cyber-attack, Nationwide and/or its ~~service~~businesses ~~providers~~ and ~~intermediaries~~administer ~~may~~the becontract ~~subject to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or reputational damage~~(e. ~~There may be an increased risk of cyber-attacks during periods of geopolitical or military conflict~~g. ~~Although Nationwide undertakes substantial efforts to protect its computer systems from cyber-attacks~~, ~~including internal processes and technological defenses that are preventative or detective, and other controls designed to provide multiple~~calculate ~~layers~~Contract ofValues ~~security assurance, there can be no guarantee that Nationwide~~ or ~~its~~process ~~service providers will avoid losses affecting contracts due to cyber-attacks or information security breaches in the future~~transactions).

InFinancial ~~the~~services ~~event~~companies ~~that~~and ~~Contract~~their ~~Values~~third-party ~~are~~service ~~adversely~~providers ~~affected~~are asincreasingly athe targets ~~result~~ of cyber-attacks involving the ~~failure~~encryption ofand/or ~~Nationwide’s~~threat ~~cyber-security~~to ~~controls~~disclose personal or confidential information (e.g., ~~Nationwide~~ransomware) ~~will~~or ~~take~~disruptions ~~reasonable~~of ~~steps~~communications to(e.g., ~~restore~~denial ~~Contract~~of ~~Values~~service) to ~~the~~extort ~~levels~~money ~~that~~or ~~they~~for ~~would~~other ~~have~~malicious ~~been~~purposes. ~~had~~The ~~the cyber-attack~~techniques ~~not~~used ~~occurred.~~to ~~Nationwide~~attack systems ~~will~~and ~~not,~~networks ~~however~~change frequently, beare ~~responsible~~becoming ~~for~~more ~~any~~sophisticated, ~~adverse~~and ~~impact~~can tooriginate ~~Contract~~from ~~Values~~a ~~that~~wide ~~result~~variety ~~from~~of sources. ~~the~~The ~~Contract~~use ~~Owner~~of remote or ~~its~~flexible ~~designee’s~~work ~~negligent~~arrangements, ~~acts~~remote oraccess ~~failure~~tools, toand ~~use~~mobile ~~reasonably~~technology ~~appropriate~~have ~~safeguards~~expanded topotential ~~protect against~~targets for cyber-~~attacks~~attack.

Cyber-attacks affecting Nationwide, Index providers, intermediaries, and service providers may adversely affect Nationwide and Contract Values. As a result of a cybersecurity incident, Nationwide may be subject to regulatory fines, private claims, and financial losses and/or reputational damage. There may be an increased risk of cyber-attacks during periods of geopolitical or military conflict. Although Nationwide undertakes substantial efforts to protect its computer systems from cyber-attacks, including internal processes and technological defenses that are preventative or detective, and other controls designed to provide multiple layers of security assurance, there can be no guarantee that Nationwide or its service providers will avoid cybersecurity incidents affecting Contract Owners in the future. It is possible that a cybersecurity incident could persist for an extended period of time without detection.

In the event that Contract administration or Contract Values are adversely affected as a result of a failure of Nationwide’s cybersecurity controls, Nationwide will take reasonable steps to take corrective action and restore Contract Values to the levels that they would have been had the cybersecurity incident not occurred. Nationwide will not, however, be responsible for any adverse impact to Contracts or Contract Values that result from the Contract Owner or its designee’s negligent acts or failure to use reasonably appropriate safeguards to protect against cyber-attacks or to protect personal information.

BUSINESS CONTINUITY RISK

Nationwide is exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters, such as storms, fires, earthquakes, public health crises, geopolitical disputes, military actions, and terrorist acts, which could adversely affect Nationwide’s ability to administer the contracts. Nationwide has adopted business continuity policies and procedures that may be implemented in the event of a natural or man-made disaster, but such business continuity plans may not operate as intended or fully mitigate the ~~operational~~opertational risks associated with such disasters.

Nationwide outsources certain critical business functions to third parties and, in the event of a natural or man-made disaster, relies upon the successful implementation and execution of the business continuity planning of such entities. While Nationwide closely monitors the business continuity activities of these third parties, successful implementation and execution of their business continuity strategies are largely beyond Nationwide’s control. If one or more of the third parties to whom Nationwide outsources such critical business functions experience operational failures, Nationwide’s ability to administer the contract could be impaired.

FEES AND DEDUCTIONS

PRODUCT FEE

Nationwide assesses an annual Product Fee of 1.10%, charged quarterly on the Contract Value allocated to Index Strategies. On each Quarterversary, the Product Fee is calculated as follows:

Total of all Index Strategy Values on a Quarterversary		1.10%
	X
		4

The Product Fee is deducted proportionally from the Index Strategies in which the Contract Owner is allocated based on the Contract Value in the Index Strategies at the time the Product Fee is assessed. The Product Fee is not assessed on the Fixed Strategy Value.

The Product Fee compensates Nationwide for providing the insurance benefits under the contract, including Nationwide’s obligation to credit earnings under the Contract and to pay annuity payments upon Annuitization. It also compensates Nationwide for assuming the risk that Annuitants will live longer than assumed and for guaranteeing that charges will not increase regardless of actual expenses. It also reimburses Nationwide for administrative costs it incurs resulting from providing contract benefits, including preparation of the contract and prospectus, confirmation statements, annual account statements and annual reports, legal and accounting fees, as well as various related expenses. Nationwide may realize a profit from this charge.

CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGES (CDSC)

Partial withdrawals or a full surrender during the first six Contract Years may be subject to a CDSC. After the sixth Contract Year, no withdrawals, including a full surrender, are subject to CDSCs.

2220

When a CDSC is imposed, the charge will equal the applicable "CDSC Percentage" multiplied by the dollar amount of the withdrawal. The CDSC Percentage will depend on the number of Contract Years you have completed when you take a withdrawal. The CDSC Percentage schedule starts at 8% for the first two Contract Years and then declines with each completed Contract Year thereafter until it reaches 0% after six completed Contract Years. The CDSC Percentage schedule is as follows:

Number of Completed Contract Years	CDSC Percentage
0	8%
1	8%
2	7%
3	6%
4	5%
5	4%
6+	0%

CDSCs are intended to reimburse Nationwide for expenses that we incur in connection with the sale of the Contract.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENTS (MVA)

Partial withdrawals or a full surrender during the first six Contract Years may be subject to an MVA. After the sixth Contract Year, no withdrawals, including a full surrender, are subject to an MVA. An MVA, when applied, may be positive, negative, or equal to zero. If an MVA is negative, it will decrease the withdrawal. If an MVA is positive, it will increase the withdrawal. If an MVA is equal to zero, it will have no effect on withdrawal. MVAs are assessed in addition to any applicable CDSC.

The Contract is designed to be a long-term investment. When a Contract Owner takes a withdrawal, Nationwide may be required to liquidate interest rate sensitive fixed-income assets that it holds in order to satisfy its payment obligations under the Contract. The MVA is intended to approximate, without duplicating, Nationwide’s investment experience when it liquidates those assets. Nationwide utilizes a market value reference rate to determine this approximation. When liquidating assets, Nationwide may realize either a gain or a loss. If the market value reference rate has increased relative to the market value reference rate on the Date of Issue, the MVA will be negative. Conversely, if the market value reference rate has decreased relative to the market value reference rate on the Date of Issue, the MVA will be positive.

~~The~~When an MVA is ~~the~~imposed, ~~sum of~~ the MVA ~~applicable~~ towill ~~the~~equal ~~Fixed Strategy, Index Strategies with Minimum Nonforfeiture Values, and Index Strategies that do not have Minimum Nonforfeiture Values. The amount of~~ the MVA ~~for each~~Base isx ~~calculated~~MVA ~~as follows:~~Factor.

MVA = MVA Base x MVA Factor.

In the formula above, the MVA Base equals the dollar amount of the withdrawal minus the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount. If the dollar amount of the withdrawal minus the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount is less than or equal to zero, then an MVA is not applicable to the withdrawal.

We calculate the MVA Factor using the following formula:

MVA Factor = MVA Scaling Factor x (A – B) x N/12, where:

A = Initial Market Value Reference Rate

B = Market Value Reference Rate on the date we process the withdrawal

N = Number of whole (partial months will be rounded up to the next whole month) remaining in the MVA Period, calculated from the date that we process the withdrawal.

In ~~addition,~~the ~~for~~formula ~~any~~above, the MVA ~~applicable~~Scaling toFactor awill ~~full~~be ~~surrender~~greater or aless than, ~~partial~~or ~~withdrawal~~equal ~~from~~to, ~~the~~1.0. ~~Fixed~~The ~~Strategy~~MVA Scaling Factor is declared by Nationwide and is stated in your Contract. Within the formula, the MVA ~~amount applicable~~Scaling Factor serves to amplify or dampen the ~~Fixed~~MVA ~~Strategy~~Factor ~~will~~for ~~never~~purposes beof ~~larger~~the ~~(either~~MVA ~~positive~~calculation. orAn ~~negative)~~MVA Scaling Factor greater than 1.0 increases the ~~following~~magnitude of the MVA, ~~calculated~~an ~~immediately~~MVA ~~prior~~Scaling toFactor less than 1.0 dampens the ~~full~~magnitude ~~surrender~~of orthe ~~partial~~MVA. ~~withdrawal:~~An MVA Scaling Factor equal to 1 has no effect on the MVA.

M x A, where:

M = MVA Base attributable to the Fixed Strategy / (Fixed Strategy Value – Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount attributable to the Fixed Strategy)

A = Fixed Strategy Value minus the CDSC applicable to the Fixed Strategy, if any, that would apply on full surrender, minus the Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value, but not less than zero.

In addition, for any MVA applicable to a full surrender or a partial withdrawal from Index Strategies with Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value, the MVA amount applicable to the Index Strategies with Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value will never be larger (either positive or negative) than the following, calculated immediately prior to the full surrender or partial withdrawal:

M x A, where:

M = MVA Base attributable to the Index Strategies with Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value / (Index Strategy Value for Index Strategies with Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value – Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount attributable to all Index Strategies with Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value)

A = Index Strategy Value of all Index Strategies with Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value minus the CDSC applicable to all Index Strategies with Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value, if any, that would apply on full surrender, minus the Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value, but not less than zero.

In the formulas above, the MVA Scaling Factor will be greater or less than, or equal to, 1.0. The MVA Scaling Factor is declared by Nationwide and is stated in your Contract. Within the formula, the MVA Scaling Factor serves to amplify or dampen the MVA Factor for purposes of the MVA calculation. An MVA Scaling Factor greater than 1.0 increases the magnitude of the MVA, an MVA Scaling Factor less than 1.0 dampens the magnitude of the MVA. An MVA Scaling Factor equal to 1 has no effect on the MVA.

The Market Value Reference Rate refers to the yield of the MVA Index, which is the Bloomberg U.S. Corporate Index. The Market Value Reference Rate of the MVA Index as of the Date of Issue (the Initial Market Value Reference Rate) is included in your Contract. The daily Market Value Reference Rate may be obtained thereafter by contacting the Service Center.

If the daily Market Value Reference Rate is not available on any day on which the value is needed, Nationwide will use the Market Value Reference Rate for the previous Business Day. If the MVA Index provider later publishes a yield for the MVA Index for a Business Day when the yield was not provided to Nationwide or was otherwise not available, Nationwide will recalculate the impacted transactions and Contract Values according to the yield provided to Nationwide by the MVA Index provider. This recalculation could result in changes to transactions and Contract Values that occurred when the yield was not published by the MVA Index provider.

If the Market Value Reference Rate is no longer available, or if Nationwide at its sole discretion determines that the Market Value Reference Rate is no longer appropriate for purposes of calculating the MVA, Nationwide will substitute another method for determining the MVA, subject to any required regulatory approval. Nationwide will notify the Contract Owner of any such change.

~~See "Appendix C:~~ MVA, ~~Partial~~Limitation ~~Withdrawal, and Surrender Examples"~~ for ~~examples~~Amounts ofWithdrawn from the ~~MVA~~Fixed ~~calculation.~~Strategy

The Contract limits the MVA amount that can apply to withdrawals from the Fixed Strategy. The MVA limitation may or may not be beneficial to the Contract Owner since it limits both positive and negative MVAs. For any MVA applicable to a withdrawal from the Fixed Strategy, the MVA amount attributable to the Fixed Strategy will never be more than (either positive or negative) the following, which is calculated immediately prior to the partial withdrawal or full surrender from the Fixed Strategy:

M x A, where

M = MVA Base attributable to the Fixed Strategy / (Fixed Strategy Value – Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount attributable to the Fixed Strategy)

A = Fixed Strategy Value minus the CDSC applicable to the Fixed Strategy that would apply on full surrender, minus minimum amount required by state law, but not less than zero

When determining the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount in "M" above, if the withdrawal is taken from the Fixed Strategy and one or more Index Strategies, the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount is allocated proportionally to the withdrawal between the Fixed Strategy and Index Strategies immediately prior to a partial withdrawal or full surrender.

See "Appendix C: MVA Examples" for examples of the MVA calculation.

WAIVER OR REDUCTION OF THE CDSC OR MVA

During the first six Contract Years, the Contract Owner may withdraw an amount up to that Contract Year’s Free Withdrawal Amount without incurring a CDSC or MVA. The Free Withdrawal Amount is the greater of:

•

10% of the Contract Value on the first day of that Contract Year (immediately prior to any partial withdrawal or full surrender on that date); or

•

the amount required to meet minimum distribution requirements for this Contract under the Code.

At the start of each Contract Year, the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount is set equal to the Free Withdrawal Amount. Each Free Withdrawal during the Contract Year decreases the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount by the Free Withdrawal, but not to less than zero.

Each Contract Year’s Free Withdrawal Amount is non-cumulative. This means any portion of the Free Withdrawal Amount not taken by the Contract Owner in a given Contract Year cannot be added to the Free Withdrawal Amount in any later Contract Year.

In addition, no CDSC or MVA will be assessed:

•

upon the payment of the Death Benefit or on any partial withdrawal or full surrender after the Death Benefit is paid;

•

upon the Annuitization of the Contract if it has been in force for at least two years;

•

on any partial withdrawal or full surrender taken after the sixth Contract Year; or

•

if the Contract is surrendered in exchange for another contract issued by Nationwide or one of its affiliated insurance companies, Nationwide may decide not to charge a CDSC and/or apply an MVA. If another contract issued by Nationwide or one of its affiliates is exchanged for the Contract, Nationwide may reduce the CDSC and/or waive part of the MVA on the Contract. A CDSC and/or MVA may apply to the contract received in exchange for the Contract.

INCREASE IN REMAINING FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT AFTER A LONG-TERM CARE AND TERMINAL ILLNESS OR INJURY (CDSC AND MVA WAIVER)

General

After the occurrence of a Long-Term Care Event ("LTC Event") or Terminal Illness or Injury Event ("TI Event"), Nationwide will increase the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount for the current and all subsequent Contract Years so that all partial withdrawals or a full surrender after the occurrence of the event are Free Withdrawals. This CDSC and MVA waiver is only available if the Contract Owner and Annuitant are the same person, and as of the Date of Issue that person is no older than 80 years old. If the Contract has a Joint Owner, either the Contract Owner or Joint Owner must be named as Annuitant and the age of the older of the Contract Owner and Joint Owner must be no older than 80 years old as of the Date of Issue.

In addition, for purposes of this CDSC and MVA waiver, for Contracts that have a non-natural person as Contract Owner as an agent for a natural person, the Annuitant may exercise the right of the Contract Owner. However, if the non-natural Contract Owner does not own the Contract as an agent for a natural person (e.g., the Contract Owner is a corporation or a trust for the benefit of an entity), the Annuitant may not exercise the ~~rights~~right of the Contract Owner.

There are no charges associated with these waivers.

Long-Term Care Event

An LTC Event occurs if at any time after the first Contract Anniversary, the Contract Owner (or Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a natural person) is confined to a Long-Term Care Facility or Hospital beginning after the Date of Issue and is confined for a continuous period of 90 days or more. If there is a Joint Owner, the confinement of the Contract Owner or Joint Owner may qualify as an LTC Event. An LTC Event waiver claim (including written proof of confinement) must be received by Nationwide while the confinement is ongoing or within 90 days after the confinement ends. If it was not reasonably possible to give written proof of confinement in the time required, Nationwide will not reduce or deny the increase in ~~the~~ Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount if such proof is given as soon as reasonably possible. In any event, the written proof required must be given no later than one year from after the confinement ends unless the Contract Owner was legally incapacitated.

A "Hospital" is defined as a state licensed facility which is operated as a hospital according to the law of the jurisdiction in which it is located; operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick or injured persons as inpatients; provides continuous 24 hours a day nursing service by or under the supervision of a registered graduate professional nurse (R.N.) or a licensed practical nurse (L.P.N.); is supervised by a staff of physicians; and has medical and diagnostic facilities.

A "Long-Term Care Facility" is defined as a state licensed skilled nursing facility or intermediate care facility that does not include: a home for the aged or mentally ill, a community living center, or a place that primarily provides domiciliary, residency, or retirement care; or a place owned or operated by a member of the Contract Owner's immediate family.

Terminal Illness or Injury Event

A TI Event occurs if at any time after the first Contract Anniversary, the Contract Owner (or Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a natural person) is diagnosed by a physician (who is not a party to the Contract nor an immediate family member of a party to the Contract) as having a Terminal Illness or Injury beginning after the Date of Issue. If there is a Joint Owner, the Terminal Illness or Injury of the Contract Owner or Joint Owner may qualify as a TI Event.

A "Terminal Illness or Injury" is defined as an illness or injury diagnosed after the Date of Issue by a physician that is expected to result in death within 12 months of diagnosis.

25PERFORMANCE LOCK FEE

Nationwide assesses a Performance Lock Fee any time it processes a Performance Lock request. The Performance Lock Fee is assessed on the Index Strategy Value that is subject to the Performance Lock request and is 0.10% for every year remaining in the Strategy Term as of the date of the Performance Lock request, with partial years rounded up to the next full year. It is calculated as follows:

Index Strategy Value subject to Performance Lock

Request

0.10%

Number of years remaining in the Strategy Term

(partial years are rounded up to the next full year)

This means that the Performance Lock Fee increases for every year remaining in a Strategy Term. The maximum Performance Lock Fee percentage that can be assessed on the Index Strategy Value as a result of a Performance Lock request is 0.60%. This occurs if a Contract Owner requests a Performance Lock in the first year of a six-year Strategy Term (Index Strategy Value subject to Performance Lock request X 0.10% X 6 years).

Additionally, because Nationwide rounds partial years up to the next full year when calculating the Performance Lock Fee, Contract Owners should carefully consider the timing of their request and the impact the rounding will have on a Performance Lock Fee. For example, for Strategy Terms greater than 1 year, if a Performance Lock request is made on the day before a Contract Anniversary, the Performance Lock Fee would be 0.10% more than if the request was made on or after the Contract Anniversary.

See "Performance Lock" for additional detail.

PREMIUM TAXES

Certain states or other governmental entities charge premium tax on purchase payments. Nationwide will charge against the Contract Value any premium taxes levied by a state or other government entity. Premium tax rates currently range from 0% to 3.5% and vary from state to state. The range is subject to change. Nationwide will assess premium taxes to the Contract at the time Nationwide is assessed the premium taxes by the state. Premium taxes may be deducted from Death Benefit proceeds.

RETURN OF PREMIUM DEATH BENEFIT OPTION

If the Return of Premium Death Benefit Option is elected, Nationwide assesses an annual fee of 0.15%, charged quarterly on the Contract Value allocated to Index Strategies. On each Quarterversary, the Return of Premium Death Benefit Option fee is calculated as follows:

Total of all Index Strategy Values on a Quarterversary		0.15%
	X
		4

The fee is deducted proportionally from the Index Strategies in which the Contract Owner is allocated based on the Contract Value in the Index Strategies at the time the fee is assessed. The Return of Premium Death Benefit Option fee is not assessed on the Fixed Strategy Value.

GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT

THE CONTRACT

This prospectus describes the Contract. The Contract is an agreement between Nationwide and the Contract Owner or Joint Owner. The Contract ~~exists~~has in two separate phases: accumulation (savings) and Annuitization (income). During the accumulation phase, the Contract offers a Fixed Strategy and Index Strategies to which the Contract Owner can allocate and reallocate his/her Contract Value. The Fixed Strategy offers a fixed rate of return while the Index Strategies vary with the performance of an Index and are subject to Crediting Factors that also impact the performance of the Index Strategies. During the Annuitization phase, Nationwide makes periodic income payments to the Annuitant.

At the time of Annuitization, the Annuitant elects the duration of the annuity payments – either for a fixed period of time or for the duration of the Annuitant’s (and possibly the Annuitant’s spouse’s) life. After Annuitization begins, the only value associated with the Contract is the stream of annuity payments. Unless otherwise specified in the annuity option, the Annuitant cannot withdraw value from the Contract over and above the annuity payments. Additionally, once Annuitization has begun, there is no Death Benefit, which means that upon the death of the Annuitant (and the Annuitant’s spouse if a joint annuity option was elected), all payments stop and the Contract terminates, unless the particular Annuitization option provides otherwise. The Contract is available as a Non-Qualified Contract, which will provide certain tax deferral features under the Code. On the other hand, if the Contract is purchased as an Individual Retirement Account or Roth IRA, the Contract will not provide any additional tax deferral benefits.

STATE VARIATIONS

This prospectus describes the material rights and obligations under the Contract. Certain provisions of the Contract may be different from the general description in this prospectus due to variations required by state law. For example, state law may require different right to examine and cancel periods. The state in which the Contract is issued also governs whether certain features will vary under the Contract. All material rights and obligations under the Contract will be included in the Contract or in riders or endorsements attached to the Contract. To review a copy of your Contract and any riders or endorsements, contact the Service Center. For more detailed information regarding provisions that vary by state, please see "Appendix B: State Variations" later in this prospectus.

CONTESTABILITY

Except in certain circumstances involving fraud and where permitted by state law, Nationwide will not contest the contract after it has been in force during the lifetime of the Annuitant for two years after the Date of Issue or effective date of certain contract changes, as defined in the contract.

NON-PARTICIPATING

The Contract is non-participating, meaning that the Contract will not share in Nationwide’s profits or surplus.

MONEY LAUNDERING

In order to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act and rules promulgated thereunder, Nationwide has implemented procedures designed to prevent contracts described in this prospectus from being used to facilitate money laundering or the financing of terrorist activities. If mandated under applicable law, Nationwide may be required to reject a purchase payment and/or block a Contract Owner’s account and thereby refuse to process any request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate regulators. Nationwide may also be required to provide additional information about a Contract Owner or a Contract Owner’s account to governmental regulators.

PAYMENTS TO MINORS

Nationwide will not pay insurance proceeds directly to minors. Contact a legal advisor for options to facilitate the timely availability of monies intended for a minor’s benefit.

ASSIGNMENT

To the extent allowed by state law, Nationwide reserves the right to refuse its consent to any assignment at any time on a non-discriminatory basis if the assignment would violate or result in noncompliance with any applicable state or federal law or regulation. The Contract Owner may request to assign or transfer rights under the Contract by sending Nationwide a signed and dated request. Nationwide will not be bound by an assignment until it acknowledges the assignment.

If Nationwide consents to an assignment, the assignment takes effect on the date it is signed, unless otherwise specified by the request. Nationwide is not responsible for the validity of an assignment, any tax consequences of any assignment, or for any payment or other settlement made prior to our receipt and consent of and assignment.

Upon assignment or a change in ownership of the Contract, the Death Benefit under the Contract will be the Surrender Value unless the requirements specified under "Calculation of the Death Benefit" are satisfied.

BENEFICIALLY OWNED CONTRACTS

A beneficially owned contract is a contract that is inherited or purchased by a beneficiary and the beneficiary holds the contract as a beneficiary (as opposed to treating the contract as his/her own) to facilitate the distribution of a Death Benefit or Contract Value in accordance with the applicable federal tax laws (see "Required Distributions"). An owner of a beneficially owned contract is referred to as a "beneficial owner."

There are two types of beneficially owned contracts, a "continued beneficially owned contract" and a "purchased beneficially owned contract." A continued beneficially owned contract is when a beneficiary inherits a contract and continues that contract as a beneficial owner. A "purchased beneficially owned contract" is when a beneficiary purchases a new contract using a death benefit or contract value that the beneficiary inherited under a different annuity contract.

Not all options and features described in this prospectus are available to beneficially owned contracts:

•

Withdrawals under beneficially owned contracts are subject to applicable CDSC and MVA except when the withdrawals are made from a continued beneficially owned contract that is inherited as death benefit proceeds (as opposed to inherited contract value).

•

A beneficial owner must be both the Contract Owner and the Annuitant of a beneficially owned contract, and no additional parties may be named, except that a purchased beneficially owned contract may name a Co-Annuitant, if applicable.

•

No changes to the parties will be permitted on any beneficially owned contract, except that a beneficial owner may request changes to their successor beneficiary(ies).

•

Beneficially owned contracts cannot be assigned, except that a beneficial owner may assign rights to the distribution payments.

•

There is no death benefit payable on a on a continued beneficially owned contract. After the death of the beneficial owner, any remaining death benefit or contract value to be distributed will be payable to a successor beneficiary in accordance with applicable federal tax laws.

A beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of a contract owner has the option under the tax laws to continue the contract as the sole contract owner and treat the contract as the spouse’s own. If a spouse continues the contract as the sole contract owner, the spouse will not be treated as a beneficial owner and this section will not apply.

PURCHASING THE CONTRACT

PURCHASE PAYMENT

The Contract is issued in consideration of the single Purchase Payment paid by the Contract Owner. Only one Purchase Payment is allowed under the Contract. A Purchase Payment should be made payable to Nationwide Life Insurance Company and submitted to the Service Center. All purchase payments must be paid in the currency of the United States of America. The minimum Purchase Payment is $25,000.

Nationwide reserves the right to reject a Purchase Payment that is comprised of multiple payments paid to Nationwide over a period of time. If Nationwide permits multiple payments as part of a Purchase Payment, the Contract will not be issued until all such payments are received. Nationwide reserves the right to hold such multiple payments in a non-interest bearing account until the Date of Issue.

Nationwide reserves the right to refuse any purchase payment that would result in the cumulative total for all contracts issued by Nationwide or its affiliates or subsidiaries on the life of any one Annuitant or owned by any one Contract Owner to exceed $1,000,000. Its decision as to whether or not to accept a purchase payment in excess of that amount will be based on one or more factors, including, but not limited to: age, spouse age (if applicable), Annuitant age, state of issue, total purchase payments, optional benefits elected, current market conditions, and current hedging costs. All such decisions will be based on internally established actuarial guidelines and will be applied in a nondiscriminatory manner. In the event that Nationwide does not accept a purchase payment under these guidelines, the purchase payment will be immediately returned in its entirety in the same manner as it was received. Any references in this prospectus to purchase payment amounts in excess of $1,000,000 are assumed to have been approved by Nationwide.

Nationwide reserves the right to refuse any application for the Contract. If Nationwide refuses an application, it will return the Purchase Payment.

ALLOCATING THE PURCHASE PAYMENT

The Purchase Payment is allocated according to Contract Owner instructions on the application. The Purchase Payment may be allocated to the Fixed Strategy and up to ten Index Strategies. There is no minimum dollar amount that can be allocated to a Strategy. Allocations to Strategies must be in whole percentages.

DATE OF ISSUE

The Date of Issue is the date Nationwide issues the Contract. The Purchase Payment is applied to the Contract on the Date of Issue. The Date of Issue will be the date as of which Nationwide has both received the Purchase Payment and approved the Contract application.

RIGHT TO EXAMINE AND CANCEL

The Contract Owner has the right to examine and cancel the Contract. If the Contract Owner elects to cancel the Contract, he/she may return it to the Service Center within a certain period of time known as the "free look" period. Depending on the state in which the Contract was purchased (and, in some states, if the Contract is purchased as a replacement for another annuity contract), the free look period may be 10 days or longer. For ease of administration, Nationwide will honor any free look cancellation request that is in good order and received at the Service Center or postmarked within 30 days after the Date of Issue regardless of the state in which your Contract was issued.

Where state law requires the return of purchase payments for free look cancellations, Nationwide will return the Purchase Payment applied to the Contract, less any withdrawals from the Contract and any applicable federal and state income tax withholding. Where state law requires the return of contract value for free look cancellations, Nationwide will return the Contract Value as of the date of the cancellation, less any withdrawals from the Contract and any applicable federal and state income tax withholding.

PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT AND RELATED PERSONS

Nationwide and the Contract Owner (including any Joint Owner) are the parties to the Contract. Other related persons—including any Annuitant, Contingent Annuitant, Beneficiary, and Contingent Beneficiary—have certain rights under the Contract. If the person purchasing the Contract names someone else as the Contract Owner, the purchaser will have no rights under the Contract unless he or she is named under the Contract as one of the other related persons listed above.

NATIONWIDE

Nationwide issues the Contract to the Contract Owner (and any Joint Owner). Nationwide assumes certain risks and promises to make certain payments under the Contract, as described in this prospectus.

CONTRACT OWNER

Prior to the Annuitization Date, the Contract Owner has all rights under the Contract, unless a Joint Owner is named. If a Joint Owner is named, each Joint Owner has all rights under the Contract. Purchasers who name someone other than themselves as the Contract Owner will have no rights under the contract.

On the Annuitization Date, the Contract Owner cedes all ownership rights to the Annuitant and the Annuitant becomes the Contract Owner, unless the Contract Owner is a Charitable Remainder Trust. If the Contract Owner is a Charitable Remainder Trust, the Charitable Remainder Trust continues to be the Contract Owner after Annuitization.

JOINT OWNER

Prior to Annuitization, Joint Owners each own an undivided interest in the Contract.

Non-Qualified Contract Owners can name a Joint Owner at any time before the Annuitization Date. However, Joint Owners must be spouses at the time joint ownership is requested, unless state law requires Nationwide to allow non-spousal Joint Owners. Joint ownership is not permitted for Contracts owned by a non-natural Contract Owner.

Generally, the exercise of any ownership rights under the Contract must be in writing and signed by both Joint Owners. However, if a written election, signed by both Contract Owners, authorizing Nationwide to allow the exercise of ownership rights independently by either Joint Owner is submitted, Nationwide will permit Joint Owners to act independently. If such an authorization is submitted, Nationwide will not be liable for any loss, liability, cost, or expense for acting in accordance with the instructions of either Joint Owner.

If either Joint Owner dies before the Annuitization Date, the Contract continues with the surviving Joint Owner as the remaining Contract Owner.

On the Annuitization Date, both Joint Owners cede all ownership rights to the Annuitant and the Annuitant becomes the Contract Owner.

ANNUITANT

Prior to the Annuitization Date, the Annuitant has no interest in the contract, but must be named in the application. Only Non-Qualified Contract Owners may name someone other than himself/herself as the Annuitant. This Annuitant must be age 85 or younger on the date the application is signed, unless Nationwide approves a request for an Annuitant of greater age. ~~Prior to the Annuitization Date, the Annuitant’s death triggers payment of the Death Benefit.~~

On the Annuitization Date, the Annuitant becomes the new owner and has all ownership rights in the contract. The Annuitant is the person who receives annuity payments and the person upon whose continuation of life any annuity payment involving life contingencies depends.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT

Prior to the Annuitization Date, if the Annuitant dies before the Annuitization Date, the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant and all provisions of the Contract that are based on the Annuitant’s death prior to the Annuitization Date will be based on the death of the Contingent Annuitant. Only Non-Qualified Contract Owners may name a Contingent Annuitant. Once the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant, a new Contingent Annuitant cannot be named.

On the date the application is signed, the Contingent Annuitant must be age 85 or younger unless Nationwide approves a request to name an older Contingent Annuitant.

CO-ANNUITANT

Prior to the Annuitization Date, a Co-Annuitant is entitled to receive the benefit of the Spousal Protection Feature, provided all of the requirements set forth in the "Spousal Protection Feature" section are met. A Co-Annuitant, if named, must be the Annuitant’s spouse. If either Co-Annuitant dies before the Annuitization Date, the surviving Co-Annuitant may continue the Contract and will receive the benefit of the Spousal Protection Feature.

After the Annuitization Date, the Co-Annuitant has no interest in the Contract.

JOINT ANNUITANT

Prior to Annuitization, there is no joint annuitant.

At Annuitization, if applicable, a joint annuitant is named. The joint annuitant is designated as a second person (in addition to the Annuitant) upon whose continuation of life any annuity payment involving life contingencies depends.

BENEFICIARIES AND CONTINGENT BENEFICIARIES

Prior to Annuitization, the Beneficiary is the person who is entitled to the Death Benefit if the Annuitant (and Contingent Annuitant, if applicable) dies before the Annuitization Date and there is no Joint Owner. The Contract Owner can name more than one Beneficiary. Multiple Beneficiaries will share the death benefit equally, unless otherwise specified.

A Contingent Beneficiary will succeed to the rights of the Beneficiary if no Beneficiary is alive when a Death Benefit is paid. The Contract Owner can name more than one Contingent Beneficiary. Multiple Contingent Beneficiaries will share the Death Benefit equally, unless otherwise specified.

After Annuitization, the Beneficiaries and Contingent Beneficiaries have no interest in the Contract.

CHANGES TO PERSONS NAMED UNDER THE CONTRACT

To the extent allowed by state law, we reserve the right to refuse our consent to any request to change the Contract Owner at any time on a non-discriminatory basis if the change would violate or result in noncompliance with any applicable state or federal law or regulation. Prior to the Annuitization Date (and subject to any existing assignments), the Contract Owner may request to change the following:

•

Contract Owner (Non-Qualified Contracts only);

•

Joint Owner (must be the Contract Owner’s spouse);

•

Annuitant (subject to Nationwide’s underwriting and approval);

•

Contingent Annuitant (subject to Nationwide’s underwriting and approval);

•

Co-Annuitant (subject to the conditions of the Spousal Protection Feature; must be the Annuitant’s spouse);

•

Beneficiary; or

•

Contingent Beneficiary.

The Contract Owner must submit the request to Nationwide in writing and Nationwide must receive the request at the Service Center before the Annuitization Date. Once Nationwide receives and records the change request, the change will be effective as of the date the written request was signed (unless otherwise specified by the Contract Owner), whether or not the Contract Owner or Annuitant is living at the time it was recorded. The change will not affect any action taken by Nationwide before the change was recorded. Nationwide reserves the right to reject any change request that would alter the nature of the risk that Nationwide assumed when it originally issued the Contract.

If the Contract Owner is not a natural person and there is a change of the Annuitant, distributions will be made as if the Contract Owner died at the time of the change, regardless of whether the Contract Owner named a Contingent Annuitant.

Any request to change the Contract Owner must be signed by the existing Contract Owner and the person designated as the new Contract Owner. Nationwide may require a signature guarantee. Changes in contract ownership may result in federal income taxation and may be subject to state and federal gift taxes. Certain features under the Contract may have specific requirements as to who can be named as the Contract Owner, Annuitant, Co-Annuitant, and/or Beneficiary in order to receive the benefit of the feature. Changes to the parties to the Contract may result in the termination or loss of benefit of these features.

If Nationwide permits an assignment or a change in ownership of the Contract, the Death Benefit under the Contract will be the Surrender Value unless the requirements specified under "Calculation of the Death Benefit" are satisfied.

FIXED STRATEGY

The Fixed Strategy is an investment option under the Contract that credits interest daily at a Fixed Strategy Rate. Nationwide declares Fixed Strategy Rates prior to each Strategy Term and the Fixed Strategy Rate is guaranteed for the Strategy Term in which it is declared. Fixed Strategy Rates are determined at the sole discretion of Nationwide, but Fixed Strategy Rates are guaranteed to be at least 0.25%. Fixed Strategy Rates may be different for newly issued Contracts than for existing Contracts or for Contracts with different issue dates.

The Fixed Strategy has one-year Strategy Terms. The initial Strategy Term begins on the Date of Issue and ends on the first Contract Anniversary. Thereafter, each subsequent Strategy Term begins on each Contract Anniversary and ends on the following Contract Anniversary.

~~The~~If there is no Contract Value allocated to the Fixed Strategy’s and Index Strategy Value is transferred ~~equal~~into tothe Fixed Strategy under the ~~amount~~Performance ~~allocated~~Lock tofeature, the ~~Fixed~~date ~~Strategy~~the ~~plus~~Index ~~any~~Strategy ~~interest credited.~~Value ~~Withdrawals~~is ~~from~~transferred into the Fixed Strategy ~~will~~is ~~reduce~~considered the ~~value~~first byday of the ~~amount~~Fixed ofStrategy’s Strategy Term and the ~~withdrawal~~Strategy ~~(including~~Term ~~any~~End ~~applicable~~Date ~~CDSC,~~will ~~MVA~~be ~~and~~the ~~taxes)~~next Contract Anniversary. See "Performance Lock."

IfA ~~there~~full issurrender noof ~~Contract Value allocated to~~ the Fixed Strategy ~~and~~Value ~~Index~~or ~~Strategy~~a ~~Value~~full istransfer ~~transferred~~out ~~into~~of the Fixed Strategy Value ~~under~~to ~~the~~an ~~Performance Lock feature, the date the~~ Index Strategy ~~Value~~ is ~~transferred into~~subject ~~the~~to ~~Fixed~~minimum ~~Strategy~~amounts isrequired ~~considered~~by ~~the~~state ~~first day of the Fixed Strategy’s Strategy Term and the Strategy Term End Date will be the next Contract Anniversary~~law. ~~See~~Nationwide ~~"Performance~~guarantees ~~Lock." The Fixed Strategy Rate~~ that isany ~~applicable~~full tosurrender ~~the~~or ~~value~~full ~~transferred~~transfer toout ~~the~~of ~~Fixed Strategy via a Performance Lock request is~~ the Fixed Strategy ~~Rate~~Value ~~that~~will ~~was~~be ~~set~~ at ~~the~~least ~~beginning~~equal ofto the ~~Contract~~minimums ~~Year~~required inby ~~which~~state ~~the Performance Lock is made~~law.

See "Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value" for information regarding the Minimum Nonforfeiture Value for the Fixed Strategy.

INDEX STRATEGIES

GENERAL

An Index Strategy is an investment option under the Contract that varies with the performance of an Index and is subject to certain Crediting Factors that impact the gains and losses under the Index Strategy. Nationwide calculates a separate Index Strategy Value for each Index Strategy that has Contract Value allocated to it.

The Contract Owner may allocate Contract Value to no more than ten Index Strategies. The Fixed Strategy is not considered an Index Strategy for purposes of the maximum number of Index Strategies. If the Contract Owner is simultaneously invested in the same Index Strategy for Strategy Terms that began on different dates, those investments are considered separate Index Strategies for purposes of determining the maximum number of Index Strategies.

Nationwide reserves the right to add or remove any Index Strategies at any time, but any such changes will not affect Strategy Terms already in effect and will become effective on the first day of a new Strategy Term. The Index Strategies available for election may be different for newly issued Contracts than for existing Contracts or for Contracts with different issue dates.

~~CREDITING~~The Contract currently offers two different types of Index Strategies, Index Strategies with ~~FACTORS~~Cap Rates and Index Strategies with Cap+ Rates, which are described in more detail below.

Each Strategy has Crediting Factors that serve different purposes and impact your investment differently. We use the Crediting Factors to calculate the Index Strategy Earnings for each Strategy. Each Strategy has the following five Crediting Factors:

•

Index;

•

Strategy Term;

•

Protection Level;

•

Participation Rate; and

•

Strategy Spread.

The table below briefly summarizes how the various Crediting Factors impact a Strategy

Index The market index to which the Strategy is linked Strategy Term The duration of the Strategy in years Protection Level A factor in the Strategy’s defined downside protection. A higher Protection Level means a higher amount of downside protection. A lower Protection Level means a lower amount of downside protection. Participation Rate A factor that amplifies or dampens the Strategy’s performance compared to the Index Performance. A higher Participation Rate means greater upside potential but also greater downside potential (subject to the downside protection). A lower Participation Rate means less upside potential but also less downside potential (also subject to the downside protection).

Strategy Spread A factor used as a deduction in calculating a Strategy’s performance. In general, a higher Strategy Spread will reduce a Strategy’s performance more than a lower Strategy Spread (also subject to the downside protection).

When selecting a Strategy for investment, you should not select a Strategy based on any single Crediting Factor in isolation. While one Crediting Factor for a Strategy may be more or less favorable or attractive to you, the other Crediting Factors also impact whether that Strategy is appropriate for you based on your financial needs and goals. You should consult with a financial professional prior to selecting a Strategy for investment.

Except in the limited circumstances under which we may substitute an Index (see "Indexes" below), the Crediting Factors for a Strategy will not change for the duration of a given Strategy Term. The Index, Strategy Term and Protection Level will not change for as long as we continue offering a Strategy. However, the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread may change from Strategy Term to Strategy Term, subject to guaranteed minimums and maximums. More specifically:

•

For those Strategies that are available for initial investment under your Contract on the Date of Issue, their Crediting Factors (as well as any associated guaranteed minimums and maximums) will be described in your Contract.

•

For any new Strategies that we make available for investment under your Contract after the Date of Issue, their Crediting Factors (as well as any associated guaranteed minimums and maximums) will be declared by us at least 30 days prior to the beginning of their first Strategy Terms.

•

For all Strategies, after their first Strategy Terms, we will declare their Participation Rates and Strategy Spreads at least 30 days prior to the beginning of an upcoming Strategy Term, subject to their associated guaranteed minimums and maximums.

A Strategy’s Participation Rate and Strategy Spread for a particular Strategy Term may be different for newly issued Contracts than for existing Contracts.

The remainder of this section provides information about the Crediting Factors and the purposes that they serve under the Contract.

INDEX

The Index Performance is determined by the Index linked to each Index Strategy. The performance of an Index Strategy will therefore depend on the performance of a particular market index over the course of a Strategy Term.

The Indexes under the Contract provide exposure to different markets and asset classes, all of which may perform differently compared to each other and during different time periods. When we calculate Index Strategy Earnings, if the Index Performance is negative, you will lose money under your Contract unless the Strategy’s downside protection protects you from the loss. When the Index Performance is positive, a loss may still occur under your Contract.29

The Indexes under the Contract provide exposure to different markets and asset classes, all of which may perform differently compared to each other and during different time periods. If the Index Performance at the end of a Strategy Term is negative, the Index Strategy will experience a loss if the negative Index Performance exceeds the protection provided by the Buffer. If the Index Performance at the end of a Strategy Term is positive, the Index Strategy will experience a gain but the gain may be limited by a Cap Rate or Participation Rate.

The Index Performance is calculated on a point-to-point basis, which is done by comparing the Index Value of the Index on the first day of the Strategy Term to the Index Value of the Index on a specific future date during the Strategy Term.

The Contract currently offers Index Strategies with the following Indexes:

•

BlackRock Select Factor Index

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index

•

MSCI EAFE Index

•

~~NYSE®~~Nasdaq-100 ~~Zebra Edge~~Index® ~~Index~~

•

SGRussell ~~Macro~~2000 ~~Compass~~ Index®

•

S&P ~~500~~400® ~~Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return~~ Index

•

S&P 500® Index

See "Additional Index Information" for more information on the Indexes.

Nationwide reserves the right to add or remove any Index in the future. There is no guarantee that an Index Strategy using any of the Indexes listed above will always be available for investment. The Index for an Index Strategy generally will not change for the duration of an ongoing Strategy Term. However, if the Index associated with a particular Index Strategy is discontinued or calculation of the Index is substantially changed, Nationwide may substitute a comparable index during a Strategy Term subject to applicable regulatory approval. Before a substitute index is used, Nationwide will notify Contract Owners (and any assignee) of the substitution. See "Index Substitution During a Strategy Term."

32STRATEGY TERM

~~discontinued~~Each orIndex ~~calculation~~Strategy has a Strategy Term which is the total maturity time of the Index is ~~substantially changed~~Strategy, ~~Nationwide~~expressed ~~may~~in ~~substitute~~years. aThe ~~comparable~~Contract ~~index~~currently ~~during~~offers aIndex Strategies with Strategy ~~Term~~Terms ~~subject~~of to1, ~~applicable~~3, ~~regulatory~~and ~~approval~~6 years. ~~Before~~A aStrategy ~~substitute~~Term ~~index~~begins on the date Contract Value is ~~used~~allocated to the Index Strategy and ends on the Strategy Term End Date, ~~Nationwide~~ which will ~~notify~~always be a Contract Anniversary. ~~Owners~~The ~~(and~~Strategy ~~any~~Term ~~assignee)~~for ofan ~~the~~Index ~~substitution.~~Strategy ~~See~~will "not change for as long as that Index ~~Substitution~~Strategy ~~During~~is aoffered. Strategy ~~Term~~Terms for newly-created Index Strategies that are made available for investment after the Date of Issue will be no shorter than 1 year and will be no longer than 6 years."

~~MARKET~~Consecutive ~~EXPOSURES~~1-year ~~AND~~Strategy ~~INVESTMENT~~Terms ~~RISKS~~are generally more conservative than 3 and 6 year Strategy Terms with the same Buffer percentage because the full protection of the Buffer is applied and "resets" more frequently with 1-year Strategy Terms (i.e., once a year) than with 3 and 6 year Strategy Terms. However, consecutive 1-year Strategy Terms are not guaranteed to prevent more losses than longer Strategy Terms with the same Buffer.

~~The~~BUFFER ~~table below reflects each Index’s primary market exposures and associated investment risks. A description of each investment risk immediately follows the table.~~

	BlackRock Select Factor Index	J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index	MSCI EAFE Index	NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index	SG Macro Compass Index	S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index	S&P 500® Index
Primary Market Exposures
U.S. Equity	√	√		√	√	√	√
Non-U.S. Equity		√	√		√
Fixed Income	√	√		√	√
Commodities		√			√
Investment Risks
Commodities Risk		√			√
Currency Conversion Risk		√	√		√
Equity Risk	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Fixed Income Risk	√	√		√	√
Futures Risk		√		√	√
Government Bond Risk	√	√		√	√
Large-Capitalization Company Risk	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Leverage Risk		√		√	√
Market Non-Participation Risk	√	√		√	√	√
Mid- or Small- Capitalization Company Risk	√	√	√
Momentum Risk		√
Non-U.S. Securities Risk		√	√		√
Performance Drag Risk	√				√
U.S. Treasury Risk	√	√		√	√
Ukraine-Russia Conflict Risk	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Underlying ETF Risks	√
Volatility Control Risk	√	√		√	√	√

Each Index Strategy has a Buffer which is the maximum percentage of loss that Nationwide will absorb when calculating the Term End ISE Percentage that may be applied for an Index Strategy on a Strategy Term End Date. The Buffer is the amount of downside protection when measured from the start of the Strategy Term to the end of the Strategy Term, and, unless a 1-year Strategy Term is elected, is not applied on an annual basis. The Contract currently offers Index Strategies with Buffers of 10% and 20%.

~~Commodities~~A ~~Risk.~~higher ~~The~~percentage ~~performance~~Buffer ~~of commodity~~provides ~~investments~~more ~~can~~protection beagainst ~~extremely~~loss ~~volatile~~than ~~and~~a ~~unpredictable~~Buffer with a lower percentage. ~~Prices~~For ofexample, ~~commodities~~an ~~are~~Index ~~primarily~~Strategy ~~affected~~with bya ~~global~~10% ~~supply~~Buffer ~~and~~begins ~~demand,~~to ~~but~~experience ~~they~~a ~~are~~negative ~~also~~Term ~~significantly influenced~~End ~~by,~~ISE ~~among~~Percentage ~~other~~once ~~factors,~~the ~~speculative~~Index ~~actions,~~Performance ~~currency~~is ~~exchange~~less ~~rates~~than -10%, ~~governmental~~while ~~programs~~an ~~and~~Index ~~policies,~~Strategy ~~national~~with ~~and~~a ~~international~~20% ~~political~~Buffer ~~and~~begins ~~economic~~to ~~events,~~experience ~~changes~~a innegative ~~interest~~Term ~~and~~End ~~exchange~~ISE ~~rates,~~Percentage ~~trading~~once the ~~activities,~~Index ~~and~~Performance ~~sudden~~is ~~disruptions~~less inthan ~~supply~~-20%.

33The Buffer does not apply to the same extent and does not provide the same level of protection when calculating the Daily ISE Percentage that it does when calculating the Term End ISE Percentage. Prior to the Strategy Term End Date, the Index Strategy Value may reflect losses even if negative Index Performance is within the Buffer or even when the Index Performance is positive. The losses may be realized if a Death Benefit is calculated or if the Contract Owner takes a withdrawal, exercises a Performance Lock or the Right to Examine and Cancel provision, or begins Annuitization or if a fee is deducted. See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)."

Currency Conversion Risk. Indexes exposed to non-U.S. markets generally include methodologies for converting foreign currencies into U.S. dollars. Those methodologies may take into account conversion costs and/or exchange rates. The conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars may negatively impact the performance of the Index. This risk can be impacted by many factors, such as existing and expected rates of inflation; existing and expected interest rate levels; political, civil, or military unrest; the extent of governmental surpluses or deficits; fiscal and trade policies pursued by governments; and the Index’s methodology for currency conversions. Currency exchange rates can be very volatile and can change quickly and unpredictably.30

~~Equity~~The ~~Risk.~~Buffer ~~Equity~~for ~~securities (e.g.,~~an ~~common~~Index ~~stocks)~~Strategy ~~are~~will ~~subject~~not ~~to changes in value. The values of equity securities may~~change befor ~~volatile~~as ~~and~~long ~~can~~the beIndex ~~influenced~~Strategy byis aoffered. ~~number~~Buffers offor ~~factors,~~newly-created ~~such~~Index asStrategies ~~changes~~that inare ~~(or~~made ~~perceived~~available ~~changes~~for ~~in)~~investment ~~general~~after ~~capital~~the ~~markets,~~Date ~~specific~~of ~~market~~Issue ~~segments,~~will ornever ~~specific~~be ~~issuers~~less than 5%.

~~Fixed~~PARTICIPATION ~~Income~~RATE Risk. Fixed income instruments (e.g., bonds) are subject to investment risks such as interest rate risk (i.e., negative fluctuations in market value due to changes in interest rates) and credit risk (i.e., the risk of default by the obligors). The market price of a fixed income instrument can be volatile and influenced by a number of factors, particularly its duration, yield as compared to current market interest rates, and the actual or perceived credit quality of the issuer.

~~Futures~~Each ~~Risk.~~Index AStrategy ~~futures~~has ~~contract is~~ a ~~financial~~ ~~instrument~~Participation inRate which ais ~~party agrees to pay~~ a ~~fixed~~percentage ~~price~~that ~~for~~represents the ~~delivery of an asset or commodity at a specified future date. The price of a futures contract reflects the~~ ~~expected~~proportion ~~value~~ of the ~~asset~~Index ~~upon~~Performance ~~delivery~~used in the ~~future,~~calculation ~~whereas the spot price~~ of ~~an asset reflects~~ the ~~immediate~~Term ~~value~~End ofISE ~~the asset~~Percentage. AThe ~~variety~~Participation ofRate ~~factors~~only ~~can~~applies ~~lead~~when ~~to a disparity between~~ the expected future price of an asset and the spot price at a given point in time. In addition, futures markets are subject to disruptions due to various factors, including lack of liquidity, participation of speculators, and government regulation and intervention. There may be an increased risk of prolonged disruptions to futures markets during geopolitical or military conflict. Such disruptions may adversely impact the performance of the Index orPerformance ~~the~~is ~~calculation or availability of Index Values~~positive. Futures contracts are subject to the risk of default by obligors. These factors and others can cause the price of futures contracts to be volatile. Futures contracts may be subject to legal and regulatory uncertainty, particularly futures contracts that are not traded on regulated exchanges.

~~Government~~For ~~Bond~~Index ~~Risk.~~Strategies ~~The~~with ~~prices~~Cap ofRates, ~~government~~when ~~bonds are significantly influenced by the creditworthiness of the governments that issue them. Any decline or perceived decline in~~ a ~~government’s~~Cap ~~creditworthiness,~~Rate asis adeclared ~~result~~for of a ~~credit~~Strategy ~~rating downgrade or otherwise~~Term, ~~may cause~~ the ~~prices of that government’s bonds to fall, perhaps significantly, and may~~ ~~cause~~Participation ~~increased~~Rate ~~volatility~~will inalways ~~local~~be ~~or global credit markets~~100%. InIf ~~recent~~no ~~years,~~Cap ~~U.S.~~Rate ~~rating~~is ~~agencies~~declared ~~have~~for ~~downgraded~~a ~~the~~Strategy ~~creditworthiness and/or assigned negative outlooks to many governments worldwide~~Term, ~~including~~ the ~~U.S.,~~Participation ~~U.K.,~~Rate ~~Germany,~~will ~~and Japan,~~always ~~and~~be ~~may~~greater dothan soor ~~again~~equal into ~~the future~~100%.

~~Large-Capitalization~~For ~~Company~~Index ~~Risk.~~Strategies Inwith ~~general~~Cap+ Rates, ~~large-capitalization~~the ~~companies~~Participation ~~may~~Rate, bewhich ~~less~~only ~~able~~applies ~~than~~to ~~smaller-capitalization~~any ~~companies~~Index toPerformance ~~adapt~~in toexcess ~~changing market~~of ~~conditions.~~the ~~Large-capitalization~~Cap+ ~~companies~~Rate, may be ~~more~~greater ~~mature~~than, ~~and~~less ~~subject~~than, toor ~~more~~equal ~~limited~~to ~~growth potential compared with smaller-capitalization companies. During different market cycles~~100%, ~~the~~but ~~performance~~is ofguaranteed ~~large-capitalization~~to ~~companies~~always ~~has~~be ~~trailed~~at ~~the~~least ~~overall performance of the broader securities markets~~0.05%.

~~Leverage~~If ~~Risk.~~the AnParticipation ~~Index~~Rate is ~~leveraged when its market exposure is~~ greater than 100%., ~~Depending~~it onwill anincrease ~~Index’s~~the ~~methodology,~~upside anpotential ~~Index~~when ~~may use~~the ~~leverage~~Index ~~with~~Performance ~~respect~~is topositive. ~~all~~For ~~components~~example, orif ~~only~~the ~~particular~~Participation ~~components.~~Rate ~~When~~is an150%, ~~Index~~it iswill ~~leveraged,~~multiply any ~~price~~positive ~~movements~~Index inPerformance ~~its~~by ~~leveraged~~150%. ~~components~~For ~~will~~Index Strategies ~~result~~with inCap+ ~~greater changes~~Rates, inif the ~~value~~Participation ofRate ~~the~~is ~~Index~~less than if100%, ~~the~~it ~~Index~~will ~~were~~decrease ~~not~~the ~~leveraged.~~upside Inpotential ~~particular,~~when the ~~use~~Index ofPerformance ~~leverage~~is ~~will~~positive. ~~magnify~~For ~~any~~example, ~~negative~~if ~~performance~~the ~~which,~~Participation inRate ~~turn~~is 90%, ~~could~~only ~~adversely~~90% ~~affect~~of the ~~value~~positive Index Performance in excess of the ~~Index~~Cap+ ~~(perhaps~~Rate ~~significantly).~~will ~~Leverage~~be ~~may~~applied. ~~significantly~~If ~~increase~~the anParticipation ~~Index’s~~Rate ~~volatility,~~is ~~even~~equal ifto ~~leverage~~100%, isit ~~being~~will ~~used~~have asno ~~part~~effect ofon athe ~~volatility~~Index ~~control overlay~~Performance.

~~Market~~The ~~Non-~~Participation ~~Risk.~~Rate Atfor ~~times,~~ an Index ~~may~~Strategy ~~have less than 100% total market exposure. Any portion of an Index without market exposure~~ will not ~~participate~~change infor ~~positive~~the ~~market~~duration ~~movements~~of ~~and~~a ~~may~~Strategy ~~not earn any returns~~Term. ~~An Index may not have full market exposure because it has a cash component~~However, orthe anParticipation ~~Index~~Rate may ~~have~~change afor ~~methodology~~future ~~that~~Strategy ~~partially~~Terms. ~~reduces or~~The ~~entirely~~Participation ~~removes~~Rate ~~the~~for ~~Index’s exposure to~~ a particular ~~market~~Strategy orTerm ~~all~~may ~~markets~~be different for ~~a period of time. Market non-participation could cause an Index to miss a potential~~newly ~~recovery~~issued inContracts ~~the~~than ~~market~~for orexisting ~~in an underlying asset class~~Contracts.

~~Momentum~~INDEX ~~Risk.~~STRATEGIES ~~Momentum~~WITH ~~investing~~CAP ~~generally~~RATES seeks to capitalize on positive trends in the returns of financial instruments. However, there is no guarantee that recent trends in returns will continue in the future. Momentum investing may not perform well in markets characterized by short-term volatility.

34The Cap Rate is the maximum positive Term End ISE Percentage that may be applied for an Index Strategy on a Strategy Term End Date. The Cap Rate applies for the duration of the Strategy Term and is not applied on an annual basis (unless a 1-year Strategy Term is elected). This means that Cap Rates for 3 and 6 year Strategy Terms would be less if measured on an annual basis. The Cap Rate for an Index Strategy will not change for the duration of a Strategy Term. However, the Cap Rate may change for future Strategy Terms. For any Index Strategy, the Cap Rate is guaranteed to never be less than 0.05%. The Cap Rate for a particular Strategy Term may be different for newly issued Contracts than for existing Contracts.

~~Mid-~~Prior orto ~~Small-Capitalization Company~~each ~~Risk.~~Strategy ~~Compared~~Term toNationwide ~~large-capitalization~~declares ~~companies,~~the ~~mid-capitalization~~Cap ~~companies~~Rate, ~~may~~if beany, ~~less~~for ~~stable~~each ~~and more~~available ~~susceptible~~Index toStrategy ~~adverse~~with ~~developments~~Cap Rate. In ~~addition~~some cases, ~~the~~Nationwide ~~securities~~may ofdeclare ~~mid-capitalization~~a ~~companies~~Cap ~~may~~Rate befor ~~more~~an ~~volatile~~Index ~~and~~Strategy ~~less~~as ~~liquid~~"uncapped" ~~than~~for ~~those~~a ofStrategy ~~large-capitalization~~Term (i.e., no Cap Rate is ~~companies~~declared), in which case there is no maximum limit on the positive Index Performance for that Strategy Term. ~~All~~If ofNationwide does not declare a Cap Rate for a Strategy Term, it does not mean that the ~~risks~~Index ~~associated~~Strategy ~~with~~will ~~mid-capitalization~~not ~~companies~~have ~~are~~a ~~magnified~~Cap ~~with~~Rate ~~respect~~in tofuture ~~small-capitalization~~Strategy ~~companies~~Terms as Nationwide may declare a Cap Rate for future Strategy Terms.

~~Non-U.S.~~In ~~Securities~~general, ~~Risk.~~Index ~~Securities of~~Strategies ~~non-U.S.~~with ~~issuers~~smaller ~~are~~Buffers ~~subject~~(e.g., to10%) ~~the~~and/or ~~risks~~longer ~~associated~~Strategy ~~with~~Terms ~~investing in those non-U~~(e.Sg. ~~markets~~, ~~such~~3- asor ~~heightened~~6-year ~~risks~~Strategy ofTerms) ~~inflation~~are ormore ~~nationalization.~~likely ~~Non-U.S.~~to ~~securities~~have ~~may decline~~Strategy inTerms ~~value~~where ~~due~~no toCap ~~political,~~Rate ~~economic~~is declared, ~~and~~while ~~geographic~~Index ~~events~~Strategies ~~affecting~~with ~~issuers~~larger ~~of non-U~~Buffers (e.Sg., ~~securities~~20%) and/or ~~non-U.S.~~shorter ~~markets.~~Strategy InTerms ~~addition, non-U~~(e.Sg., ~~securities~~1 ~~markets~~year ~~may~~Strategy ~~trade~~Term) aare ~~small~~less ~~number~~likely ofor ~~securities and~~ may benever ~~unable~~have toStrategy ~~respond~~Terms ~~effectively~~where tono ~~changes~~Cap inRate ~~trading volume,~~is ~~potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times~~declared.

~~Performance~~On ~~Drag Risk. Even though~~ the ~~Indexes~~Strategy ~~track~~Term ~~the~~End ~~performance of securities and other financial instruments~~Date, they are not actual portfolios of investments and do not incur the fees or other costs generally associated with managing and owning a portfolio of investments. Nonetheless, in order to more closely align the performance of the Index ~~with~~Strategy ~~the~~Earnings ~~performance~~for ofan ~~a managed portfolio that takes identical positions as the~~ Index, ~~the~~Strategy ~~Index~~with ~~(and~~Cap ~~one underlying index, in the~~Rate ~~case~~are ofequal ~~the~~to ~~SG Macro Compass Index) includes deductions from~~ the ~~value of the~~ Index asStrategy ~~part~~Basis ofon ~~its methodology. These deductions negatively impact~~ the ~~performance~~Strategy ofTerm ~~the~~End ~~Index.~~Date ~~The~~multiplied ~~performance~~by of the ~~Index~~Term ~~would~~End beISE ~~higher if these deductions were not applied~~Percentage.

InAn ~~addition, with respect to the BlackRock Select Factor~~ Index ~~which~~Strategy ~~tracks~~with ~~the~~Cap ~~performance of~~Rate’s ~~multiple~~Term ~~exchange-traded~~End ~~funds~~ISE ~~("ETFs"),~~Percentage ~~the~~is ~~underlying~~calculated ETFs are subject to management fees, other expenses, and transaction costs that negatively impact their performance and market prices and, consequently, negatively impact the performance of the Index. These negative impacts on performance are compounded by the annualized rate that the BlackRock Select Factor Index deducts from its value as ~~part~~follows: ~~of its methodology.~~

The drags on Index Values as described above, potentially together with the Strategy Spread and Participation Rate under a Strategy, increase your risk of loss, subject to the downside protection provided by the Strategy.

Ukraine-Russia Conflict Risk. The military invasion of Ukraine initiated by Russia in February 2022 and the resulting response by the United States and other countries have led to economic disruptions, as well as increased volatility and uncertainty in the financial markets. It is not possible to predict the ultimate duration and scope of the conflict, or the future impact on U.S. and global economies and financial markets. The performance of the Indexes may be adversely affected. This risk could be higher for Indexes with exposure to European or Russian markets, including the J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, the MSCI EAFE Index, and the SG Macro Compass Index.

Underlying ETF Risks. The ETFs that underlie the BlackRock Select Factor Index are subject to several investment risks. Such risks may adversely affect the ETFs’ performance and, consequently, the performance of the Index.

•

~~Risks~~if ~~Common~~the Index Performance multiplied by the Participation Rate is positive and greater than or equal to the ~~Underlying~~Index ~~ETFs~~Strategy’s Cap Rate, the Term End ISE Percentage is equal to the Cap Rate;

•

~~Performance~~if ~~Risk.~~the ~~Each~~Index ~~ETF~~Performance ~~may~~multiplied ~~perform~~by ~~negatively~~the ~~over~~Participation ~~short~~Rate ~~periods~~is ~~due~~positive tobut ~~short-term~~less ~~market movements~~than ~~and over longer periods during more prolonged market downturns. The country in which an ETF invests~~the ~~may~~Index beStrategy’s ~~subject~~Cap ~~to considerable degrees of economic~~Rate, ~~political,~~the ~~and~~Term ~~social~~End ~~instability.~~ISE ~~Local,~~Percentage ~~regional~~is orequal ~~global~~to ~~events~~the ~~such~~Index asPerformance ~~war,~~multiplied ~~acts~~by ~~of terrorism,~~ the ~~spread~~Participation ofRate; ~~infectious illness or other public health issues, recessions, or other events could have a significant impact on an ETF's performance.~~

•

~~Issuer~~if ~~Risk.~~the ~~The~~Index ~~performance~~Performance ofis ~~each~~zero ~~ETF~~or ~~depends~~negative onbut within the ~~performance~~Buffer, ~~of individual securities in which~~ the ~~ETF~~Term ~~has~~End ~~exposure.~~ISE ~~Changes~~Percentage inis ~~the~~equal ~~financial~~to ~~condition~~zero; orand ~~credit rating of an issuer of those securities may cause the value of the securities to decline.~~

•

~~Tracking~~if ~~Error Risk. Each ETF seeks to track~~ the ~~investment~~Index ~~results~~Performance ~~of a specific market index. There~~ is nonegative ~~guarantee~~and ~~that an~~exceeds ~~ETF’s investment results will have a high degree of correlation to~~ the ~~performance of the index that it seeks to track~~Buffer, ~~or that~~ the ~~ETF~~Term ~~will~~End ~~achieve~~ISE ~~its~~Percentage ~~investment objective.~~is ~~Each~~equal ~~ETF may be subject~~ to ~~tracking error, which is~~ the ~~divergence~~Index ofPerformance plus ~~an ETF’s performance from that of~~ the ~~index it seeks to track~~Buffer. This ~~risk~~results ~~may~~in bea ~~heightened~~negative ~~during~~Term ~~times~~End ofISE ~~increased~~Percentage ~~market~~which ~~volatility~~means orthe ~~other~~Contract ~~unusual market conditions. Among other reasons, tracking error~~ may ~~result~~experience ~~because~~a anloss ~~ETF~~of ~~incurs~~principal ~~fees~~ and/or ~~expenses~~previous ~~while the index does not~~earnings. ~~Certain~~These ~~ETFs~~losses ~~may~~could ~~experience~~be ~~higher tracking error than is typical for ETFs that track a market index~~significant.

For Index Strategies with Cap Rates, when a Cap Rate is declared for a Strategy Term, the Participation Rate will always be 100%. If no Cap Rate is declared for a Strategy Term, the Participation Rate will always be greater than or equal to 100%.

The following are hypothetical examples to show how the Term End ISE Percentage would be calculated for an Index Strategy with Cap Rate under different market conditions.

•

~~Market~~Positive ~~Trading~~Index ~~Risks.~~Performance ~~Each~~that ~~ETF~~is ~~faces~~less ~~numerous~~than ~~market~~Cap ~~trading~~Rate risks, including the potential lack of an active market for fund shares, losses from trading in secondary markets, periods of high volatility, and disruptions in the creation/redemption process. Any of these factors, among others, may lead to an ETF’s shares trading at a premium or discount to net asset value.

35Index Performance = 10% Participation Rate = 100% Cap Rate = 20% Buffer = 10%

Step 1: Index Performance is multiplied by the Participation Rate = 10% (10% x 100%)
Step 2: Compare Step 1 value to Cap Rate (10% is less than 20% Cap Rate)
Term End ISE Percentage = 10%

•

~~Risks~~Positive ~~Common~~Index toPerformance ~~the~~that ~~Underlying~~is ~~Equity~~greater ~~ETFs.~~than ~~The~~Cap ~~underlying~~Rate ~~equity ETFs are subject to "Equity Risk," "Large-Capitalization Company Risk," and "Mid- or Small-Capitalization Company Risk" as described above.~~

Index Performance = 30%
Participation Rate = 100%
Cap Rate = 20%
Buffer = 10%

Step 1: Index Performance is multiplied by the Participation Rate = 30% (30% x 100%)
Step 2: Compare Step 1 value to Cap Rate (30% is greater than 20% Cap Rate)
Term End ISE Percentage = 20%

•

~~Risks~~Negative ~~Common~~Index toPerformance ~~the~~that ~~Underlying~~exceeds ~~Fixed Income ETFs. The underlying fixed income ETFs are subject to "Fixed Income Risk" and "Government Bond Risk" as described above. They are also subject to~~ the ~~following~~Buffer ~~risks:~~

Index Performance = -15%
Participation Rate = 100%
Cap Rate = 20%
Buffer = 10%

Step 1: Compare Index Performance to Buffer = -5% (-15% plus the 10% Buffer = -5%)
Note: The Participation Rate does not apply when Index Performance is negative.
Term End ISE Percentage = -5%

•

~~Income~~Negative ~~Risk.~~Index ~~Each~~Performance ~~fixed~~within ~~income ETF is exposed to~~ the ~~risk~~Buffer that the ETF’s income may decline if interest rates fall. This decline in income can occur because the ETF may subsequently invest in lower-yielding bonds as bonds in its portfolio mature, are near maturity or are called, bonds in the underlying index are substituted, or the ETF otherwise needs to purchase additional bonds.

Index Performance = -2%
Participation Rate = 100%
Cap Rate = 20%
Buffer = 10%

Step 1: Compare Index Performance to Buffer = 0% (-2% is within the 10% Buffer)
Note: The Participation Rate does not apply when Index Performance is negative.
Term End ISE Percentage = 0%

•

~~Interest~~Positive ~~Rate~~Index ~~Risk. Each fixed income ETF is exposed to the risks that during periods of very low or negative interest rates~~Performance, ~~the~~no ~~ETF~~Cap ~~may~~Rate bedeclared unable to maintain positive returns or pay dividends. Very low or negative interest rates may magnify interest rate risk. Changing interest rates, including rates that fall below zero, may have unpredictable effects on markets, result in heightened market volatility, and detract from the ETF’s performance to the extent the ETF is exposed to such interest rates. Additionally, under certain market conditions in which interest rates are low and the market prices for ~~portfolio securities have increased,~~ the ~~ETF may have a very low, or even negative yield. A low or negative yield would cause the ETF to~~Strategy ~~lose~~Term money in certain conditions and over certain time periods. An increase in interest rates will generally cause the value of securities held by the ETF to decline, may lead to heightened volatility in the fixed-income markets, and may adversely affect the liquidity of certain fixed-income investments, including those held by the ETF.

~~U.S.~~Index ~~Treasury~~Performance ~~Risk.~~= ~~Securities~~10% ~~backed~~Participation byRate ~~the~~= ~~U.S.~~125% ~~Treasury~~Cap orRate ~~the~~= ~~full~~no ~~faith~~Cap ~~and~~Rate ~~credit~~declared ofBuffer ~~the~~= ~~U.S.~~10% government are guaranteed as to the timely payment of interest and principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates.

Step 1: Index Performance is multiplied by the Participation Rate = 12.5% (10% x 125%)
Note: No comparison to Cap Rate since no Cap Rate was declared.
Term End ISE Percentage = 12.5%

•

~~Risks~~Negative ~~Specific~~Index toPerformance ~~Particular~~that ~~Underlying~~exceeds ~~ETFs~~the Buffer, no Cap Rate declared for the Strategy Term

Index Performance = -20%
Participation Rate = 125%
Cap Rate = no Cap Rate declared
Buffer = 10%

Step 1: Compare Index Performance to Buffer = -10% (-20% plus the 10% Buffer = -10%)
Note: The Participation Rate does not apply when Index Performance is negative.
Term End ISE Percentage = -10%

On any Business Day other than the Strategy Term End Date, Index Strategy Earnings for an Index Strategy with Cap Rate are calculated using the Daily ISE Percentage. See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)."

INDEX STRATEGIES WITH CAP+ RATES

The Cap+ Rate is the declared percentage of Index Performance that determines when a Participation Rate begins applying in the calculation of the Term End ISE Percentage. The Cap+ Rate for an Index Strategy will not change for the duration of a Strategy Term. However, the Cap+ Rate may change for future Strategy Terms. For any Index Strategy, the Cap+ Rate is guaranteed to never be less than 0.05%. The Cap+ Rate for a particular Strategy Term may be different for newly issued Contracts than for existing Contracts.

While the Cap+ Rate does not cap positive Index Performance, a Participation Rate of less than 100% can dampen any gains in excess of the Cap+ Rate (see "Participation Rate"). A Participation Rate declared for an Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate will have no impact in the calculation of the Term End ISE Percentage if the Index Performance does not exceed the Cap+ Rate.

On the Strategy Term End Date, Index Strategy Earnings for an Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate are equal to the Index Strategy Basis multiplied by the Term End ISE Percentage.

An Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate’s Term End ISE Percentage is calculated as follows:

•

~~iShares~~if ~~MSCI~~the ~~USA~~Index ~~Value~~Performance ~~Factor~~is ~~ETF~~positive ~~– Value Securities Risk. This ETF primarily invests in stocks deemed to be undervalued. Stocks that are perceived as undervalued may fail to appreciate for long periods of time~~ and ~~may~~greater ~~never realize their full potential value. Value securities have generally performed better~~ than ~~non-value~~the ~~securities~~Cap+ ~~during~~Rate, ~~periods~~the ofTerm ~~economic~~End ~~recovery~~ISE Percentage ~~(although~~is ~~there~~equal isto nothe ~~assurance~~Cap+ ~~that~~Rate ~~they~~plus ~~will~~the ~~continue~~Participation toRate domultiplied ~~so). Value~~by ~~securities~~the ~~may~~Index goPerformance in ~~and~~excess ~~out~~ of ~~favor~~the ~~over~~Cap+ ~~time.~~Rate;

•

~~iShares~~if ~~MSCI~~the ~~USA~~Index ~~Momentum~~Performance ~~Factor~~is ~~ETF~~positive –and ~~Momentum~~less ~~Securities~~than ~~Risk. This~~the ~~ETF~~Cap+ ~~primarily invests in stocks that are deemed to exhibit relatively higher price momentum characteristics (i.e.~~Rate, ~~stocks~~the ~~exhibiting~~Term ~~strong~~End ~~recent~~ISE ~~price trends). Stocks that previously exhibited high momentum characteristics may not experience positive~~Percentage ~~momentum~~is inequal ~~the~~to ~~future or may experience more volatility than~~ the ~~market~~Index asPerformance; ~~a whole.~~

•

~~iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF – Quality Stock Risk. This ETF primarily invests in stocks that are deemed to have quality characteristics identified through certain fundamental metrics. Even~~ if athe ~~stock~~Index isPerformance ~~deemed to be a quality stock, there~~ is nozero ~~guarantee that the past performance of that stock will continue. Companies that issue these stocks may experience lower than expected returns~~ or ~~may experience~~ negative ~~growth,~~but aswithin ~~well~~the ~~as increased leverage~~Buffer, ~~resulting~~the inTerm ~~lower~~End ~~than~~ISE ~~expected~~Percentage oris ~~negative~~equal ~~returns.~~to ~~Many~~zero; ~~factors can affect a stock's quality~~ and ~~performance, and the impact of these factors on a stock or its price can be difficult to predict.~~

•

~~iShares~~if ~~MSCI~~the ~~USA~~Index ~~Size~~Performance ~~Factor~~is ~~ETF~~negative ~~– Low Size Securities Risk. From a defined universe of large-~~ and ~~mid-capitalization~~exceeds ~~companies~~the Buffer, ~~this~~the ~~ETF~~Term ~~emphasizes~~End ~~investments~~ISE inPercentage ~~stocks with~~is ~~relatively~~equal ~~smaller average market capitalization. Relative~~ to the ~~larger~~Index ~~companies~~Performance ~~within~~plus the ~~investable~~Buffer. ~~universe,~~This ~~stocks~~results ofin ~~such~~a ~~smaller~~negative ~~companies~~Term ~~may~~End beISE Percentage ~~less~~which ~~stable~~means ~~and~~the ~~more~~Contract ~~susceptible~~may toexperience ~~adverse~~a ~~developments,~~loss ~~and~~of ~~their~~principal ~~securities~~and/or ~~may~~previous beearnings. ~~more~~These ~~volatile~~losses ~~and less~~could ~~liquid~~be significant.

The following are hypothetical examples to show how the Term End ISE Percentage would be calculated for an Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate under different market conditions.

•

~~iShares~~Positive ~~MSCI~~Index ~~USA~~Performance ~~Min Vol Factor ETF – Volatility Risk. This ETF emphasizes investments in U.S. equities~~ that, ~~in the aggregate, are deemed to have lower volatility characteristics relative to the broader U.S. equity market. There~~ is ~~no guarantee that such securities will be any~~ less ~~volatile~~ than ~~the~~Cap+ ~~market~~Rate ~~as a whole or any other stocks, and could be more volatile. The ETF may experience more than minimum volatility.~~

~~Volatility Control Risk. Volatility is a measure of the degree of variation in the returns of an asset over a period of time. If an~~ Index ~~includes~~Performance a= ~~volatility~~5% ~~control~~Participation ~~overlay~~Rate or= ~~other~~50% ~~volatility~~(Only ~~control methodologies,~~applies ~~the Index may reduce its exposure~~ to ~~one or more markets during periods of volatility in order to mitigate dramatic changes in the value of the~~ Index. ToPerformance above the ~~extent~~Cap+ ~~that~~Rate) anCap+ ~~Index~~Rate= ~~reduces~~10% ~~its~~Buffer ~~market~~= ~~exposure~~10% ~~in response to volatility, the Index will not be fully participating in any~~

36Step 1: Compare Index Performance to Cap+ Rate (5% is less than 10%). Note: Since Index Performance is less than Cap+ Rate the Participation Rate does not apply. Term End ISE Percentage = 5%

growth in that market. Reducing market exposure during periods of volatility may mitigate the impact of short-term, significant market fluctuations in the Index’s return, but may also cause the Index to not fully participate in market recoveries. There is no guarantee that any volatility control methodology will be successful.

Because volatility control may limit an Index’s participation in rising markets, volatility control may ultimately limit your gains (if any) under a Strategy. In addition, each Strategy already provides limited downside protection in the form of its Protection Level. You should therefore consider whether selecting a Strategy that is linked to an Index that also includes volatility control is consistent with your risk tolerances and investment goals.

DESCRIPTION OF THE INDEXES

Provided below is a description of each Index. You may obtain additional information about any Index, including information about its components, weightings, performance, and methodologies, and similar information about any ETFs or other indexes that underlie an Index, by contacting your financial professional or our Service Center.

BlackRock Select Factor Index (Ticker: BSELFCTX)

Summary

The BlackRock Select Factor Index is designed to provide diversified, multi-asset exposure, while seeking to maintain a target volatility. The Index has dynamic exposure (as discussed further below) to eight ETFs that are actively traded on a U.S. stock exchange (NYSE Arca), including five ETFs that invest in equities ("Equity ETFs"), two ETFs that invest in fixed income instruments ("Fixed Income ETFs"), and an ETF against which the Index may take a short position ("Hedged ETF") in order to partially hedge its exposure to equity markets. The Index also has a cash component.

Each Equity ETF tracked by the Index emphasizes one of the following equity strategies:

•

~~Value~~Positive –Index ~~Stocks~~Performance ~~with~~that ~~lower~~is ~~valuations~~greater ~~based~~than onCap+ ~~fundamentals~~Rate

Index Performance = 20%
Participation Rate = 50%
Cap+ Rate = 10%
Buffer = 10%

Step 1: Compare Index Performance to Cap+ Rate (Index Performance exceeds the Cap+ Rate by 10%)
Step 2: multiply the Index Performance in excess of the Cap+ Rate by the Participation Rate = 5% (10% x 50%)
Step 3: add Step 2 value to the Cap+ Rate = 15% (5% + 10%)
Term End ISE Percentage = 15%

•

~~Momentum~~Negative –Index ~~Stocks~~Performance ~~exhibiting~~that ~~strong~~exceeds ~~recent~~the ~~price~~Buffer ~~trends~~

Index Performance = -20%
Participation Rate = 50%
Cap+ Rate= 10%
Buffer = 10%

Step 1: Compare Index Performance to Buffer = -10% (-20% plus the 10% Buffer = -10%)
Note: The Participation Rate does not apply when Index Performance is negative.
Term End ISE Percentage = -10%

•

~~Quality~~Negative –Index ~~Stocks~~Performance ~~with~~within ~~strong~~the ~~and~~Buffer ~~stable balance sheets~~

•Index Performance = -5% Participation Rate = 50% Cap+ Rate= 10% Buffer = 10%

~~Size~~Step –1: ~~Stocks~~Compare ofIndex ~~relatively~~Performance ~~smaller,~~to ~~more~~Buffer ~~nimble~~= ~~companies~~0% (-2% is within the 10% Buffer) Note: The Participation Rate does not apply when Index Performance is negative. Term End ISE Percentage = 0%

•On any Business Day other than the Strategy Term End Date, Index Strategy Earnings for an Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate are calculated using the Daily ISE Percentage. See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)."

~~Minimum~~CURRENT ~~Volatility~~INDEX ~~– Stocks with lower levels of historical volatility~~STRATEGIES

~~Each~~The ~~Fixed~~Contract ~~Income~~currently ~~ETF~~offers ~~tracked by~~ the following Index ~~primarily invests~~Strategies: ~~in U.S. Treasury obligations, one investing in short-term bonds and the other investing in long-term bonds.~~

~~The~~1 ~~Index~~Year isStrategy ~~considered~~Term toOptions be "dynamic" because the Index adjusts its market exposures in response to changing market conditions. All such adjustments are performed pursuant to a rules-based methodology. The Index adjusts its market exposures primarily by changing the target weightings of the ETFs that the Index tracks. In general, when markets are volatile, the Index reduces its exposure to the U.S. equity market (generally by reducing the target weightings of the Equity ETFs) and shifts its fixed income exposure from short-term bonds to long-term bonds (by changing the target weightings among the Fixed Income ETFs). Conversely, when markets are more favorable, the Index increases its exposure to the U.S. equity market (generally by increasing the target weightings of the Equity ETFs) and shifts its fixed income exposure from long-term bonds to short-term bonds (by changing the target weightings among the Fixed Income ETFs). Similarly, the Index may adjust the weighting of its short position on the Hedged ETF or the cash component in response to changing market conditions.

~~The~~Cap ~~performance~~Rate of the Index reflects the reinvestment of ETF dividends back into the Index after the close of trading on the ex-dividend date. Return generated from the Index’s exposure to cash is included in the return of the Index.

~~Blackrock~~Russell 2000 Index® ~~Services,~~1 ~~LLC~~Year ~~("BIS")~~with isCap ~~the~~Rate ~~index~~& ~~provider~~10% ~~for~~Buffer Nasdaq-100 ~~this~~Index® 1 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer MSCI EAFE Index. ~~BIS~~1 isYear ~~not~~with ~~affiliated~~Cap Rate & 10% Buffer S&P 400® Index 1 Year with Cap Rate & 10% ~~Nationwide.~~Buffer S&P 500® Index 1 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer S&P 500® Index 1 Year with Cap Rate & 20% Buffer

~~Underlying~~3 ~~ETFs~~Year Strategy Term Options

~~General~~Cap Rate

~~BlackRock~~Russell ~~Fund~~2000 ~~Advisors~~Index® ~~("BFA")~~3 ~~serves~~Year aswith ~~the~~Cap ~~investment~~Rate ~~adviser~~& ~~for~~10% ~~each~~Buffer ~~underlying~~S&P ~~ETF.~~500® ~~Each~~Index ~~ETF~~3 ~~seeks~~Year towith ~~track~~Cap ~~the investment~~Rate ~~results~~& of10% aBuffer ~~particular~~S&P ~~market~~500® ~~index.~~Index ~~BFA~~3 ~~uses~~Year awith ~~representative~~Cap ~~sampling~~Rate ~~indexing~~& ~~strategy to manage each ETF. "Representative sampling" is an indexing strategy that involves investing in a representative sample of securities that~~20% ~~collectively~~Buffer ~~has an investment profile similar to that of the applicable market index.~~

~~BFA~~6 isYear ~~not~~Strategy ~~affiliated~~Term ~~with~~Options either Nationwide or the index providers for the ETFs’ underlying indexes. Nor is Nationwide affiliated with any of the index providers for the ETFs’ underlying indexes. BFA and BIS are affiliates.

37Cap Rate

~~Information~~Russell ~~about~~2000 ~~the~~Index® ~~Equity~~6 Year with Cap Rate & 10% Buffer S&P 500® Index 6 Year with Cap Rate & 10% ~~ETFs~~Buffer S&P 500® Index 6 Year with Cap Rate & 20% Buffer

Provided below is a brief description of the five Equity ETFs. Each Equity ETF seeks to track the investment results of a variant index of the MSCI USA Index. MSCI Inc. is the index provider for the MSCI USA Index and the variant indexes.34

~~The~~ADDITIONAL ~~MSCI USA Index is a weighted index that includes U.S. large- and mid- capitalization stocks, as defined by MSCI Inc.~~INDEX AsINFORMATION of October 31, 2023, the MSCI USA Index had 626 component companies with a capitalization range (from largest to smallest) of approximately $2.7 trillion to $2.2 billion. The stocks included in each variant index are selected from the stocks included in the broader MSCI USA Index (except for the variant MSCI USA Low Size Index, which includes all the stocks from the MSCI USA Index, as discussed further below).

•DESCRIPTION OF INDEXES

~~iShares~~The ~~MSCI~~following ~~USA~~sections ~~Value~~provide ~~Factor~~additional ~~ETF:~~information ~~This~~for ~~ETF~~each ~~seeks~~Index tocurrently ~~track~~offered under the ~~investment~~Contract. ~~results~~Also ofsee ~~the~~"Appendix ~~MSCI~~A: ~~USA~~Additional ~~Enhanced Value~~ Index, ~~a weighted index composed of stocks with value characteristics and relatively lower valuations~~Disclosures." The MSCI USA Enhanced Value Index includes stocks that exhibit certain higher value characteristics based on price-to-book value, price-to-forward earnings, and enterprise value-to-cash flow from operations relative to their peers within the corresponding Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS®) sector.

•

iShares MSCI USA Momentum Factor ETF: This ETF seeks to track the investment results of the MSCI USA Momentum SR Variant Index, a weighted index composed of stocks exhibiting relatively higher price momentum characteristics. In general, momentum stocks are stocks that exhibit strong recent price trends. The MSCI USA Momentum SR Variant Index selects stocks based on the stocks’ momentum scores. MSCI Inc. calculates momentum scores by analyzing the stocks’ excess returns and deviations in weekly returns over historical periods.

•

iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF: This ETF seeks to track the investment results of the MSCI USA Sector Neutral Quality Index, a weighted index composed of stocks with quality characteristics as identified through certain fundamental metrics. The MSCI USA Sector Neutral Quality Index selects stocks that exhibit certain higher quality characteristics (i.e., high return on equity, low earnings variability, and low leverage) relative to their peers within the corresponding Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS®) sector.

•

iShares MSCI USA Size Factor ETF: This ETF seeks to track the investment results of the MSCI USA Low Size Index, a weighted index that emphasizes relatively smaller average market capitalizations within the capitalization range of the MSCI USA Index. The MSCI USA Low Size Index includes all stocks in the MSCI USA Index, and is therefore comprised of only large- and mid-capitalization stocks. However, the MSCI USA Low Size Index reweights the stocks such that the weightings of the companies on the lower end of the capitalization range are greater than the companies on the higher end of the capitalization range.

•

iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF: This ETF seeks to track the investment results of the MSCI USA Minimum Volatility (USD) Index, a weighted index composed of stocks that, in the aggregate, have lower volatility characteristics relative to the U.S. large- and mid-cap equity market. The MSCI USA Minimum Volatility (USD) Index selects stocks using a rules-based methodology that is designed to construct a portfolio with the lowest absolute volatility. "Lowest absolute volatility" is measured by MSCI Inc. using a multi-factor risk model and an optimization tool that aims to determine the least volatile index composition based on the projected market risk of the securities in the MSCI USA Index and certain weighting constraints.

Information about the Fixed Income ETFs

Provided below is a brief description of the two Fixed Income ETFs. Each Fixed Income ETF seeks to track the investment results of an index that measures the performance of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury within a range of remaining maturities. The index provider for these indexes is ICE Data Indices, LLC or its affiliates.

•

iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF: This ETF seeks to track the investment results of the ICE U.S. Treasury 1-3 Year Bond Index, which is composed of U.S. Treasury bonds with remaining maturities between one and three years.

•

iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF: This ETF seeks to track the investment results of the ICE U.S. Treasury 20+ Year Bond Index, which is composed of U.S. Treasury bonds with remaining maturities greater than 20 years.

Information about the Hedged ETF

As discussed under "Volatility Control" immediately below, the Index may partially hedge its exposure to the U.S. equity market by taking a short position against the iShares Core S&P 500® ETF. This ETF seeks to track the investment results of the S&P 500® Index. Please see the description of the S&P 500® Index later in this section for information about that index.

The Index creates this short position by assigning a negative weighting to the Hedged ETF within the Index’s equity allocation.

In general, when the Hedged ETF is negatively weighted within the Index’s equity allocation:

•

The value of the Index’s equity position will be lower when the Hedged ETF performs positively, and

•

The value of the Index’s equity position will be higher when the Hedged ETF performs negatively.

The impact on the value of the Index’s equity position will be proportionate to the Hedged ETF’s negative weighting. In the most defensive market state, the negative weighting is set to a target weight of -50%. In a neutral market state, the negative weighting is set to a target weight of -33.33%. In an aggressive market state, the negative weighting is set to a target weight of 0%. To the extent that the target weighting is less than 0%, this Index will not be fully participating in any equity market growth.

Volatility Control

The Index seeks to maintain a target annualized volatility of 5%. In accordance with its rules, the Index may manage volatility by dynamically adjusting the target weightings of (i) the Equity ETFs and Fixed Income ETFs, (ii) the cash component, and (iii) the short position against the Hedged ETF as discussed in this section. Depending on market conditions, the Index’s target weighting for its cash component may be greater than its target weightings for its other components.

Weighting and Rebalancing

On a monthly basis, as part of the Index’s dynamic adjustments, the Index computes the target weightings of the Equity ETFs based on its rule-based methodology reflecting factors such as (i) the current stage of the economic cycle (i.e., contraction, expansion, recovery, or slowdown), (ii) the extent to which an Equity ETF offers attractive value (based on market prices of underlying stocks) relative to underlying fundamentals (based on financial reporting metrics of constituent companies); and (iii) the extent to which daily adjusted returns demonstrate above-market price momentum. Any changes to the Equity ETFs’ target weightings are introduced in equal increments over a rebalancing period that generally extends for 10 business days.

On a daily basis, the Index uses market signals derived from the high-yield bond market to compute the target weightings of the Fixed Income ETFs and the Index’s short position against the Hedged ETF. Changes to these target weightings are introduced in equal increments over a period that generally extends for 5 business days. The Index also uses these market signals to maintain the Index’s volatility control overlay on a daily basis. The resulting adjustments for the volatility control overlay are implemented with a one business day lag.

Performance Drag

The performance of the Index reflects the deduction of an annualized rate of 0.50% plus a rate equal to the effective federal funds rate (i.e., a rate that banks pay when borrowing funds from each other) applied to ETF positions having positive weight in the Index. In addition, the underlying ETFs are subject to management fees, other expenses, and transaction costs.

Exclusive Licensing

Use of the Index in connection with annuity contracts has been exclusively licensed to Nationwide. The exclusive licensing agreement automatically renews annually on or about May 1, unless terminated by the parties. If the exclusive licensing agreement is not renewed, the Index may become available through other investment vehicles or may be discontinued.

New Index

This Index has a more limited performance history, and less publicly available information, compared to more established market indexes.

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index (Ticker: JMOZAIC2)

Summary

The J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index provides exposure to the performance of futures contracts referencing a diversified group of equities, fixed income assets, and commodities. The Index generally includes nine components selected on a monthly basis from a defined universe of 15 potential components. The Index emphasizes high momentum (i.e., positive trends in the returns) when selecting and weighting its components. The Index also targets a level volatility.

A futures contract is a financial instrument in which a party agrees to pay a fixed price for the delivery of an asset at a specified future date. The market value of a futures contract is affected by the price or value of the underlying asset referenced by the contract. In general, although the value of a futures contract may or may not track the price or value of the referenced asset, as the price or value of the referenced asset rises (or falls), the market value of the futures contract will generally rise (or fall). The Index, through its exposure to its potential constituents (which include indexes that track commodity futures), is currently exposed solely to futures contracts that are traded on regulated futures exchanges, but the Index may in the future be exposed to over-the-counter contracts traded through facilities that are subject to lesser degrees of regulation or no substantive regulation.

Returns from investing in futures contracts are generally derived from three sources: (a) changes in the price of the relevant futures contracts (which is known as the "price return"); (b) any profit or loss realized when replacing the relevant futures contract as it reaches its expiration date with a similar futures contract that has a later expiration date (which is known as the "roll return,"); and (c) any interest earned on the cash deposited as collateral for the purchase of the relevant futures contracts (which is known as the "collateral return"). The Index, which is an "excess return index," measures the "price return" and "roll return" associated with an investment in uncollateralized future contracts. In contrast, a "total return" index would also measure the "collateral return" as well as the "price return" and "roll return."

J.P. Morgan Securities plc ("JPMS plc") is the index provider. JPMS plc is not affiliated with Nationwide.

Possible Index Components

Described below are the Index’s possible equity, fixed income, and commodities components.

•

Equity Components. The possible equity components are futures contracts that provide exposure to the performance of equity indexes. There are six possible equity components, each represented by futures contracts referencing the:

S&P 500® Index (comprised of large-capitalization U.S. companies);

Nasdaq-100 Index® (comprised of large-capitalization non-financial U.S. and foreign companies traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market);

Russell 2000® Index (comprised of small-capitalization U.S. companies);

DAX® Index (comprised of large-capitalization companies traded on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange);

FTSE® 100 Index (comprised of large-capitalization companies traded on the London Stock Exchange); or

Tokyo Stock Price Index (TOPIX®) (comprised of large-capitalization companies traded on the Tokyo Stock Exchange).

•

Fixed Income Components. The possible fixed income components are futures contracts that provide exposure to the performance of U.S and foreign government bonds. There are six possible fixed income components, each represented by futures contracts referencing a particular group of bonds. The six referenced groups of bonds are:

Short-term U.S. Treasury notes (i.e., notes issued by the U.S. government);

Medium-term U.S. Treasury notes;

Long-term U.S. Treasury notes;

Euro Bunds (bonds issued by the German federal government);

Gilts (bonds issued by the U.K. government); and

JBGs bonds issued by the Japanese government).

The Index’s exposure to fixed income components may be greater, perhaps significantly greater, than its exposure to equity or commodities components. If the Index has greater exposure to fixed income components, a change in the value of the Index’s fixed income futures contracts may have a greater impact on the Index’s return than a change in the value of the Index’s equity or commodities components.

•

Commodities Components. The possible commodities components are indexes that track the performance of futures contracts referencing commodities in the energy, industrial metal, and precious metal sectors. There are three possible commodities components. The three underlying indexes are:

Bloomberg Energy SubindexSM (comprised of futures referencing the commodities included in the relevant sector within the Bloomberg Commodity IndexSM);

Bloomberg Industrial Metals SubindexSM (comprised of futures referencing the commodities included in the relevant sector within the Bloomberg Commodity IndexSM); and

Bloomberg Precious Metals SubindexSM (comprised of futures referencing the commodities included in the relevant sector within the Bloomberg Commodity IndexSM).

The index provider for these indexes is Bloomberg Index Services Limited. Bloomberg Index Services Limited is not affiliated with JPMS plc or Nationwide.

Volatility Control

The Index seeks to maintain a target annualized volatility of 4.2%. In general, when assigning a weight to a selected component as discussed under "Weighting and Rebalancing" below, if the recent volatility (calculated as the highest annualized volatility observed over 22, 65 and 130 day periods) of the selected component is greater than the target volatility, the component will be assigned a lesser weight within the Index. Conversely, if the recent volatility of a selected component is less than the target volatility, the component will be assigned a greater weight within the Index. During periods of high volatility, the total weight of the Index’s components may be lower than 100%. A total weight of less than 100% means that the Index is partially uninvested.

The Index also includes an "exposure flattening" feature. If on any day the Index’s overall weekly return on a rolling basis is less than -3%, the Index progressively decreases its overall market exposure to 0% (i.e., completely uninvested). After five weekdays, the Index will restore its market exposures by progressively increasing its exposure to each component until that exposure has been fully restored, subject to the initiation of further exposure flattening.

Leverage

The Index may be subject to increased volatility due to the potential use of significant leverage. The Index may use leverage to increase return from its components or manage volatility in accordance with its rule-based methodology. When the Index uses leverage, the total weight of the Index components will be greater than 100%, up to a maximum of 300%. The Index’s individual fixed income components can be significantly leveraged, with maximum weights ranging from 45% up to 250%. By comparison, no individual equity or commodity component can represent more than 15% in total weight. In general, the Index is most likely to use leverage when recent volatility is lower than the target volatility.

Weighting and Rebalancing

The Index utilizes a rules-based methodology based on momentum and target volatility to select, weight, and rebalance its components. On a monthly basis, the Index selects for inclusion the nine components with the highest performance over the previous six-month period and then assigns weights to those components based on recent volatility and the Index’s target volatility, all subject to the Index’s rules-based constraints (such as weight caps on individual components and total weight). The composition of the Index is then implemented at the beginning of the following calendar month over a five-day rebalancing period, determined separately for each component. The Index may provide exposure to more or fewer than nine components while it is being rebalanced each month. Depending on recent volatility, it is possible that fewer than nine components could be selected for inclusion.

Exclusive Licensing

Use of the Index in connection with annuity contracts has been exclusively licensed to Nationwide. The exclusivity term under the licensing agreement will expire on December 31, 2024, unless terminated earlier by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC or extended by the parties. If the exclusive licensing agreement is not renewed, the Index may become available through other investment vehicles or may be discontinued.

New Index

This Index has a more limited performance history, and less publicly available information, compared to more established market indexes.

MSCI EAFE Index (Ticker: MXEA)

41The MSCI EAFE Index is designed to represent the performance of common stocks of large- and mid-capitalization companies across 21 developed markets, including countries in Europe, Australasia, and the Far East, excluding the U.S. and Canada. The Index is available for a number of regions and market segments/sizes and covers approximately 85% of the free float-adjusted market capitalization in each of the 21 countries. As of February 29, 2024, the Index had a capitalization range (from largest to smallest) of approximately $388.3 billion to $1.3 billion.

The ~~MSCI EAFE~~ Index is ~~designed~~a toprice ~~represent~~return ~~the performance~~index ~~of common stocks of large-~~ and ~~mid-capitalization~~does ~~companies~~not ~~across~~include 21dividends ~~developed~~declared ~~markets,~~by ~~including~~any ~~countries in Europe, Australasia, and the Far East, excluding the U.S. and Canada. The Index is available for a number~~ of ~~regions and market segments/sizes and covers approximately 85% of~~ the ~~free~~companies ~~float-adjusted market capitalization~~ in ~~each of~~ the ~~21 countries. As of October 31, 2023, the~~ Index ~~had a capitalization range (from largest to smallest) of approximately $312~~.9 ~~billion to $169 million.~~

The Index isValue afor ~~price~~the ~~index~~MSCI ~~and~~EAFE ~~does~~Index ~~not~~is ~~include~~calculated ~~dividends~~without ~~declared by~~ any ofexchange rate ~~the companies in the Index~~adjustment.

The index provider for this Index is MSCI Inc. MSCI Inc. is not affiliated with Nationwide.

~~NYSE®~~Nasdaq-100 ~~Zebra Edge~~Index® ~~Index~~ (Ticker: ~~ZEDGENY~~NDX)

~~General~~The Nasdaq-100 Index® is a large-cap growth index, which includes 100 of the largest domestic and international non-financial companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market based on market capitalization.

~~The~~This ~~NYSE® Zebra Edge®~~ Index is ana ~~equally-weighted~~price return index ~~that~~and ~~uses~~does anot ~~rules-based, contrarian~~include ~~methodology.~~dividends ~~The~~declared ~~Index~~by ~~selects~~any ~~stocks~~of ~~from~~ the ~~NYSE®~~companies ~~U.S.~~in ~~Large~~this ~~Cap Equal Weight IndexTM, which is comprised of large-capitalization companies~~Index.

The ~~Index~~index ~~favors~~provider ~~"cool"~~for ~~stocks~~this ~~over "hot"~~index ~~stocks.~~is ~~Cool~~Nasdaq, ~~stocks are stocks that have experienced lower trading frequency over the last two years and lower volatility over the last three months and one year~~Inc. ~~Hot~~Nasdaq, ~~stocks~~Inc is ~~are~~not ~~stocks~~affiliated ~~that~~with ~~have experienced the highest trading frequency over the last two years and the highest volatility over the last three months and one year~~Nationwide.

~~The~~Russell ~~index~~2000 ~~provider for this~~ Index® is(Ticker: ~~ICE Data~~RTY) ~~Indices, LLC. ICE Data Indices, LLC is not affiliated with Nationwide.~~

~~Construction~~The Russell 2000® Index measures the performance of the small-cap segment of the US equity universe. The Russell 2000 Index is a subset of the Russell 3000® Index. It includes approximately 2,000 of the smallest securities based on a combination of their market cap and current index membership. The Russell 2000 is constructed to provide a comprehensive and unbiased small-cap barometer and is completely reconstituted annually to ensure larger stocks do not distort the performance and characteristics of the true small-cap opportunity set.

~~The~~This Index is ~~reconstructed on~~ a ~~quarterly~~price ~~basis.~~return ~~From~~index ~~the~~and ~~universe~~does ofnot ~~500 stocks in the NYSE® U.S. Large Cap Equal~~include ~~Weight~~dividends ~~IndexTM,~~declared ~~the~~by ~~Index~~any ~~removes the 150 most popular names and the 250 most long- and short-term volatile names. The remaining 100 stocks are selected and weighted equally within the Index. The equity portion~~ of ~~this Index rebalances quarterly on~~ the ~~last~~companies ~~day of trading~~ in ~~February,~~this ~~May, August, and November~~Index.

~~Volatility~~The ~~Control~~index provider for this index is the London Stock Exchange Group. The London Stock Exchange Group is not affiliated with Nationwide.

To mitigate the effects of volatility on returns, the Index uses a risk control process. Rebalancing under the risk control process occurs daily. If recent volatility in the Index’s equity exposure exceeds 5%, the Index moves a portion of its equity allocation to U.S.&P ~~Treasury~~400® ~~futures. If recent volatility in the~~ Index’s ~~total~~(Ticker: ~~exposure exceeds 5%, the Index moves a portion of its allocation to cash. If recent volatility is below 5%, the Index maintains equity exposure of at least 100%.~~MID)

~~Leverage~~The S&P 400® Index provides investors with a benchmark for mid-sized companies. The index is designed to measure the performance of 400 mid-sized companies, reflecting the distinctive risk and return characteristics of this market segment.

~~The~~This Index ~~may~~is bea ~~subject~~price toreturn ~~increased~~index ~~volatility~~and ~~due~~does tonot ~~the potential use of significant leverage. Subject to the~~include ~~Index’s~~dividends ~~risk~~declared ~~control~~by ~~process,~~any ~~when~~of ~~recent volatility is below 5%,~~ the ~~Index’s~~companies ~~equity~~in ~~exposure~~this ~~may be increased beyond 100% up to a 150% maximum~~Index.

SGThe ~~Macro~~index ~~Compass~~provider ~~Index~~for ~~(Ticker:~~this ~~SGMACRO)~~index is SPDJI. SPDJI is not affiliated with Nationwide.

Summary

The SG Macro Compass Index is a rules-based index tracking the performance of thirteen underlying indexes, providing exposure to a diversified group of equity, fixed income, and commodities futures. Eleven of the underlying indexes are composed of (or reference) equities, fixed income, or commodities futures contracts. The remaining two underlying indexes are composed of U.S. stocks. The Index also seeks to maintain a target volatility.

The index provider for this Index and all of the underlying indexes is Société Générale or an affiliate thereof. Société Générale is not affiliated with Nationwide.

Underlying Futures Indexes

Returns from investing in futures contracts are generally derived from three sources: (a) changes in the price of the relevant futures contract (which is known as the "price return"); (b) any profit or loss realized when replacing the relevant futures contract as it reaches its expiration date with a similar futures contract that has a later expiration date (which is known as the "roll return"); and (c) any interest earned on the cash deposited as collateral for the purchase of the relevant futures contract (which is known as the "collateral return"). The underlying futures indexes are "excess return" indexes, meaning they measure the "price return" and "roll return" associated with an investment in uncollateralized future contracts, rather than a "total return" index which would also measure the "collateral return."

Provided below is a brief description of the eleven underlying indexes composed of (or referencing) futures contracts.

•

Equity Futures Indexes – IND1CUE1, IND1CEE1, IND1CJE1: The three equity futures underlying indexes provide the SG Macro Compass Index with exposure to stock markets. Each underlying index gains exposure to stock market performance by including specific futures contracts that track certain U.S. and foreign stock market indexes. The underlying indexes’ futures contracts reference, respectively, the S&P 500® Index (comprised of large-capitalization U.S. companies), the DAX® Index (comprised of large-capitalization companies traded on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange), and the Nikkei 225® Index (comprised of large-capitalization companies traded on the Tokyo Stock Exchange).

•

Fixed Income Futures Indexes – IND1BJB, IND1BFV, IND1BTY, IND1BUS, IND1BOE, IND1CER1, IND1BUB: The seven fixed income futures underlying indexes provide the SG Macro Compass Index with exposure to the performance of groups of U.S. and foreign government bonds. Each underlying index gains exposure to these government bonds by including futures contracts that reference U.S. Treasury notes (5, 10, and 20 year notes issued by the U.S. government), Euro Bunds (5, 10, and 30 year bonds issued by the German federal government), and JGBs (10 year bonds issued by the Japanese government).

•

Commodities Futures Index – IND1CARC: The commodities futures underlying index exposes the SG Macro Compass Index to the performance of commodities. The underlying index gains exposure to these commodities by including futures contracts that reference natural gas, WTI crude, Brent crude oil, gasoline blendstock, heating oil, corn, soybean, soybean oil, soybean meal, cotton, coffee, sugar, live cattle, lean hogs, copper, aluminum, nickel, gas oil, and zinc.

Underlying U.S. Stock Indexes

The two underlying indexes composed of U.S. stocks further expose the SG Macro Compass Index to the U.S. stock market. Both underlying indexes employ rules-based methodologies to select and track stocks included in the S&P 500® Index. Please see the description of the S&P 500® Index later in this section for information about that index.

Provided below is a brief description of the two underlying indexes composed of U.S. stocks.

•

SGI Low Vol 200 Index: The SGI Low Vol 200 Index selects on a monthly basis the 200 stocks that, subject to a liquidity threshold, have exhibited the lowest relative volatility over the previous year. It then weights those stocks inversely proportional to their volatility, with stocks exhibiting lower volatility receiving greater weighting.

•

SGI Equity Value US Index: The SGI Equity Value US Index selects on a quarterly basis an equally weighted basket of the 100 stocks that score the highest according to a value methodology. The index’s value methodology seeks to identify undervalued stocks by comparing stocks according to five fundamental ratios: book to price; earnings to price; one year forward earnings to price; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) to enterprise value; and free cash flow to price.

Volatility Control

The Index seeks to maintain a target annualized volatility of approximately 5%. In accordance with its rules-based methodology, during periods of high volatility, the Index may reduce its exposure to any basket of underlying indexes, in which case the Index may be only partially invested. During periods of low volatility, the Index may increase its exposure to any basket of underlying indexes, in which case the Index may have an exposure greater than 100%.

Leverage

The Index may be subject to increased volatility due to the potential use of significant leverage. The Index may use leverage to manage volatility or increase returns in accordance with its rules-based methodology. When the Index uses leverage, the Index may increase its total exposure up to a maximum of 200%.

Weighting and Rebalancing

The underlying indexes have predetermined weights based on an algorithmic model that looks at real GDP growth and inflation expectations in order to identify a current market state, either "expansion," "contraction," or "neutral." A neutral or contraction market state will result in the underlying fixed income indexes being weighted significantly greater than the

equity or commodities indexes. An expansion market state will result in the equity indexes being weighted significantly greater than the fixed income or commodities indexes. When the Index has greater exposure to a particular market, which is done by weighting the corresponding underlying indexes to a greater extent, fluctuations in that market will have a greater impact on the Index’s return than fluctuations in the other markets.

On a quarterly basis, the Index identifies the current market state and rebalances the weights of the underlying fixed income and equity indexes accordingly.

The commodities-based underlying index has a constant weighting regardless of the market state.

Performance Drag

The performance of the Index reflects the deduction of transaction and replication costs from the returns of the underlying indexes. The transaction and replication costs, deducted as an annualized percentage on a daily basis, are fixed for each underlying index and range from 0.22% to 0.69%. The "transaction costs" represent an estimate of the costs that would be incurred to buy and sell the index components each time the Index rebalances due to changes in weightings of the Index components. The "replication costs" represent an estimate of the financing costs that would be incurred in holding an investment in the index components. The deduction of these costs occurs at the Index level (i.e., the return on the Index is reduced based on the applicable transaction and replication costs). One underlying index also includes replication costs which serve to reduce its return.

Exclusive License

Use of the Index in connection with annuity contracts has been exclusively licensed to Nationwide. The exclusive licensing agreement will expire on or about March 8, 2026, unless extended by the parties. If the exclusive licensing agreement is not renewed, the Index may become available through other investment vehicles or may be discontinued.

New Index

This Index has a more limited performance history, and less publicly available information, compared to more established market indexes.

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index (Ticker: SPXAV10P)

The S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index seeks to limit the volatility of the S&P 500® Index to a target level of 10%.

This Index has exposure to two components: its underlying index (the S&P 500® Index) and a cash component. Please see "S&P 500® Index" below for a description of the underlying index. The Index is dynamically adjusted based on its target volatility. The Index is considered to be "dynamically adjusted" because the Index adjusts its market exposures in response to changing market conditions. The Index assesses market conditions on a daily basis and adjusts its weightings based on its methodology. Generally, if volatility increases, the Index moves weight out of the underlying index and into cash. Conversely, if volatility decreases, the Index moves more weight into the underlying index and weights less in cash.

This Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies in the underlying index as part of its return. Return is generated within the Index by the cash component when equity exposure is less than 100%.

The index provider for this Index is S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC ("SPDJI"). SPDJI is not affiliated with Nationwide.

S&P 500® Index (Ticker: SPX)

The S&P 500® Index is widely regarded as the best single gauge of large-cap U.S. equities. The Index includes 500 leading companies and captures approximately 80% coverage of available market capitalization.

This Index is a price return index and does not include dividends declared by any of the companies in this Index.

The index provider for this Index is SPDJI. SPDJI is not affiliated with Nationwide.

ADDITIONAL INDEX INFORMATION

UNAVAILABLE INDEX VALUES

If an Index Value is not provided to Nationwide by an Index provider or is otherwise unavailable on a Business Day, the Index Value will be the closing value of the Index for the previous Business Day. If an Index provider later publishes an Index Value for a business day when the Index Value was not provided to Nationwide or was otherwise not available

4435

Nationwide will recalculate the impacted transactions and Contract Values according to the Index Value provided to Nationwide by the Index provider. This recalculation could result in changes to transactions, Index Values, and Contract Values that occurred when an Index Value was not published by an Index provider.

INDEX SUBSTITUTION DURING A STRATEGY TERM

The Index for an Index Strategy generally will not change for the duration of an ongoing Strategy Term. However, Nationwide reserves the right to substitute the Index during a Strategy Term at any time, in limited circumstances. Subject to any applicable regulatory approval, Nationwide may substitute the Index if (a) the Index is discontinued or (b) there is a substantial change to the calculation of the Index. If Nationwide substitutes an Index, the new Index will be similar in composition to the old Index. Nationwide will seek to notify the Contract Owner at least 30 days prior to substituting an Index for any Index Strategy in which the Contract Owner is invested. However, in the event that it is necessary to substitute on less than 30 days’ notice due to circumstances outside of Nationwide’s control, Nationwide will provide notice of the substitution as soon as practicable.

If Nationwide substitutes an Index during a Strategy Term, the Index Performance for the Index Strategy will be equal to the result of compounding the performance of the old index prior to the substitution date and the performance of the new index after the substitution date. This is equal to (1+A) x (1+B) -1 where:

•

A is equal to the percentage change in the value of the old Index between the first day of the Strategy Term (or the first day during the Strategy Term on which the old Index was used, whichever is later) and the value of the Index on the date of substitution; and

•

B is equal to the percentage change in the value of the new Index between the date of substitution and the relevant later date in the Strategy Term.

For example, assume that Nationwide substitutes the Index for an Index Strategy on a date during the Strategy Term. Also assume that the Index Performance for the old Index between the first day of the Strategy Term and the substitution date was 10%, and that the Index Performance for the new Index between the substitution date and the Strategy Term End Date was 5%. In this scenario, the Index Performance between the first day of the Strategy Term and the Strategy Term End Date would be 15.5%, i.e. (1+10%) x (1 + 5%) -1.

STRATEGY TERM

Each Index Strategy has a Strategy Term which is the total maturity time of the Index Strategy, expressed in years. The Contract currently offers Index Strategies with Strategy Terms of 1 and 3 years. A Strategy Term begins on the date Contract Value is allocated to the Index Strategy and ends on the Strategy Term End Date, which will always be a Contract Anniversary. The Strategy Term for an Index Strategy will not change for as long as that Index Strategy is offered. Strategy Terms for newly-created Index Strategies that are made available for investment after the Date of Issue will be no shorter than 1 year and will be no longer than 6 years. Because you are not permitted to transfer Contract Value during a Strategy Term, except under the Performance Lock feature, you should understand that a Strategy with a longer Strategy Term provides less flexibility to allocate your Contract Value than a Strategy with a shorter Strategy Term. This means if you invest in Strategies with longer Strategy Terms, you will have fewer opportunities to transfer Contract Value among the Strategies.

PROTECTION LEVEL

The Protection Level represents an amount of downside protection under a Strategy for a Strategy Term. The Protection Level is presented as a percentage (currently, 100%, 95%, or 90%). A higher Protection Level provides more protection against loss than a lower Protection Level. If you select a Strategy with a 90% Protection Level, your rate of return that is calculated at the end of the Strategy Term or at any time during the Strategy Term cannot be lower than -10%. If you select a Strategy with a 95% Protection Level, your rate of return that is calculated at the end of the Strategy Term or at any time during the Strategy Term cannot be lower than -5%. If you select a Strategy with a 100% Protection level, your rate of return that is calculated at the end of the Strategy Term or at any time during the Strategy Term cannot be lower than 0%. The Protection Level for a Strategy will not change for as long as we offer that Strategy.

You should understand that a Protection Level less than 100% provides only limited protection against downside potential and does not provide absolute protection against negative Index Strategy Earnings. You may lose money, and it is possible to lose a substantial amount of your principal investment under this Contract. When comparing Strategies with different Protection Levels, a higher Protection Level provides more protection against loss than a lower Protection Level.

You should also understand that the downside protection provided by a Strategy’s Protection Level only applies to a single Strategy Term. If you remain invested in the Strategy over multiple Strategy Terms, you can experience losses up to the downside protection each Strategy Term. In effect, the cumulative losses over multiple Strategy Terms could significantly exceed the level of downside protection provided by the Protection Level for one Strategy Term.

Example:

The table below illustrates the impact of the Protection Level.

Protection Level	Your Maximum Amount of Loss* for 1 and 3 Year Strategy Terms
100%	0%
95%	-5%
90%	-10%

*Does not include CDSC and MVA

PARTICIPATION RATE

Each Index Strategy has a Participation Rate which is a percentage that represents the proportion of the Index Performance used in the calculation of the AIP. The Participation Rate applies to both positive and negative Index Performance. The Participation Rate is presented as a percentage greater or less than, or equal to, 100% (e.g., 50% or 150%). The Participation Rate may have the effect of increasing gains or losses (or neither) as follows:

•

If the Participation Rate is greater than 100%, it will increase the upside potential when the Index Performance is positive. For example, if the Participation Rate is 150%, it will multiply any positive Index Performance by 150%. A Participation Rate greater than 100% also increases your downside risk. For example, if your Participation Rate is 150%, we will multiply any negative Index Performance by 150% (subject to any applicable defined downside protection).

•

If the Participation Rate is equal to 100%, it will neither increase nor decrease your upside potential or downside risk.

•

If the Participation Rate is less than 100%, it will decrease your upside potential when the Index Performance is positive. For example, if your Participation Rate is 90%, we will apply only 90% of the positive Index Performance. A Participation Rate lower than 100% also decreases your downside risk when Index Performance is negative. For example, if your Participation Rate is 90%, we will only apply 90% of the negative Index Performance (subject to any applicable defined downside protection).

The Participation Rate for an Index Strategy will not change for the duration of a Strategy Term. However, the Participation Rate may change for future Strategy Terms. The Participation Rate for a particular Strategy Term may be different for newly issued Contracts than for existing Contracts. The Participation Rate for a Strategy is guaranteed to never be lower than the applicable "Minimum Participation Rate." Each Strategy has its own Minimum Participation Rate, which will never be less than 5%.

Example:

The table below illustrates the impact of the Participation Rate on the AIP, which is effectively the Index Performance adjusted for the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread. The formula for the AIP may be found under "Calculation of Strategy Earnings – Adjusted Index Performance."

Index Performance	Participation Rate	Adjusted Index Performance* (Assuming 0% Strategy Spread)
+10%	125%	+12.5%
+10%	100%	+10%
+10%	50%	+5%
+10%	15%	1.5%
-10%	125%	-12.5%
-10%	100%	-10%
-10%	50%	-5%
-10%	15%	-1.5%

*The example does not include the downside protection provided by the Protection Level.

STRATEGY SPREAD

The Strategy Spread is an annualized percentage used as a deduction in the calculation of a Strategy’s AIP. A Strategy Spread greater than 0% always has the effect of reducing a Strategy’s performance (subject to any applicable defined downside protection). A Strategy will never have a Strategy Spread lower than 0%. With all other Crediting Factors being equal, a Strategy Spread allows Nationwide to offer a higher Participation Rate for a Strategy than what would be offered on the same Strategy without the Strategy Spread.

The Strategy Spread will not change for the duration of a Strategy Term. However, we may change a Strategy’s Strategy Spread for future Strategy Terms. The Strategy Spread is guaranteed to never be greater than the applicable "Maximum Strategy Spread." Each Strategy has its own Maximum Strategy Spread that will never be greater than the initial Strategy Spread at Date of Issue plus 2%.

To calculate the Strategy Spread’s impact at the end of a Strategy Term, it is multiplied by the Elapsed Term. For example, a 2% Strategy Spread on a 3-year Strategy Term will reduce earnings calculated at the end of the Strategy Term by 6% (subject to the downside protection of the Protection Level).

A Strategy Spread can result in negative Index Strategy Earnings even if you have positive Index performance. See "Limited Growth Potential Risk (Strategy Spread and Participation Rate Risk)" for additional risk information about the Strategy Spread.

Examples:

The table below illustrates the impact of the Strategy Spread on a Strategy with a one-year Strategy Term. The Strategy Spread is used to calculate the Adjusted Index Performance (AIP), which is effectively the Index Performance adjusted for the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread. The table assumes the AIP is calculated at the end of the Strategy Term. See "Calculation of Strategy Earnings – Adjusted Index Performance."

Index Performance	Strategy Spread*	Adjusted Index Performance* (Assuming 100% Participation Rate)
+10%	2%	+8.0%
+5%	2%	+3.0%
+1%	2%	-1.0%
-5%	2%	-7.0%
-10%	2%	-12.0%

* This column assumes that the Strategy has a Strategy Spread of 2%.

CURRENT INDEX STRATEGIES

The Contract currently offers the following Index Strategies*:

•

BlackRock Select Factor Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

BlackRock Select Factor Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

BlackRock Select Factor Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

BlackRock Select Factor Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

BlackRock Select Factor Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

BlackRock Select Factor Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

MSCI EAFE Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

SG Macro Compass Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 1 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 1 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 1 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 3 Year, 100% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 3 Year, 95% Protection Level Strategy

•

S&P 500® Index, 3 Year, 90% Protection Level Strategy

* See "Crediting Factors" for information on the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread for each Strategy. Each Strategy has its own Minimum Participation Rate which will never be less than 5%, and each Strategy has its own Maximum Strategy Spread that will never be greater than the initial Strategy Spread identified in your Contract at the Date of Issue plus 2%. When a Strategy has both a Participation Rate less than 100% and a Strategy Spread greater than zero, the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread combine to reduce gains when Index Performance is positive. Additionally, when a Strategy has both a Participation Rate greater than 100% and a Strategy Spread greater than zero, the Participation Rate and Strategy Spread combine to increase losses when Index Performance is negative.

ACTIONS ON STRATEGY TERM END DATES

GENERAL

The following options are available at the end of a Strategy Term:

•

~~Allocate~~Reinvest some or all of the Contract Value toin the same Strategy for another Strategy Term (with the new Crediting Factors that Nationwide declares for the upcoming Strategy Term), assuming that the Strategy is available for investment.

•

Transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another Strategy that is available for investment for a Strategy Term (with the new Crediting Factors that Nationwide declares for the upcoming Strategy Term).

•

Take a partial withdrawal or fully surrender the Contract, which may be assessed a CDSC and MVA, depending on the Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount and whether the withdrawal is taken within the first six Contract Years.

If Nationwide does not receive instructions from the Contract Owner prior to the close of business on the Strategy Term End Date (or if the Strategy Term End Date is not a Business Day, then at least one Business Day prior to the Strategy Term End Date), the Contract Value will remain allocated to the currently elected Strategies using the Crediting Factors applicable for the upcoming Strategy Term. If an Index Strategy is not available for reinvestment, the entire Index Strategy Value allocated to the Index Strategy will be transferred to the Fixed Strategy.

TRANSFERS BETWEEN STRATEGIES

On a Strategy Term End Date, the Contract Owner may transfer, free of charge, some or all of the Contract Value in the maturing Strategy to another Strategy that is available for investment.

Except under the Performance Lock feature, transfers from a Strategy are not permitted other than on its Strategy Term End Date. Transfers into a Strategy are not permitted if its Strategy Term is ongoing.

If the Strategy Term End Date is a Business Day, a transfer request must be received by the Service Center prior to the close of business on that Business Day. If Nationwide does not receive a transfer request prior to the close of business on that Business Day, the transfer will not occur. If the Strategy Term End Date is not a Business Day, a transfer request must be received by the Service Center at least one Business Day prior to the Strategy Term End Date. If Nationwide does not receive a transfer request at least one Business Day prior to the Strategy Term End Date, the transfer will not occur. Transfer requests may be submitted in writing to the Service Center and must be signed by the Contract Owner. At Nationwide’s discretion, it may accept transfer requests by telephone or, if available, by Internet.

A transfer request will not be deemed to be received by the Service Center until it is in good order. To be in good order, the transfer request must identify:

•

the Contract number;

•

The date of the first day of the upcoming Strategy Term;

•

The Strategy (or Strategies) from which Contract Value is being transferred out; and

•

The Strategy (or Strategies) tofrom which Contract Value is being transferred in.

~~Upon~~A a full transfer out of the Fixed Strategy Value to an Index Strategy~~(ies)~~ is subject to minimum amounts required by state law. Nationwide guarantees that ~~offers~~any ~~Index~~full transfer out of the Fixed Strategy ~~MNV,~~Value will be at least equal to the ~~following~~minimums ~~occurs:~~required by state law.

1) For amounts transferred to investment options under the Contract where minimum nonforfeiture does not apply, the amount transferred to the investment options will be the greater of the Index Strategy Value applied proportionately or the Index Strategy MNV, applied proportionately.

2) For amounts transferred to the Fixed Strategy, the amount transferred will be the Index Strategy Value, applied proportionately, and the amount transferred to the Fixed Strategy MNV will be the Index Strategy MNV, applied proportionately.

See "Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value" and "Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value."

A full transfer out of the Fixed Strategy Value is subject to minimum amounts required by state law. Nationwide guarantees that any full transfer out of the Fixed Strategy Value will be at least equal to the minimums required by state law.

PERFORMANCE LOCK

GENERAL

~~During a Strategy Term, if an Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Value exceeds its Strategy Basis multiplied by its Protection Level, the Contract Owner may request a Performance Lock.~~ The Performance Lock feature provides the Contract Owner with a one-time transfer during a Strategy Term of the full Index Strategy Value to the Fixed Strategy. Nationwide assesses a fee for a Performance Lock. For each Index Strategy, the Performance Lock feature may be exercised only once during a Strategy Term. If Contract Value is allocated to multiple Index Strategies, the Performance Lock may be exercised for any, all, or none of the Index Strategies during their respective Strategy Terms~~, but only if each selected Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Value exceeds its Strategy Basis multiplied by its Protection Level~~. The Contract Owner can request a Performance Lock for only the full Index Strategy Value. Requests for a Performance Lock of partial amounts of an Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Value will not be accepted. A Performance Lock once exercised is irrevocable.

On any Business Day other than the Strategy Term End Date, the Contract Owner may submit a request to the Service Center to exercise a Performance Lock. If Nationwide receives the request prior to the close of business on a Business Day, the Index Strategy Value transferred to the Fixed Strategy will be the Index Strategy Value at the end of the Business Day on which the Performance Lock request is received by Nationwide, less the Performance Lock Fee. If the Performance Lock request is received by Nationwide on a day that is not a Business Day, or after the close of a Business Day, Nationwide will use the next Business Day’s Index Strategy Value., Ifless ~~a Performance Lock is requested but~~ the ~~Index Strategy Value falls below the Strategy Basis multiplied by its Protection Level at the close of the Business Day on which the transfer is to occur, the~~ Performance Lock ~~will not be exercised~~Fee.

~~See~~The "Performance Lock ~~Risk"~~Fee ~~for~~is ~~additional~~calculated ~~information~~as ~~on the risks associated with the Performance Lock.~~follows:

IfIndex ~~there~~Strategy ~~is no Contract~~ Value ~~allocated~~subject to ~~the Fixed Strategy and a~~ Performance Lock isRequest ~~exercised,~~X ~~the~~0.10% ~~date~~X ~~the~~Number ~~Index Strategy Value is transferred into the Fixed Strategy is considered the first day~~ of ~~the~~years ~~Fixed~~remaining ~~Strategy’s~~in ~~Strategy Term and~~ the Strategy Term ~~End~~(partial ~~Date~~years ~~will~~are berounded ~~the~~up ~~next Contract Anniversary. The Fixed Strategy Rate that is applicable~~ to the ~~value transferred~~next tofull ~~the Fixed Strategy via a Performance Lock request is the Fixed Strategy Rate that was set at the beginning of the Contract Year in which the Performance Lock is made.~~year)

50See "Performance Lock Fee" and "Performance Lock Risk" for additional information on the Performance Lock Fee and the risks associated with the Performance Lock.

~~The~~If ~~amount~~there ~~transferred~~is ~~into~~no ~~the~~Contract ~~Fixed~~Value ~~Strategy will~~allocated ~~earn~~to ~~interest at~~ the Fixed Strategy ~~Rate~~and ~~until~~a ~~the~~Performance ~~next~~Lock ~~Contract~~is exercised, ~~Anniversary~~the atdate ~~which~~the ~~time~~Index ~~the~~Strategy ~~Contract~~Value ~~Owner~~is ~~can~~transferred ~~elect~~into tothe ~~either~~Fixed ~~transfer~~Strategy ~~out~~is ~~some~~considered orthe ~~all~~first day of the Fixed Strategy’s toStrategy ~~one~~Term orand ~~more available Index Strategies or remain in~~ the ~~Fixed~~ Strategy ~~subject~~Term toEnd aDate ~~newly~~will ~~declared~~be ~~Fixed~~the ~~Strategy~~next ~~Rate~~Contract Anniversary.

Once the Contract Value has been transferred into the Fixed Strategy, if no election is made prior to the Fixed Strategy’s Strategy Term End Date, the amount allocated to the Fixed Strategy as a result of the Performance Lock ~~will~~Example ~~remain in the Fixed Strategy for the next Strategy Term at the Fixed Strategy Rate in effect for that Strategy Term.~~

Assume a Contract Owner is allocated to an Index Strategy with a 6-year Strategy Term and the Contract Owner requests a Performance Lock with 4 years and 10 months remaining in the Strategy Term. Also assume that at the end of the Business Day on the day the Performance Lock is processed the Index Strategy Value is $142,000. The amount of Index Strategy Value transferred to the Fixed Strategy will be $141,290 ($142,000 minus the Performance Lock Fee of $142,000 x 0.10% x 5 years (4 years and 10 months is rounded up to the next full year)).

The amount transferred into the Fixed Strategy will earn interest at the Fixed Strategy Rate until the next Contract Anniversary at which time the Contract Owner can elect to either transfer out of the Fixed Strategy to an available Index Strategy or remain in the Fixed Strategy subject to a newly declared Fixed Strategy Rate.

PERFORMANCE LOCKS EXERCISED WITHIN 45 DAYS OF A CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY

If a Performance Lock is requested within 45 days prior to a Contract Anniversary, the Contract Owner will not receive notification of the available Strategies and applicable Crediting Factors 30 days prior to the Fixed Strategy’s Strategy Term End Date as described in the "Actions on Strategy Term End Dates" section. Instead, the following will apply:

•

If the Performance Lock is requested through Nationwide’s Service Center via the website or by telephone, the Contract Owner will receive the available Strategies and Crediting Factors at the time of the request; or

•

If the Performance Lock is requested by mail, the Contract Owner will need to contact the Service Center for the available Strategies and applicable Crediting Factors prior to the Strategy Term End Date.

Once the Contract Value has been transferred into the Fixed Strategy, if no election is made prior to the Fixed Strategy’s Strategy Term End Date, the amount allocated to the Fixed Strategy as a result of the Performance Lock will remain in the Fixed Strategy for the next Strategy Term at the Fixed Strategy Rate in effect for that Strategy Term.

VALUING THE CONTRACT

CONTRACT VALUE AND STRATEGY VALUES

The Contract Value is calculated each Business Day and is the sum of the Fixed Strategy Value and the Index Strategy Values for each of the Index Strategies.

The Fixed Strategy Value is equal to the amount allocated to the Fixed Strategy plus any interest credited~~, less any withdrawals (including any applicable CDSC, MVA and taxes)~~.

The Index Strategy Value is calculated separately for each Index Strategy and is equal to the Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Basis plus the Index Strategy Earnings (which may be positive, negative, or equal to zero).

INDEX STRATEGY BASIS

The Index Strategy Basis is a value used to calculate the Index Strategy Value and the Index Strategy Earnings. The Index Strategy Basis is not a cash value under the Contract and cannot be surrendered, although it is a component of the Index Strategy Value which represents the value that can be surrendered.

On the first day of a Strategy Term, the Index Strategy Basis of an Index Strategy equals the amount allocated to the Index Strategy. On any day during a Strategy Term other than the Strategy Term End Date, the Index Strategy Basis is equal to the Index Strategy Basis on the first day of the Strategy Term minus ~~adjustments for~~ any partial withdrawals (including any applicable CDSC), ~~MVA~~fees, ~~and~~or premium taxes), and plus any ~~fees~~MVA that occurred during the Strategy Term~~, and increased by the same percentage of any adjustment to the Index Strategy Value under any applicable death benefit under the Contract~~. On the Strategy Term End Date, after the Index Strategy Value is calculated, the Index Strategy Basis is reset to equal the Index Strategy Value.

Partial withdrawals, fees, and premium taxes reduce the Index Strategy Basis in the same proportion that the partial withdrawal, fee, or premium tax reduced the Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Value on the date the transaction occurs. Specifically, the reduction to an Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Basis is calculated as follows:

Total partial withdrawal, fee, and/or premium tax deducted from Index Strategy Value on a specific date	X	Index Strategy Basis on the date of the transaction
Index Strategy Value on the date of the transaction

The practical effect of this formula is that when the Index Strategy Basis is greater than the Index Strategy Value at the time of the transaction, the Index Strategy Basis will be reduced by more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal, fee, ~~and/~~or premium tax. For example, if a $45,~~500~~000 withdrawal ~~(assuming no fees or premium taxes)~~ is taken and on that date the Index Strategy Value is $~~135~~125,000 and the Index Strategy Basis is $150,000, the Index Strategy Value will be reduced by $45,~~500~~000 and the Index Strategy Basis will be reduced by $56,000 ($45,~~500~~000/$~~135~~125,000 x $150,000 = $56,000).

51The Index Strategy Basis will also increase during a Strategy Term if an adjustment is made to the Index Strategy Value under the Return of Premium Death Benefit Option. The Strategy Basis will increase by the same percentage that the Strategy Value increased due to this adjustment.

SURRENDER VALUE

The Surrender Value is the amount available upon full surrender of the Contract. The Surrender Value is equal to the Contract Value less any applicable CDSC and premium taxes, and plus any applicable MVA. Nationwide may deduct taxes from the Surrender Value.

A full surrender of the Fixed Strategy Value is subject to minimum amounts required by state law. Nationwide guarantees that any full surrender of the Fixed Strategy Value will be at least equal to the minimums required by state law. ~~A full surrender of any Index Strategies that offer Index Strategy MNV will never be less than the Index Strategy MNV.~~

See "Appendix C: MVA, Partial Withdrawal, and Surrender Examples" for example calculations.

INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS

Index Strategy Earnings can be positive, negative, or equal to zero. How Index Strategy Earnings are calculated depends on the day of the Strategy Term in which they are calculated. ~~Index Strategy Earnings are calculated differently on a Strategy Term End Date than on any other day during the Strategy Term, as described below.~~

TERM END INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS

On a Strategy Term End Date, the Index Strategy Earnings that will be applied to a Strategy are equal to the Index Strategy Basis on the Strategy Term End Date multiplied by the Term End ISE Percentage. On a Strategy Term End Date, Index Strategy Earnings are always calculated using the Term End ISE Percentage, which differs from Daily Index Strategy Earnings calculated on any other day during the Strategy Term, which uses the Daily ISE Percentage.

TERM END INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERCENTAGE (TERM END ISE PERCENTAGE)

~~The~~On the Strategy Term End ~~ISE Percentage is based on the AIP~~Date, ~~which~~Index isStrategy ~~the~~Earnings ~~percentage~~equal ~~gain or loss in~~ the Index Strategy ~~Value~~Basis aton the ~~end of the~~ Strategy Term, ~~calculated~~End ~~using~~Date multiplied ~~the~~by ~~Crediting Factors applied to~~ the ~~Index~~Term ~~Performance,~~End ~~prior~~ISE ~~to the application of the Protection Level~~Percentage.

~~The~~ Term End ISE Percentage isCalculation ~~equal~~for ~~to the greater of the Adjusted~~ Index ~~Performance~~Strategies ~~(AIP)~~with ~~and the Protection Level minus~~Cap ~~100%.~~Rates The AIP is calculated as the Participation Rate multiplied by the Index Performance less the Strategy Spread multiplied by the Elapsed Term in years. The Index Performance is the change in an Index Value, expressed as a percentage, between the first day of a Strategy Term and the last day of a Strategy Term.

The Term End ISE Percentage ~~Calculation~~for ~~Examples~~an Index Strategy with Cap Rate is calculated as follows:

The following examples assume an Index Strategy with a 1-year Strategy Term, a Participation Rate of 80%, a Strategy Spread of 2% and a Protection Level of 95%:

•

Ifif the Index Performance atmultiplied ~~the~~by ~~end of~~ the ~~Strategy~~Participation ~~Term~~Rate is ~~10%,~~positive ~~then~~and ~~the~~greater ~~AIP~~than onor ~~that~~equal ~~date would~~to bethe ~~6% (10%~~ Index ~~Performance x 80% Participation Rate minus 2%~~ Strategy’s ~~Spread~~Cap, xthe ~~Elapsed~~ Term ~~of 1). The Term~~ End ISE Percentage ~~would~~is beequal 6%to (the ~~greater~~Cap ofRate; ~~the AIP (i.e., 6%) and the Protection Level minus 100% (i.e., -5%)).~~

•

Ifif the Index Performance atmultiplied ~~the~~by ~~end of~~ the ~~Strategy~~Participation ~~Term~~Rate is ~~1%,~~positive ~~then~~but ~~the~~less ~~AIP~~than onthe ~~that date would be -1.2% (1%~~ Index ~~Performance~~Strategy’s xCap ~~80% Participation~~ Rate, the ~~minus 2% Strategy Spread x Elapsed~~ Term ~~of 1). The Term~~ End ISE Percentage ~~would~~is beequal ~~-1.2%~~to (the ~~greater~~Index ofPerformance ~~the~~multiplied ~~AIP~~by ~~(i.e., -1.2%) and~~ the ~~Protection~~Participation ~~Level~~Rate; ~~minus 100% (i.e., -5%)).~~

•

Ifif the Index Performance atis ~~the~~zero ~~end~~or ofnegative ~~the~~but ~~Strategy~~within ~~Term~~the ~~is -10%~~Buffer, ~~then~~ the ~~AIP on that date would be -10% (-10% Index Performance x 80% Participation Rate minus 2% Strategy Spread x Elapsed~~ Term ~~of 1). The Term~~ End ISE Percentage ~~would~~is beequal ~~-5%~~to ~~(the~~zero; ~~greater of the AIP (i.e., -10%)~~ and ~~the Protection Level minus 100% (i.e., -5%)).~~

Term End Strategy Earnings Examples

The following examples assume a Strategy Basis of $50,000.

Term End Index Strategy Earnings = Strategy Basis x Term End ISE Percentage.

•

Ifif the Index Performance is negative and exceeds the Buffer, the Term End ISE Percentage ~~equals~~is equal ~~10%,~~to ~~then~~ the ~~term end~~ Index ~~Strategy~~Performance ~~Earnings~~plus ~~would~~the ~~be $5~~Buffer,~~000~~ ~~($50,000~~which xresults ~~10%)~~in a loss.

See "Index Strategies with Cap Rates" for more information and examples of the calculations.

Term End ISE Percentage Calculation for Index Strategies with Cap+ Rates

The Term End ISE Percentage for an Index Strategy with Cap+ Rate is calculated as follows:

•

Ifif the Index Performance is positive and greater than the Cap+ Rate, the Term End ISE Percentage ~~equals~~is ~~0%,~~equal ~~then~~to the ~~term~~Cap+ ~~end~~Rate plus the Participation Rate multiplied by the Index ~~Strategy~~Performance ~~Earnings~~in ~~would~~excess beof $0the ~~($50,000~~Cap+ xRate; ~~0%)~~

•

Ifif the ~~Term~~Index ~~End~~Performance ~~ISE~~is ~~Percentage~~positive ~~equals~~and ~~-8%,~~less ~~then~~than the ~~term~~Cap+ ~~end~~Rate, ~~Index~~the ~~Strategy~~Term ~~Earnings~~End ~~would~~ISE bePercentage ~~-$4,000~~is ~~($50,000~~equal xto the Index ~~-8%)~~Performance;

DAILY INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS

On any Business Day other than the Strategy Term End Date, the Index Strategy Earnings that will be applied to a Strategy are equal to the Index Strategy Basis on that day multiplied by the Daily ISE Percentage. Daily Index Strategy Earnings are always calculated using the Daily ISE Percentage, which differs from term end Index Strategy Earnings, which uses the Term End ISE Percentage.

DAILY INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERENTAGE (DAILY ISE PERCENTAGE)

A Daily ISE Percentage is calculated separately for each Index Strategy in which Contract Value is allocated. The Daily ISE Percentage is equal to the greater of the floor provided by the Protection Level (which is the Protection Level minus 100%) and the Daily Pre-Protection Level ISE Percentage.

The Daily Pre-Protection Level ISE Percentage is the percentage of gain or loss in the Index Strategy Value from the start of the Strategy Term to the calculation date prior to applying the Protection Level.

To calculate the Daily Pre-Protection Level ISE Percentage, Nationwide uses a proxy fair market value methodology to value hypothetical investments in derivatives that provides an estimated present value of what the Term End ISE Percentage will be on the Strategy Term End Date. The estimated present value takes into account the impact of the applicable Participation Rate and Strategy Spread; however, they do not apply in the same way as they do when calculating the Term End ISE Percentage.

The Daily Pre-Protection Level ISE Percentage is reduced by an amount reflecting the cost of instruments used to provide the performance offered by the Contract. At the start of the Strategy Term, this deduction is equal to the cost, on that date, of hypothetical derivatives which provide the Term End Strategy Earnings, and this deduction declines to zero over the course of the Strategy Term. The Daily Pre-Protection Level ISE Percentage is also reduced by a trading cost, which is an amount intended to represent the additional cost of selling hypothetical options.

The Daily Pre-Protection Level ISE Percentage is not directly related to the Index Performance (although Index Performance impacts the Daily Pre-Protection Level ISE Percentage) and the Daily Pre-Protection Level ISE Percentage may be negative even when the Index Performance is positive due to market factors that impact the inputs used to value the hypothetical investment in the derivatives used to calculate the Daily Pre-Protection Level ISE Percentage.

The valuation of the hypothetical investments is based on standard methods for valuing derivatives and, where possible, based on inputs from third party vendors. The methodology used to value these hypothetical investments is determined solely by Nationwide and may vary from other estimated valuations or the actual selling price of identical investments. More specifically, the Daily Pre-Protection Level ISE Percentage is calculated using the following formula:

A + Fixed Income Proxy – C – 1, defined as follows:

A = A proxy of the fair value, expressed as a percentage, as of the current date, of financial instruments that represent Nationwide’s obligation to provide the Term End ISE Percentage on the Strategy Term End Date

Fixed Income Proxy = (1 – B) ((T – t) / T), where:

B = A proxy of the fair value, expressed as a percentage, as of the first day of the Strategy Term, of financial instruments that represent Nationwide’s obligation to provide the Term End ISE Percentage on the Strategy Term End Date

t = Time elapsed since the first day of the Strategy Term, in years

T = Strategy Term length

C = trading cost, which is calculated as the greater of:

Zero; or

the trading cost rate (as stated in the Contract) multiplied by (T-t).

See "Appendix D: Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage" for more information and examples of the Daily ISE Percentage calculation.

MINIMUM NONFORFEITURE VALUE

FIXED STRATEGY MINIMUM NONFORFEITURE VALUE

The Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value ("Fixed Strategy MNV") is the minimum guaranteed value a Contract Owner is entitled to upon a full surrender of amounts allocated to the Fixed Strategy and upon a full transfer from the Fixed Strategy to an Index Strategy with a Protection Level less than 100%.

On the Date of Issue, the Fixed Strategy MNV is equal to the Purchase Payment allocated to the Fixed Strategy multiplied by the Nonforfeiture Purchase Payment Factor. The Nonforfeiture Purchase Payment Factor is declared by Nationwide and stated in your Contract.

After the Date of Issue, the Fixed Strategy MNV will:

•

~~increase~~if by the ~~interest~~Index ~~credited~~Performance atis zero or negative but within the ~~applicable~~Buffer, ~~Fixed~~the ~~Strategy~~Term ~~Minimum~~End ~~Nonforfeiture~~ISE ~~Rate~~Percentage is equal to zero; and

•

~~increase~~if bythe ~~transfers from an~~ Index ~~Strategy~~Performance ~~that~~is ~~does~~negative ~~not~~and ~~offer~~exceeds ~~Index~~the ~~Strategy~~Buffer, ~~MNV (~~the ~~Nonforfeiture~~Term ~~Purchase~~End ~~Payment Factor~~ISE Percentage is ~~applied~~equal to the Index ~~Strategy~~Performance plus ~~Value transferred to~~ the ~~Fixed~~Buffer. ~~Strategy);~~

•See "Index Strategies with Cap+ Rates" for more information and examples of the calculations.

~~increase~~DAILY byINDEX ~~transfers~~STRATEGY ~~from~~EARNINGS anPERCENTAGE ~~Index Strategy that offers Index Strategy MNV~~ (~~Index~~DAILY ~~Strategy MNV~~ISE times the ratio of the Index Strategy Value being transferred from the Index Strategy that offers Index Strategy MNV divided by the total Index Strategy Value of Index Strategies that offer Index Strategy MNVPERCENTAGE);

•On any day other than the Strategy Term End Date, Nationwide uses the Daily ISE Percentage to calculate Index Strategy Earnings. A Daily ISE Percentage is calculated separately for each Index Strategy in which Contract Value is allocated. The Daily ISE Percentage uses a proxy fair market value methodology to value hypothetical investments in derivatives that provide an estimated present value of what the Term End ISE Percentage will be on the Strategy Term End Date.

~~decrease~~The byestimated ~~transfers~~present value takes into account the impact of the applicable Buffer, Cap Rate, Cap+ Rate, and Participation Rate, however, they do not apply to anthe ~~Index~~same ~~Strategy~~extent that ~~does~~they ~~not~~do ~~offer~~when ~~Index~~calculating ~~Strategy~~the ~~MNV~~Term (End ISE Percentage. Instead, when calculating the ~~Fixed~~Daily ISE Percentage, Nationwide calculates a proxy fair market value of the hypothetical investments in derivatives that provides an estimated ~~Strategy~~present ~~MNV~~value isof ~~reduced~~Nationwide’s byobligation to provide the Buffer, Cap Rate, Cap+ Rate, and Participation Rate at the end of the Strategy ~~Value~~Term. ~~transferred);~~As a result, the Buffer does not

•39

~~decrease~~provide bythe ~~transfers~~same tolevel anof protection ~~Index~~when ~~Strategy~~calculating ~~that~~the ~~offers~~Daily ~~Index~~ISE ~~Strategy~~Percentage ~~MNV~~that ~~(Fixed~~it ~~Strategy~~does ~~MNV times~~when calculating the ~~ratio~~Term ofEnd ISE Percentage. Prior to the ~~Fixed~~Strategy Term End Date, the Index Strategy Value ~~being~~may ~~transferred~~reflect ~~divided~~losses byeven if negative Index Performance is within the ~~total~~Buffer ~~Fixed~~or ~~Strategy~~even ~~Value);~~if Index Performance is positive. The losses may be realized if a Death Benefit is calculated or if the Contract Owner takes a withdrawal, exercises a Performance Lock or the Right to Examine and Cancel provision, or begins Annuitization or if a fee is deducted.

•The Daily ISE Percentage is not directly related to the Index Performance (although Index Performance impacts the Daily ISE Percentage calculation). The Daily ISE Percentage may be negative even when the Index Performance is positive due to market factors that impact the inputs that Nationwide uses to value the hypothetical investment in the derivatives. In addition, the Daily ISE Percentage may be less than the Index Performance when the Index Performance is positive, particularly earlier in a Strategy Term.

~~decrease~~For byeach Index Strategy, the Daily ISE Percentage calculation compares the value of the hypothetical derivatives on the first day of the Strategy Term to the value of the hypothetical derivatives on the date the Daily ISE Percentage is calculated. The difference is then adjusted for the amount of ~~any~~time ~~withdrawals~~that ~~from~~has elapsed during the ~~Fixed~~Strategy Term multiplied by the value of the hypothetical derivatives on the first day of the Strategy Term.

IfMore ~~the Fixed Strategy Value is zero~~specifically, the ~~Fixed~~Daily ~~Strategy~~ISE ~~MNV~~Percentage is ~~zero.~~calculated ~~The~~using ~~Fixed~~the ~~Strategy MNV can never be less than~~following ~~zero.~~formula:

~~See~~A ~~the~~– ~~Examples~~B ~~below~~+ ~~for~~(t/T) ~~how~~x ~~the~~B, ~~Fixed~~where: ~~Strategy MNV is calculated.~~

~~The~~A: ~~Fixed~~A ~~Strategy~~proxy ~~MNV~~of ~~may~~the befair ~~greater~~value, ~~than~~as orof ~~less than both~~ the ~~Surrender~~current ~~Value~~date, ~~attributable~~of to the ~~Fixed Strategy prior~~hypothetical toderivatives ~~applying~~that ~~the~~represents ~~MNV~~Nationwide’s orobligation ~~the~~to ~~amount~~provide of the ~~full~~Term ~~transfer~~End ~~out~~ISE ofPercentage on the ~~Fixed~~ Strategy ~~prior~~Term toEnd ~~applying~~Date ~~the MNV.~~

~~Upon~~B: aA ~~full~~proxy ~~transfer~~of ~~out~~the fair value, as of ~~Fixed~~ the first day of the Strategy Term, of the ~~following~~hypothetical ~~occurs:~~derivatives that represents Nationwide’s obligation to provide the Term End ISE Percentage on the Strategy Term End Date

1)t: ~~For~~Time ~~amounts~~elapsed ~~transferred~~since ~~to Index Strategies that do not have a 100% Protection Level,~~ the ~~amount~~first ~~transferred~~day ~~will be the greater~~ of the ~~Fixed~~ Strategy ~~Value applied proportionately and the Fixed Strategy MNV~~Term, ~~applied~~in ~~proportionately.~~years

2)T: ~~For amounts transferred to an Index~~ Strategy ~~with~~Term alength 100% Protection Level, the amount transferred will be the Fixed Strategy Value, applied proportionately, and the amount transferred to the Index Strategy MNV will be the Fixed Strategy MNV, applied proportionately.

The value of the proxy on the first day of the Strategy Term is representative of the cost of the derivatives used to determine the Daily ISE Percentage. The Daily ISE Percentage is reduced by an amount reflecting the cost of instruments used to provide the performance offered by the Contract. This deduction is equal to the Daily ISE Percentage at the beginning of the Strategy Term, but it declines to zero over the course of the Strategy Term. See "Appendix CD: ~~MVA,~~Daily ~~Partial~~Index ~~Withdrawal,~~Strategy ~~and~~Earnings ~~Surrender Examples~~Percentage" for ~~example~~more ~~calculations~~information and examples of the Daily ISE Percentage calculation.

Any paid-up annuity, cash Surrender Value or Death Benefit that may become payable from the Fixed Strategy will never be less than the minimum benefits required by applicable state law.

The Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate(s) is the interest rate(s) used to calculate the Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value. The initial Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate is stated in your Contract. Thereafter, the Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate is recalculated on each Redetermination Date. The Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate will be at least the average of the weekly 5-year Constant Maturity Treasury rate for the calendar quarter, excluding the last week (rounded to the nearest 1/20th of 1%), preceding the Date of Issue or a Redetermination Date minus 1.25%, but it will never be greater than 3.0%, nor will it be less than the minimum required by applicable state law. The Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate may be equal to or greater than the minimum nonforfeiture rate used to calculate an Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value.

Examples of Fixed Strategy MNV

The following examples assume that the Nonforfeiture Purchase Payment Factor is 87.5%.

Example 1—Fixed Strategy MNV on the Date of Issue

Assume the purchase payment is $100,000 and $20,000 is allocated to the Fixed Strategy.

On the Date of Issue, the Fixed Strategy MNV is calculated as (87.5% x $20,000), which is $17,500.

Example 2—Partial Transfer out of the Fixed Strategy on the Contract Anniversary

Assume the following on a Contract Anniversary:

•

All money is in the Fixed Strategy

•

The Fixed Strategy Value is $10,000

•

The Fixed Strategy MNV is $11,000

•

The Contract Owner transfers $3,000 of Strategy Value from the Fixed Strategy to an Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level.

•

The Contract Owner transfers $2,000 of Strategy Value from the Fixed Strategy to an Index Strategy with a 100% Protection Level.

Then the Fixed Strategy MNV is decreased by the following:

•

The Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level does not offer Index Strategy MNV. For the transfer to that Strategy, the Fixed Strategy MNV is reduced by $3,000 (i.e., the Strategy Value transferred)

•

The Index Strategy with a 100% Protection Level does offer Index Strategy MNV. For the transfer to that Strategy, the Fixed Strategy MNV is reduced by $2,200. (This is calculated as $11,000 x $2,000 / $10,000, where $11,000 is the Fixed Strategy MNV, and $2,000 / $10,000 represents the proportion of the Fixed Strategy Value that is transferred to the Index Strategy with a 100% Protection Level.)

The resulting Fixed Strategy MNV is $5,800 (i.e., $11,000 - $3,000 - $2,200).

The Strategy Values are impacted as follows:

The Fixed Strategy Value is decreased by the amount of Strategy Value transferred out and the resulting Fixed Strategy Value is $5,000 (i.e., $10,000 - $3,000 - $2,000).

The Strategy Value for the Index Strategy with a 90% protection Level is increased by $3,000. The Fixed Strategy MNV is not reflected since there was not a full transfer out of the Fixed Strategy.

The Strategy Value for the Index Strategy with a 100% protection Level is increased by $2,000.

Example 3—Full Transfer out of the Fixed Strategy on the Contract Anniversary

Assume the following on a Contract Anniversary:

•

All money is in the Fixed Strategy

•

The Fixed Strategy Value is $10,000

•

The Fixed Strategy MNV is $11,000

•

The Contract Owner elects a full transfer out of the Fixed Strategy as follows:

•

The Contract Owner transfers $6,000 of Strategy Value from the Fixed Strategy to an Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level.

•

The Contract Owner transfers $4,000 of Strategy Value from the Fixed Strategy to an Index Strategy with a 100% Protection Level.

Because this is a full transfer out of the Fixed Strategy, the Fixed Strategy Value and Fixed Strategy MNV will be zero after the transfer.

The Index Strategy MNV is increased by $4,400. (This is calculated as $11,000 x $4,000 / $10,000, where $11,000 is the Fixed Strategy MNV, and $4,000 / $10,000 represents the proportion of the Fixed Strategy Value that is transferred to the Index Strategy with a 100% Protection Level.)

The Strategy Values are impacted as follows:

Because there is a full transfer out of the Fixed Strategy, the increase in Strategy Value for the Index Strategy with a 90% protection Level is calculated as the greater of the following:

•

$6,000 (This is the amount of Strategy Value transferred)

•

$6,600 (This is the portion of the Fixed Strategy MNV allocated to the Index Strategy with a 90% protection level. It is calculated as $11,000 x $6,000 / $10,000, where $11,000 is the Fixed Strategy MNV, and $6,000 / $10,000 represents the proportion of the Fixed Strategy Value that is transferred to the Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level.)

As a result, the Strategy Value for the Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level is increased by $6,600 and the Strategy Value for the Index Strategy with a 100% Protection Level is increased by $4,000.

See "Appendix C: MVA, Partial Withdrawal, and Surrender Examples" for an example of the impacts of a full surrender out of the Fixed Strategy on the Contract Anniversary.

INDEX STRATEGY MINIMUM NONFORFEITURE VALUE

The Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value ("Index Strategy MNV") is the minimum value a Contract Owner is entitled to upon a full surrender of the Contract Value allocated to all Index Strategies with a 100% Protection Level and upon a full transfer out of all Index Strategies with a 100% Protection Level to an Index Strategy(ies) that does not offer an Index Strategy MNV.

On the Date of Issue, the Index Strategy MNV is equal to the total Purchase Payments allocated to all Index Strategies with 100% Protection Levels, multiplied by the Nonforfeiture Purchase Payment Factor as stated in the Contract.

After the Date of Issue, the Index Strategy MNV will:

•

increase by interest credited at the applicable Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate;

•

increase by transfers from an Index Strategy that does not offer Index Strategy MNV (the Nonforfeiture Purchase Payment Factor is applied to the Index Strategy Value transferred to the Index Strategy offering Index Strategy MNV);

•

increase by transfers from the Fixed Strategy (Fixed Strategy MNV times the ratio of the Fixed Strategy Value being transferred divided by the total Fixed Strategy Value);

•

decrease by transfers to an Index Strategy that does not offer Index Strategy MNV (the Index Strategy MNV is reduced by the Strategy Value transferred);

•

decrease by transfers to the Fixed Strategy (Index Strategy MNV times the ratio of the Index Strategy Value that offers Index Strategy MNV being transferred divided by the total Index Strategy Value of Index Strategies that offer Index Strategy MNV); and

•

decrease by the amount of any withdrawals from Index Strategies with a 100% Protection Level.

If the Index Strategy Value of all Index Strategies that offer Index Strategy MNV is zero, the Index Strategy MNV is zero. The Index Strategy MNV can never be less than zero.

See the Examples below for how the Index Strategy MNV is calculated.

The Index Strategy MNV may be greater than or less than both the Surrender Value attributable to those Index Strategies that offer Index Strategy MNV before applying the Index Strategy MNV or the amount of the full transfer out of it before applying the Index Strategy MNV.

Upon a full transfer out of Index Strategy(ies) with a 100% Protection Level, the following occurs:

1) For amounts transferred to Index Strategies that do not have a 100% Protection Level, the Strategy Value transferred into the Index Strategies that do not have a 100% Protection Level will be the greater of the Index Strategy Value applied proportionately and the Index Strategy MNV, applied proportionately.

2) For amounts transferred to the Fixed Strategy, the Strategy Value transferred into the Fixed Strategy will be the Index Strategy Value, applied proportionately, and the amount transferred to the Fixed Strategy MNV will be the Index Strategy MNV, applied proportionately.

Upon full surrender of all Index Strategies that offer Index Strategy MNV, the Contract Owner will receive the greater of the portion of the Surrender Value attributable to those Strategies, or the Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value. See "Appendix C: MVA, Partial Withdrawal, and Surrender Examples" for example calculations.

Any paid-up annuity, cash Surrender Value or Death Benefit that may become payable from any Index Strategies that offer Index Strategy MNV will never be less than the Index Strategy MNV.

The Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate(s) is the interest rate(s) used to calculate the Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Value. The Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate is calculated on the Date of Issue and on each Redetermination Date. The initial Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate is stated in the Contract. The Index Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate may be equal to or less than the Fixed Strategy Minimum Nonforfeiture Rate, but will not be less than the minimum rate required by applicable state law.

Examples of Index Strategy MNV

The following examples assume that the Nonforfeiture Purchase Payment Factor is 87.5%.

Example 1—On the Date of Issue

Assume the Purchase Payment is $100,000 and $30,000 is allocated to Index Strategies that offer Minimum Nonforfeiture Values (i.e., Index Strategies with a 100% Protection Level).

On the Date of Issue, the Index Strategy MNV is $26,250, calculated as (87.5% x $30,000)

Example 2— Partial Transfer Out of Index Strategy with MNV on the Contract Anniversary

Assume the following on a Contract Anniversary:

•

All money is in Index Strategy B with a 100% Protection Level

•

The Strategy Value for Strategy B is $12,000

•

The Index Strategy MNV is $11,000

•

The Contract Owner transfers $4,000 of Strategy Value from Index Strategy B to an Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level.

•

The Contract Owner also transfers $3,000 of Strategy Value from Index Strategy B to the Fixed Strategy.

Then the Index Strategy MNV is decreased by the following:

•

The Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level does not offer Index Strategy MNV. For the transfer to that Strategy, the Index Strategy MNV is reduced by $4,000 (i.e., the Strategy Value transferred).

•

The Fixed Strategy offers Index Strategy MNV. For the transfer to that Strategy, the Index Strategy MNV is reduced by $2,750. (This is calculated as $11,000 x $3,000 / $12,000, where $11,000 is the Index Strategy MNV, and $3,000 / $12,000 represents the proportion of the Strategy Value for Strategy B that is transferred to the Fixed Strategy.)

The resulting Index Strategy MNV is $4,250 ($11,000 - $4,000 - $2,750)

Example 3 Full Transfer out of Index Strategy with MNV on the Contract Anniversary

Assume the following on a Contract Anniversary:

•

All money is in Index Strategy B with a 100% Protection Level

•

The Strategy Value for Strategy B is $12,000

•

The Index Strategy MNV is $11,000

•

The Contract Owner elects a full transfer out of Index Strategy B as follows:

•

The Contract Owner transfers $8,400 of Strategy Value from Index Strategy B to an Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level.

•

The Contract Owner transfers $3,600 of Strategy Value from Index Strategy B to the Fixed Strategy.

Because this is a full transfer out of Index Strategies which offer an Index Strategy MNV, the Index Strategy MNV will be zero after the transfer.

The Fixed Strategy MNV is increased by $3,300. (This is calculated as $11,000 x $3,600 / $12,000, where $11,000 is the Index Strategy MNV, and $3,600 / $12,000 represents the proportion of the Index Strategy Value for Index Strategies with a 100% Protection Level that is transferred to the Fixed Strategy)

The Strategy Values are impacted as follows:

Because there is a full transfer out of the Index Strategies with a 100% Protection Level, the increase in Strategy Value for the Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level is calculated as the greater of the following:

•

$8,400 (This is the amount of Strategy Value transferred)

•

$7,700 (This is the portion of the Index Strategy MNV allocated to the Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level. It is calculated as $11,000 x $8,400 / $12,000, where $11,000 is the Fixed Strategy MNV, and $8,400 / $12,000 represents the proportion of the Index Strategy Value for Index Strategies with a 100% Protection Level that is transferred to the Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level.)

As a result, the Strategy Value for the Index Strategy with a 90% Protection Level is increased by $8,400.

The Strategy Value for the Fixed Strategy is increased by $3,600.

See "Appendix C: MVA, Partial Withdrawal, and Surrender Examples" for an example of the impacts of a full surrender out of the Fixed Strategy on the Contract Anniversary.

WITHDRAWALS

The Contract Owner may take a partial withdrawal or full surrender of the Contract at any time prior to the Annuitization Date or the death of the Annuitant. Withdrawals from the Contract may be subject to a CDSC and MVA. Withdrawals from the Contract may also be subject to federal income tax and/or a tax penalty (see "Contract Types and Federal Tax Considerations").

On any day other than the Strategy Term End Date, Nationwide uses the Daily ISE Percentage to calculate Index Strategy Earnings, which is an estimated present value of what the Index Strategy Earnings will be at the end of the Strategy Term. The method used to calculate the Daily ISE Percentage may result in losses even if negative Index Performance is within the Buffer or losses even when the Index Performance has increased since the beginning of the Strategy Term. These losses are realized when a partial withdrawal or full surrender is taken. See "Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage (Daily ISE Percentage)" and "Appendix D: Daily Index Strategy Earnings Percentage."

The Contract Owner must submit a request for a partial withdrawal or full surrender to the Service Center. Nationwide will not process a request until it is received by Nationwide in good order. Nationwide will not consider the request to be in good order unless the request (i) is in writing or another form that Nationwide deems acceptable and (ii) includes all the information necessary for Nationwide to process the request. For a partial withdrawal, the withdrawal must be at least $100. Nationwide reserves the right to require that the signature(s) associated with any partial withdrawal or full surrender request be guaranteed by a qualifying institution or other firm qualified to give such a guaranty.

Nationwide has the right to suspend or delay the date of any partial withdrawal or full surrender payment when the partial withdrawal or full surrender request is in a form that is not acceptable to Nationwide. Nationwide further reserves the right to delay payment of a partial withdrawal or full surrender for up to six months from the date the request is received by Nationwide, subject to regulatory approval.

When Nationwide receives a completed partial withdrawal or full surrender request (including all information necessary for Nationwide to process the partial withdrawal or full surrender), Nationwide will process the request by deducting the amount requested from the Contract Value. The amount received by the Contract Owner will be equal to the amount of the partial withdrawal or full surrender requested, minus any applicable CDSC and any applicable taxes (including premium taxes), plus any applicable MVA.

~~Partial~~Unless otherwise specified by the Contract Owner, partial withdrawals will be taken proportionally from the Strategies in which the Contract Owner is allocated based on the Contract Value in the Strategies at the time of the request. In addition, partial withdrawals reduce the Index Strategy Basis in the same proportion that the partial withdrawal reduces the Index Strategy’s Index Strategy Value on the date the partial withdrawal occurs. When the Index Strategy Basis is greater than the Index Strategy Value at the time of a withdrawal, a proportional reduction will reduce the Index Strategy Basis by more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.

If a full surrender of the Contract is requested, the Contract Owner will receive the Surrender Value. See "Surrender Value." A full surrender terminates the Contract.

For tax purposes, a withdrawal will be treated as a withdrawal of earnings first.

PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL TREATED AS A FULL SURRENDER

Nationwide may treat a request for a partial withdrawal as a request for a full surrender of the Contract if: (a) the partial withdrawal would reduce the Contract Value to an amount less than $5,000; and (b) the Purchase Payment minus the sum of any withdrawals is less than $5,000.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS

The Contract Owner may elect in writing on a form provided by Nationwide to take systematic withdrawals of a specified dollar amount on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis. The minimum withdrawal amount allowed for this type of systematic transaction is $100. A CDSC and MVA, as well as a Daily ISE Percentage, may apply to systematic withdrawals. Unless otherwise instructed, Nationwide will withhold federal income taxes from each systematic withdrawal. ~~Systematic~~Unless otherwise specified, systematic withdrawals will be taken proportionally from Strategies in which the Contract Owner is allocated based on the Contract Value in the Strategies at the time of the systematic withdrawal. Systematic withdrawals may be discontinued at any time by notification to Nationwide in writing or other form acceptable to Nationwide.

Systematic withdrawals are not available prior to the expiration of the Right to Examine and Cancel period. See "Right to Examine and Cancel."

DEATH BENEFIT AND SUCCESSION RIGHTS

DEATH PRIOR TO ANNUITIZATION

Death of Contract Owner who is not the Annuitant

If the deceased Contract Owner (or Joint Owner) is not an Annuitant, and the deceased Contract Owner (or Joint Owner) dies before the Annuitization Date while the Contract is in force, no Death Benefit is payable. Under such circumstances, contractual rights under the Contract will succeed as follows:

Contract Owner / Joint Owner. If there is a surviving Contract Owner or Joint Owner, the survivor becomes the sole Contract Owner. The Contract otherwise continues uninterrupted.

Beneficiary(ies). If there is no surviving Contract Owner or Joint Owner, the Beneficiary(ies) becomes (become) the new contract owner for purposes of the Code.

Contingent Beneficiary(ies). If there is no surviving Beneficiary, the Contingent Beneficiary(ies) becomes (become) the new contract owner for purposes of the Code.

Last Surviving Contract Owner's or Joint Owner’s Estate. If there is no surviving Contingent Beneficiary, the estate of the last surviving Contract Owner or Joint Owner becomes the new Contract Owner.

Death of Contract Owner who is the Annuitant

If the deceased Contract Owner (or Joint Owner) is an Annuitant, and the deceased Contract Owner (or Joint Owner) dies before the Annuitization Date while the Contract is in force, the Death Benefit may or may not become payable depending on whether there is a Contingent Annuitant.

If there is Contingent Annuitant, the Contingent Annuitant takes the place of the deceased Annuitant under the Contract and no Death Benefit is payable. There will no longer be a Contingent Annuitant under the Contract.

If there is no Contingent Annuitant, the Death Benefit becomes payable. Rights to the Death Benefit will be as follows:

Contract Owner / Joint Owner. If there is a surviving Contract Owner or Joint Owner, the survivor is entitled to the Death Benefit.

Beneficiary(ies). If there is no surviving Contract Owner or Joint Owner, the Beneficiary(ies) is (are) entitled to the Death Benefit.

Contingent Beneficiary(ies). If there is no surviving Beneficiary, the Contingent Beneficiary(ies) is (are) entitled to the Death Benefit.

Last Surviving Contract Owner's or Joint Owner’s Estate. If there is no surviving Contingent Beneficiary, the estate of the last surviving Contract Owner or Joint Owner is entitled to the Death Benefit.

Death of Annuitant who is not the Contract Owner

If the deceased Annuitant is not the Contract Owner (or Joint Owner), and the deceased Annuitant dies before the Annuitization Date while the Contract is in force, the Death Benefit may or may not become payable depending on whether there is a Contingent Annuitant.

If there is a Contingent Annuitant, the Contingent Annuitant takes the place of the deceased Annuitant under the Contract and no Death Benefit is payable. The Contract otherwise continues without interruption and there will no longer be a Contingent Annuitant under the Contract.

If there is no Contingent Annuitant, the Death Benefit becomes payable. Rights to the Death Benefit will be as follows:

Beneficiary(ies). The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) entitled to the Death Benefit.

Contingent Beneficiary(ies). If there is no surviving Beneficiary, the Contingent Beneficiary(ies) is (are) entitled to the Death Benefit.

DEATH AFTER ANNUITIZATION

After the Annuitization Date, under no circumstances will the Death Benefit become payable. All payments under the Contract depend on the annuity payment option selected.

PAYMENT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT

When the Death Benefit becomes payable, Nationwide will not pay the Death Benefit until it receives in writing at the Service Center each of the following:

•

Proper proof of death;

•

Instructions regarding the method of distribution; and

•

Any forms required by a state or other jurisdiction.

Proper proof of death includes:

•

A certified copy of the death certificate of the deceased Annuitant;

•

A copy of a certified decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death;

•

A written statement by a medical doctor who attended the deceased; or

•

Any other proof of death that we deem acceptable.

The methods of distribution depend on the person (or people) to whom the Death Benefit will be paid. Under all circumstances, the method of distribution selected must comply with any applicable requirements under the Code.

The following applies to the payment of the Death Benefit:

If the person entitled to receive the Death Benefit is the surviving spouse of the deceased Contract Owner, the surviving spouse can do one of the following:

Elect to receive their portion of the Death Benefit as a lump sum;

Elect to receive their portion of the Death Benefit as an annuity;

Elect to receive their portion of the Death Benefit as any distribution that is permitted by state and federal regulations and is acceptable to Nationwide; or

Elect to continue the Contract with his or her portion of the Death Benefit and become the new Contract Owner.

For any other person(s) entitled to receive the Death Benefit, he or she can do one of the following:

Elect to receive their portion of the Death Benefit as a lump sum;

Elect to receive their portion of the Death Benefit as an annuity; or

Elect to receive their portion of the Death Benefit as any distribution that is permitted by state and federal regulations and is acceptable to Nationwide.

Premium taxes may be deducted from the Death Benefit.

If the Contract has more than one Beneficiary entitled to the Death Benefit, the Contract Value will continue to be allocated to the applicable Strategies until the first Beneficiary provides Nationwide with all the information necessary to pay that Beneficiary’s portion of the Death Benefit. At the time the first Beneficiary’s proceeds are paid, the remaining portion(s) of the Death Benefit that is allocated to the Strategies will be reallocated to the Fixed Strategy until instructions are received from the remaining Beneficiary(ies).

Except for a surviving spouse that is continuing the Contract, if any Beneficiary entitled to receive the Death Benefit elects to continue the Contract as the new contract owner or becomes a beneficial owner of the Contract, the Beneficiary’s entire portion of the Death Benefit will be automatically reallocated to the Fixed Strategy. This reallocation to the Fixed Strategy will occur on the date the Beneficiary’s election is received in good order. The Fixed Strategy’s Strategy Term will begin on the date the Beneficiary’s portion of the Death Benefit is reallocated to the Fixed Strategy. For as long as Nationwide declares Fixed Strategy Rates for new business, the Fixed Strategy Rate will be the new business Fixed Strategy Rate in effect on the date the Beneficiary’s portion of the Death Benefit is reallocated to the Fixed Strategy. If Nationwide no longer declares new business Fixed Strategy Rates, Nationwide will declare Fixed Strategy Rates for beneficially owned contracts at its sole discretion which are guaranteed to be at least 0.25%.

For a surviving spouse that continues the Contract under the Spousal Protection Feature, see "Spousal Protection Feature" below. A surviving spouse that is continuing the Contract under the Spousal Protection Feature will not be reallocated to the Fixed Strategy as described above.

CALCULATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT

~~Prior~~An toapplicant may elect either the ~~Annuitization~~standard ~~Date~~Death ~~while~~Benefit (Contract Value) or an available death benefit option that is offered under the Contract for an additional charge. If no election is inmade ~~force,~~at the ~~dollar~~time ~~amount~~ of application, the Death Benefit will be ~~determined as~~the ~~follows:~~standard Death Benefit.

Standard Death Benefit (Contract Value)

Prior to the Annuitization Date, the Death Benefit is equal to the Contract Value on the date the Death Benefit is payable.

Return of Premium Death Benefit Option

Prior to the Annuitization Date, the Death Benefit is equal to the greater of the following on the date the Death Benefit is payable:

~~On the date the application for the~~ Contract ~~is signed, if the age of the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant, if applicable, is less than or equal to age 75, then the Death Benefit will be the greater of the Contract~~ Value; or the total Purchase Payments made to the Contract reduced by any withdrawals in the proportion that such withdrawals reduced the Contract Value on the date of the withdrawal. On the date the Death Benefit is payable, the Contract Value is adjusted to equal the greater of the Contract Value on that date or the Purchase Payment reduced by a proportional adjustment for any partial withdrawals. This adjustment to the Contract Value is considered payment of the Death Benefit. Unless a surviving spouse is continuing the Contract under the Spousal Protection Feature (see "Spousal Protection Feature"), the Death Benefit will be paid in accordance with the "Payment of the Death Benefit" section.

On the ~~date~~Purchase ~~the~~Payment ~~application~~made ~~for~~to the Contract isreduced ~~signed,~~by ifany ~~the~~partial ~~age~~withdrawals ofin ~~either~~ the ~~Annuitant~~proportion orthat ~~Co-Annuitant~~such ispartial ~~greater~~withdrawal ~~than~~reduced ~~age~~the ~~75,~~Contract ~~then~~Value on the ~~Death~~date ~~Benefit~~of ~~will be~~ the ~~Contract~~partial ~~Value~~withdrawal.

On the date the Death Benefit is payable, the Contract Value is adjusted to equal the greater of the Contract Value on that date or the Purchase Payment reduced by the adjustment for any partial withdrawals. This adjustment to the Contract Value is considered payment of the Death Benefit. Unless a surviving spouse is continuing the Contract under the Spousal Protection Feature (see "Spousal Protection Feature"), the Death Benefit will be paid in accordance with the "Payment of the Death Benefit" section.

After the Death Benefit is paid, partial withdrawals or a full surrender are not subject to a CDSC or MVA.

Impact of Ownership Changes and Assignment on the Death Benefit

If the Contract Owner is changed, or if the Contract is assigned, prior to the Death Benefit becoming payable, the Death Benefit will equal the Surrender Value, except in any of the following circumstances:

The new Contract Owner or assignee assumes full ownership of the Contract. We reserve the right to determine when such circumstances occur in our sole discretion. Examples of such circumstances may include (a) when ownership is transferred from an individual to a revocable trust for the benefit of the same individual; (b) when ownership changes due to a change in a Contract Owner’s spouse; or (c) when ownership changes because there is a change to a court appointed guardian representing the Contract Owner during the Contract Owner’s lifetime.

Ownership of a Contract as an IRA or Roth IRA is being changed from one custodian to another, from the Contract Owner to a custodian, or from a custodian to the Contract Owner.

The assignment is for the purpose of effectuating an exchange pursuant to Section 1035 of the Code.

The change is the removal of a Contract Owner or Joint Owner when the Contract is jointly owned.

SPOUSAL PROTECTION FEATURE

The Death Benefit (whether (1) Return of Premium Death Benefit, or (2) standard Death Benefit (Contract Value)) includes a Spousal Protection Feature at no additional charge. The Spousal Protection Feature is not available for contracts issued as Charitable Remainder Trusts. The Spousal Protection Feature allows the surviving spouse to continue the contract while receiving any economic benefit of the Death Benefit upon the death of the other spouse. When the surviving spouse continues the Contract under the Spousal Protection Feature, the Contract will remain allocated to the same Strategies through the end of the current Strategy Terms, and the Death Benefit will not be automatically reallocated to the Fixed Strategy. After the first Death Benefit is paid, neither CDSC nor MVA will apply to any partial withdrawal or a full surrender. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, provided such death occurs before the Annuitization Date, the Death Benefit will again become payable.

The Spousal Protection Feature is available provided the conditions described below are satisfied:

One or both spouses (or a revocable trust of which either or both of the spouses is/are grantor(s)) must be named as the Contract Owner. For contracts issued as an IRA or Roth IRA, only the person for whom the IRA or Roth IRA was established may be named as the Contract Owner;

The spouses must be ~~Annuitant and~~ Co-~~Annuitant~~Annuitants;

On the date the application is signed, both spouses must be age 85 or younger; however, for the Return of Premium Death Benefit Option, both spouses must be age 75 or younger at the time of application;

Both spouses must be named as Beneficiaries;

No person other than the spouse may be named as Contract Owner, Annuitant, Contingent Annuitant, or primary beneficiary;

If both spouses are alive upon Annuitization, the Contract Owner must specify which spouse is the Annuitant upon whose continuation of life any annuity payments involving life contingencies depend (for an IRA or Roth IRA contract, this person must be the Contract Owner); and

If the Contract Owner requests to add a Co-Annuitant after the Date of Issue, the date of marriage must be after the Date of Issue and Nationwide will require the Contract Owner to provide a copy of the marriage certificate. In ~~addition, the Co-Annuitant that is added must have been no older than age 85 on the date the application was signed.~~

If a surviving spouse continues the contract under the Spousal Protection Feature, then all Strategies remain in their current Strategy Term, and on the date the Death Benefit is payable, the Contract Value is adjusted as follows:44

addition, the Co-Annuitant that is added must have been no older than age 85 on the date the application was signed if the standard Death Benefit applies, or no older than age 75 on the date the application was signed if the Return of Premium Death Benefit Option applies.

If a Co-Annuitant dies before the Annuitization Date, the surviving spouse may continue the Contract as its sole Contract Owner, and the following applies:

•

IfStandard ~~the~~Death Benefit (Contract Value). isNo ~~greater~~adjustment ~~than~~is ormade ~~equal~~ to the ~~Death~~Contract ~~Benefit~~Value, noand ~~adjustment~~the iscontinuation ~~made~~of to the Contract ~~Value~~by the surviving spouse is considered payment of the first Death Benefit.

•

IfReturn ~~the~~of Premium Death Benefit Option. Where the Contract Value is greater than the ~~Contract~~Purchase ~~Value~~Payment, less an adjustment for amounts withdrawn, then no adjustment is made to the Contract Value. ~~will~~Otherwise, ~~be increased~~the Contract Value is adjusted to equal the ~~Death~~Purchase ~~Benefit~~Payment, less an adjustment for amounts withdrawn. The ~~increase~~adjustment to each Strategy’s Strategy Value will be made proportionally based on the Contract Value in the Strategies at the time the adjustment is made. Additionally, each Index Strategy’s ~~Strategy Basis, as defined in the~~ Index Strategy ~~Endorsement,~~Basis will increase by the same percentage that the Index Strategy Value increased due to this adjustment. This adjustment, if any, is considered payment of the first Death Benefit.

~~The~~After ~~process~~the Contract ~~described above~~ is ~~considered~~continued ~~payment~~by of the ~~first Death~~surviving ~~Benefit. Thereafter~~spouse, the Contract Value may increase or decrease, and partial withdrawals or a full surrender are not subject to a CDSC or MVA. The surviving ~~spouse~~Co-Annuitant may then name a new Beneficiary but may not name another Co-Annuitant. If the surviving spouse dies before the Annuitization Date, the second Death Benefit becomes payable.

If the marriage of the ~~Annuitant and~~ Co-~~Annuitant~~Annuitants terminates due to divorce, dissolution, or annulment, the Spousal Protection Feature terminates, and the Contract Owner is not permitted to cover a subsequent spouse.

The Spousal Protection Feature may not apply if certain changes to the parties or assignments are made to the Contract. Contract Owners contemplating changes to the parties to the Contract, including assignments, should contact their financial professional to determine how the changes impact the Spousal Protection Feature.

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

The Annuity Commencement Date is the date on which annuity payments are scheduled to begin. Generally, the Contract Owner designates the Annuity Commencement Date at the time of application. If no Annuity Commencement Date is designated at the time of application, Nationwide will establish the Annuity Commencement Date as the date the Annuitant reaches age 90. The Contract Owner may initiate a change to the Annuity Commencement Date at any time. Additionally, Nationwide will notify the Contract Owner approximately 90 days before the impending Annuity Commencement Date of the opportunity to change the Annuity Commencement Date or Annuitize the Contract.

Annuitant reaches age 90. The Contract Owner may initiate a change to the Annuity Commencement Date at any time. Additionally, Nationwide will notify the Contract Owner approximately 90 days before the impending Annuity Commencement Date of the opportunity to change the Annuity Commencement Date or Annuitize the Contract.

Any request to change the Annuity Commencement Date must meet the following requirements:

•

the request is made prior to the Annuitization Date;

•

the requested date is at least two years after the Date of Issue;

•

the requested date is not later than the first day of the first calendar month after the Annuitant’s 115th birthday unless approved by Nationwide; and

•

the request for change is made in writing, submitted to the Service Center and approved by Nationwide.

Generally, Nationwide will not initiate Annuitization until specifically directed to do so. However, for Non-Qualified Contracts only, Nationwide will automatically initiate Annuitization within 45 days after the Annuity Commencement Date (whether default or otherwise), unless (1) Nationwide has had direct contact with the Contract Owner (indicating that the contract is not abandoned); or (2) the Contract Owner has taken some type of action which is inconsistent with the desire to annuitize.

ANNUITIZING THE CONTRACT

ANNUITIZATION

Annuitization is the period during which annuity payments are received. Annuitization is irrevocable once annuity payments have begun. Upon the Annuitization Date, the Annuitant must elect an annuity payment option.

Annuity purchase rates are used to determine the amount of the annuity payments based upon the annuity payment option elected. Actual purchase rates used to determine annuity payments will be those in effect on the Annuitization Date. Annuity benefits at the time of their commencement will not be less than those that would be provided by the application of the Surrender Value to purchase a single premium immediate annuity contract at purchase rates offered by Nationwide at the time to the same class of annuitants.

Any optional death benefit that the Contract Owner elects will automatically terminate upon Annuitization.

Fixed Annuity Payments

Fixed annuity payments provide for level annuity payments. Premium taxes are deducted prior to determining fixed annuity payments. The fixed annuity payments will remain level unless the annuity payment option provides otherwise.

Lump sum annuity payment options are not available.

Frequency and Amount of Payments

Annuity payments are based on the annuity payment option elected.

Nationwide reserves the right to change the frequency of payments if the amount of any payment becomes less than $100. The payment frequency will be changed to an interval that will result in payments of at least $100. Nationwide will send annuity payments no later than 10 Business Days after each annuity payment date.

Annuity Payment Options

The Annuitant must elect an annuity payment option before the Annuitization Date. If nothe ~~annuity~~Annuitant ~~payment~~does ~~option~~not iselect ~~selected~~an ~~prior~~annuity payment tooption, the ~~latest possible Annuitization Date, we will automatically set it as either 1) a~~ fixed ~~Single~~single ~~Life~~life ~~Annuity~~annuity ~~With~~with 240 ~~Monthly~~monthly ~~Payments~~payments ~~Guaranteed or 2) a fixed Single Life Annuity With Term Certain with a~~ guaranteed ~~period~~annuity ~~of payments~~payment ~~equal~~option towill ~~the~~be ~~annuitant's~~assumed ~~life~~as ~~expectancy, calculated using~~ the ~~prevailing~~automatic ~~annuity~~form ~~valuation mortality table at the time~~ of ~~annuitization,~~payment ~~whichever~~upon ~~is available on the~~ Annuitization ~~Date~~. Once elected anor ~~annuity payment option is selected~~assumed, ~~whether by~~ the ~~Annuitant~~annuity orpayment ~~automatically~~option ~~by Nationwide, it~~ may not be changed. ~~All annuity payments are paid on a fixed basis.~~

Not all of the annuity payment options may be available in all states. Additionally, the annuity payment options available may be limited based on the Annuitant’s age (and the joint annuitant’s age, if applicable) or requirements under the Code.

Nationwide reserves the right to refuse any purchase payment that would result in the cumulative total for all contracts issued by Nationwide on the life of any one Annuitant or owned by any one Contract Owner to exceed $1,000,000. If a Contract Owner does not submit purchase payments in excess of $1,000,000, or if Nationwide has refused to accept purchase payments in excess of $1,000,000, the references in this provision to purchase payments in excess of $1,000,000 will not apply. If the Contract Owner is permitted to submit purchase payments in excess of $1,000,000, additional restrictions apply, as follows.

Annuity Payment Options for Contracts with Total Purchase Payments and/or ~~Contract~~Surrender Value Annuitized Less Than or Equal to $2,000,000

If, at the Annuitization Date, the total of the purchase payment made to the contract and/or the ~~Contract~~Surrender Value annuitized is less than or equal to $2,000,000, the annuity payment options ~~currently~~ available are:

•

Single life;

•

Joint and survivor; and

•

Single life with a 10~~-year~~ or 20- year term certain.

Each of the annuity payment options is discussed more thoroughly below. ~~Other annuity payment options may be made available, and the available options may change.~~

Single Life

The single life annuity payment option provides for annuity payments to be paid during the lifetime of the Annuitant. This option is not available if the Annuitant is 86 or older on the Annuitization Date.

Payments will cease with the last payment before the Annuitant’s death. For example, if the Annuitant dies before the second annuity payment date, the Annuitant will receive only one payment. The Annuitant will only receive two annuity payments if he or she dies before the third payment date, and so on. No death benefit will be paid.

No withdrawals other than the scheduled annuity payments are permitted.

Joint and Survivor

The joint and survivor annuity payment option provides for annuity payments to continue during the joint lifetimes of the Annuitant and joint annuitant. After the death of either the Annuitant or joint annuitant, payments will continue for the life of the survivor. This option is not available if the Annuitant or joint annuitant is 86 or older on the Annuitization Date.

Payments will cease with the last payment due prior to the death of the last survivor of the Annuitant and joint annuitant. As is the case of the single life annuity payment option, there is no guaranteed number of payments. Therefore, it is possible that if the Annuitant dies before the second annuity payment date, the Annuitant will receive only one annuity payment. No death benefit will be paid.

No withdrawals other than the scheduled annuity payments are permitted.

Single Life with a 10~~-Year~~ or 20- Year Term Certain

The single life with a 10~~-year~~ or 20- year term certain annuity payment option provides that monthly annuity payments will be paid during the Annuitant’s lifetime or for the term selected, whichever is longer. The term may be either 10 or 20 years.

If the Annuitant dies before the end of the 10~~-year~~ or 20- year term, payments will be paid to the beneficiary for the remainder of the term.

No withdrawals other than the scheduled annuity payments are permitted.

Notwithstanding any other provision, if the life expectancy of a 65-year-old has increased by 3 or more years using the prevailing annuity valuation mortality table at the time of annuitization compared to the life expectancy using the Annuity 2012 Basic Mortality table, the available annuity payment options may be limited to a single life annuity with a term certain equal to the Annuitant's life expectancy or a joint life annuity with term certain equal to the longer of the Annuitant's or Joint Annuitant's life expectancy.

Any Other Option

Annuity payment options not set forth in this provision may be available. Any annuity payment option not set forth in this provision must be approved by Nationwide.

Annuity Payment Options for Contracts with Total Purchase Payments and/or Surrender ~~Contract~~ Value Annuitized Greater Than $2,000,000

If, at the Annuitization Date, the total of the purchase payment made to the contract and/or the Contract Value to be annuitized is greater than $2,000,000, Nationwide may limit the ~~available~~ annuity payment option to ~~a fixed Single Life Annuity with a guaranteed period of payments equal to~~ the ~~annuitant’s~~longer ~~life expectancy, calculated using the prevailing annuity valuation mortality table at the time~~ of: ~~annuitization.~~

a fixed single life annuity with a 20 year term certain; or

a fixed single life annuity with a term certain to age 95.

ANNUITIZATION OF AMOUNTS GREATER THAN $5,000,000

Additionally, Nationwide may limit the amount that may be annuitized on a single life to $5,000,000. If the total amount to be annuitized is greater than $5,000,000 under this contract and/or for all Nationwide issued annuity contracts with the same Annuitant, the Contract Owner must:

reduce the amount to be annuitized to $5,000,000 or less by taking a partial withdrawal from the Contract;

reduce the amount to be annuitized to $5,000,000 or less by exchanging the portion of the Contract Value in excess of $5,000,000 to another annuity contract; or

annuitize the portion of the Contract Value in excess of $5,000,000 under an annuity payment option with a term certain, if available.

CONTRACT TYPES AND FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Types of Contracts

The contracts described in this prospectus are classified according to the tax treatment to which they are subject under the Code. Following is a general description of the various contract types. Eligibility requirements, tax benefits (if any), limitations, and other features of the contracts will differ depending on contract type.

Non-Qualified Contracts

A Non-Qualified Contract is a contract that does not qualify for certain tax benefits under the Code, such as deductibility of of purchase payments, and which is not an IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA, or Simple IRA, or part of a pension plan or employer-sponsored retirement program.

Upon the death of the owner of a Non-Qualified Contract, mandatory distribution requirements are imposed to ensure distribution of the entire balance in the contract within a required period.

Non-Qualified Contracts that are owned by natural persons allow the deferral of taxation on the income earned in the contract until it is distributed or deemed to be distributed. Non-Qualified Contracts that are owned by non-natural persons, such as trusts, corporations, and partnerships are generally subject to current income tax on the income earned inside the contract, unless the non-natural person owns the contract as an agent of a natural person.

Charitable Remainder Trusts

Charitable Remainder Trusts are trusts that meet the requirements of Section 664 of the Code. An annuity that has a Charitable Remainder Trust endorsement is not a Charitable Remainder Trust; the endorsement is merely to facilitate ownership of the contract by a Charitable Remainder Trust. Non-Qualified Contracts that are issued to Charitable Remainder Trusts will differ from other Non-Qualified Contracts in three respects:

1.)

Waiver of sales charges. In addition to any sales load waivers included in the contract, Charitable Remainder Trusts may also withdraw the difference between:

the contract value on the day before the withdrawal; and

the total amount of purchase payments made to the contract (less an adjustment for amounts surrendered).

2.)

Contract ownership at annuitization. On the annuitization date, if the contract owner is a Charitable Remainder Trust, the Charitable Remainder Trust will continue to be the contract owner and the annuitant will NOT become the contract owner.

653)

Recipient of death benefit proceeds. With respect to the death benefit proceeds, if the contract owner is a Charitable Remainder Trust, the death benefit is payable to the Charitable Remainder Trust. Any designation in conflict with the Charitable Remainder Trust’s right to the death benefit will be void.

While these provisions are intended to facilitate a Charitable Remainder Trust’s ownership of this contract, the rules governing Charitable Remainder Trusts are numerous and complex. A Charitable Remainder Trust that is considering purchasing this contract should seek the advice of a qualified tax and/or financial professional prior to purchasing the ~~contract.~~ ~~An annuity that has a Charitable Remainder Trust endorsement is not a Charitable Remainder Trust; the endorsement is merely to facilitate ownership of the~~ contract ~~by a Charitable Remainder Trust~~.

Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs)

IRAs are contracts that satisfy the provisions of Section 408(b) of the Code, including the following requirements:

•

the contract is not transferable by the owner;

•

the premiums are not fixed;

•

if the contract owner is younger than age 50, the annual premium cannot exceed $67,~~500~~000; if the contract owner is age 50 or older, the annual premium cannot exceed $78,~~500~~000 (although rollovers of greater amounts from Qualified Plans, tax sheltered annuities, certain 457 governmental plans, and other IRAs can be received);

•

certain minimum distribution requirements must be satisfied after the owner attains their applicable age as defined in the Code;

•

the entire interest of the owner in the contract is nonforfeitable; and

•

after the death of the owner, additional distribution requirements may be imposed to ensure distribution of the entire balance in the contract within the statutory period of time.

~~Depending on the circumstance of the owner, all or a portion of the contributions made to the account may be deducted for federal income tax purposes.~~•

IRAs may receive rollover contributions from other individual retirement accounts, other individual retirement annuities, tax sheltered annuities, certain 457 governmental plans, and qualified retirement plans (including 401(k) plans).

When the owner of an IRA attains their applicable age, the IRA owner is required to begin taking certain minimum distributions. The applicable age is 73 if the owner attains age 72 after 2022. For owners who attained age 70½ after 2019 the age is 72 (age 70½ if born prior to July 1, 1949).

In addition, upon the death of the owner of an IRA, the Code imposes mandatory distribution requirements to ensure distribution of the entire contract value within the required statutory period. Due to the Treasury Regulations valuation rules, the amount used to compute the mandatory distributions may exceed the contract value.

Failure to make the mandatory distributions can result in an additional penalty tax of 25% applied against the required minimum distributions not taken. The excise tax is reduced to 10% if the required minimum distribution not taken is distributed within a "correction window" as defined under the Code.

For further details regarding IRAs, refer to the disclosure statement provided when the IRA was established and the annuity contract’s IRA endorsement.

As used herein, the term "individual retirement plans" shall refer to both individual retirement annuities and individual retirement accounts that are described in Section 408 of the Code.

For further details regarding IRAs, refer to the disclosure statement provided when the IRA was established and the annuity contract’s IRA endorsement.

Roth IRAs

Roth IRA contracts are contracts that satisfy the provisions of Section 408A of the Code, including the following requirements:

•

the contract is not transferable by the owner;

•

the premiums are not fixed;

•

if the contract owner is younger than age 50, the annual premium cannot exceed $67,~~500~~000; if the contract owner is age 50 or older, the annual premium cannot exceed $78,~~500~~000 (although rollovers of greater amounts from other Roth IRAs and other individual retirement plans can be received);

•

the entire interest of the owner in the contract is nonforfeitable; and

•

after the death of the owner, certain distribution requirements may be imposed to ensure distribution of the entire balance in the contract within the statutory period of time.

A Roth IRA can receive a rollover from an individual retirement plan or another eligible retirement plan; however, the amount rolled over from the individual retirement plan or other eligible retirement plan to the Roth IRA is required to be included in the owner’s federal gross income at the time of the rollover, and will be subject to federal income tax. However, a rollover or conversion of an amount from an IRA or eligible retirement plan cannot be recharacterized back to an IRA.

For further details regarding Roth IRAs, please refer to the disclosure statement provided when the Roth IRA was established and the annuity contract’s IRA endorsement.

Simplified Employee Pension IRAs (SEP IRA)

A SEP IRA is a written plan established by an employer for the benefit of employees which permits the employer to make contributions to an IRA established for the benefit of each employee.

An employee may make deductible contributions to a SEP IRA subject to the same restrictions and limitations as an IRA. In addition, the employer may make contributions to the SEP IRA, subject to dollar and percentage limitations imposed by both the Code and the written plan.

A SEP IRA plan must satisfy:

•

minimum participation rules;

•

top-heavy contribution rules;

•

nondiscriminatory allocation rules; and

•

requirements regarding a written allocation formula.

In addition, the plan cannot restrict withdrawals of non-elective contributions, and must restrict withdrawals of elective contributions before March 15th of the following year.

When the owner of a SEP IRA attains their applicable age , the same age as described previously in Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs), the SEP IRA owner is required to begin taking certain minimum distributions. Because of Treasury Regulations valuation rules, the amount used to compute the minimum distributions may exceed the contract value. In addition, upon the death of the owner of a SEP IRA, mandatory distribution requirements are imposed by the Code to ensure distribution of the entire contract value within the required statutory period.

Simple IRAs

A Simple IRA is an Individual Retirement Annuity that is funded exclusively by a qualified salary reduction arrangement and satisfies:

•

vesting requirements;

•

participation requirements; and

•

administrative requirements.

The funds contributed to a Simple IRA cannot be commingled with funds in other individual retirement plans or SEP IRAs.

A Simple IRA cannot receive rollover distributions except from another Simple IRA.

When the owner of a Simple IRA attains their applicable age, the same age described previously in Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs), the Code requires that certain minimum distributions be made. Because of Treasury Regulations valuation rules, the amount used to compute the minimum distributions may exceed the contract value. In addition, upon the death of the owner of a Simple IRA, mandatory distribution requirements are imposed by the Code to ensure distribution of the entire contract value within the required statutory period.

One-Rollover-Per-Year Limitation

A contract owner can receive a distribution from an IRA and roll it into another IRA within 60 days from the date of the distribution and not have the amount of the distribution included in taxable income. Only one rollover per year from a contract owner’s IRA is allowed. The one year period begins on the date the contract owner receives the IRA distribution, and not on the date the IRA was rolled over.

The one-rollover-per-year limitation as applies in the aggregate to all the IRAs that a taxpayer owns. This means that a contract owner cannot make an IRA rollover distribution if, within the previous one year period, an IRA rollover distribution was taken from any other IRAs owned by the taxpayer. Also, rollovers between an individual’s Roth IRAs would prevent a separate rollover within the 1-year period between the individual’s traditional IRAs within the one-year period, and vice versa.

Direct transfers of IRA funds between IRA trustees are not subject to the one rollover per year limitation because such transfers are not considered rollover distributions. Also, a rollover from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA (a conversion) is not subject to the one roll over per year limitation, and such a rollover is disregarded in applying the one rollover per year limitation to other rollovers.

Investment Only (Qualified Plans)

Contracts that are owned by Qualified Plans are not intended to confer tax benefits on the beneficiaries of the plan; they are used as investment vehicles for the plan. The income tax consequences to the beneficiary of a Qualified Plan are controlled by the operation of the plan, not by operation of the assets in which the plan invests.

Beneficiaries of Qualified Plans should contact their employer and/or trustee of the plan to obtain and review the plan, trust, summary plan description and other documents for the tax and other consequences of being a participant in a Qualified Plan.

Federal Tax Considerations

The tax consequences of purchasing a contract described in this prospectus will depend on:

•

the type of contract purchased;

•

the purposes for which the contract is purchased; and

•

the personal circumstances of individual investors having interests in the contracts.

See Synopsis of the Contracts for a brief description of the various types of contracts and the different purposes for which the contracts may be purchased.

Existing tax rules are subject to change, and may affect individuals differently depending on their situation. Nationwide does not guarantee the tax status of any contracts or any transactions involving the contracts.

If the contract is purchased as an investment of certain retirement plans (such as qualified retirement plans, IRAs, and custodial accounts as described in Sections 401 and 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code), the tax advantages enjoyed by the contract owner and/or annuitant may relate to participation in the plan rather than ownership of the annuity contract. Such plans are permitted to purchase investments other than annuities and retain tax-deferred status.

The following is a brief summary of some of the federal income tax considerations related to the contracts. In addition to the federal income tax, distributions from annuity contracts may be subject to state and local income taxes. The tax rules across all states and localities are not uniform and therefore will not be discussed in this prospectus. Tax rules that may apply to contracts issued in U.S. territories such as Puerto Rico and Guam are also not discussed. Nothing in this prospectus should be considered to be tax advice. Contract owners and prospective contract owners should consult a financial professional, tax advisor or legal counsel to discuss the taxation and use of the contracts.

The Internal Revenue Code sets forth different income tax rules for the following types of annuity contracts:

•

IRAs;

•

SEP IRAs;

•

Simple IRAs;

•

Roth IRAs; and

•

Non-Qualified Contracts.

IRAs, SEP IRAs and Simple IRAs

Distributions from IRAs, SEP IRAs and Simple IRAs are generally taxed when received. If any portion of the amount contributed to the IRA was nondeductible for federal income tax purposes, then a portion of each distribution is excludable from income.

The portion of a distribution that is taxable is based on the ratio between the amount by which non-deductible purchase payments exceed prior non-taxable distributions and total account balances at the time of the distribution. The owner of an IRA, SEP IRA, or Simple IRA must annually report the amount of non-deductible purchase payments, the amount of any distribution, the amount by which non-deductible purchase payments for all years exceed nontaxable distributions for all years, and the total balance of all IRAs, SEP IRAs, or Simple IRAs. Depending on the circumstance of the owner, all or a portion of the contributions (purchase payments) made to the account may be deducted for federal income tax purposes.

68IRAs may receive rollover contributions from other individual retirement accounts, other individual retirement annuities, tax sheltered annuities, certain 457 governmental plans, and qualified retirement plans (including 401(k) plans).

IfWhen ~~distributions~~the owner of ~~income from~~ an IRA ~~are~~attains ~~made prior~~their toapplicable ~~the~~age, ~~date that~~ the IRA owner ~~attains~~is ~~the~~required ~~age~~to ofbegin ~~59½~~taking ~~years,~~certain ~~the~~minimum ~~income~~distributions. isIn ~~subject~~addition, toupon anthe ~~additional~~death ~~penalty tax~~ of ~~10%~~the ~~unless~~owner of an ~~exception applies. (For Simple IRAs~~IRA, the ~~10% penalty~~Code isimposes ~~increased~~mandatory distribution requirements to ~~25%~~ensure ifdistribution of the ~~distribution~~entire iscontract ~~made~~value ~~during~~within the ~~2-year~~required statutory period. ~~beginning~~Due onto the ~~date~~Treasury Regulation’s ~~that~~valuation rules, the ~~individual~~amount ~~first~~used ~~participated~~to incompute the ~~Simple~~mandatory ~~IRA.)~~distributions ~~The~~may ~~10%~~exceed ~~penalty tax can be avoided if~~ the ~~distribution~~contract ~~is:~~value.

•

made to a beneficiary on or after the death of the owner;

•

attributable to the owner becoming disabled (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code);

•

part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy) of the owner, or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the owner and his or her designated beneficiary. Substantially equal periodic payments must continue until the later of reaching age 59½ or five years. Modification of payments during that time period will result in retroactive application of the 10% additional penalty tax;

•

used for qualified higher education expenses; or

•

used for expenses attributable to the purchase of a home for a qualified first-time buyer.

If the contract owner dies before the contract is completely distributed, the balance will be included in the contract owner’s gross estate for estate tax purposes.

One-Rollover-Per-Year Limitation

A contract owner can receive a distribution from an IRA and roll it into another IRA within 60 days from the date of the distribution and not have the amount of the distribution included in taxable income. Only one rollover per year from a contract owner’s IRA is allowed. The one-year period begins on the date the contract owner receives the IRA distribution, and not on the date the IRA was rolled over.

The one-rollover-per-year limitation applies in the aggregate to all the IRAs that a taxpayer owns. This means that a contract owner cannot make an IRA rollover distribution if, within the previous one-year period, an IRA rollover distribution was taken from any other IRAs owned by the taxpayer. Also, rollovers between an individual’s Roth IRAs would prevent a separate rollover between the individual’s traditional IRAs within the one-year period, and vice versa.

Roth IRAs

Distributions of earnings from Roth IRAs are taxable or non-taxable depending upon whether they are "qualified distributions" or "nonqualified distributions." A "qualified distribution" is ~~one~~nontaxable ~~that~~if it is made after the Roth IRA has satisfied the five-year rule and meets one of the following requirements:

•

it is made on or after the date on which the contract owner attains age 59½;

•

it is made to a beneficiary (or the contract owner’'s estate) on or after the death of the contract owner;

•

it is attributable to the contract owner’'s disability; or

•

it is used for expenses attributable to the purchase of a home for a qualified first-time buyer.

The five-year rule is satisfied if a five-taxable year period has passed. The five taxable-year period begins with the first taxable year in which a contribution is made to any Roth IRA established for the owner. ~~A qualified distribution is not included in gross income for federal income tax purposes.~~

A non-qualified distribution is not includable in gross income to the extent that the distribution, when added to all previous distributions, does not exceed the total amount of contributions made to the Roth IRA. Any non-qualified distribution in excess of the total contributions is includable in the contract owner's gross income in the year that is distributed to the contract owner.

A Roth IRA can receive a rollover from an individual retirement plan or another eligible retirement plan; however, the amount rolled over from the individual retirement plan or other eligible retirement plan to the Roth IRA is required to be included in the owner's federal gross income at the time of the rollover and will be subject to federal income tax. However, a rollover or conversion of an amount from an IRA or eligible retirement plan cannot be recharacterized back to an IRA.

Special rules apply for Roth IRAs that have proceeds received from an IRA prior to January 1, 1999, if the owner elected the special four-year income averaging provisions that were in effect for 1998.

If ~~non-qualified~~the ~~distributions~~contract ofowner ~~income~~dies ~~from~~before athe ~~Roth~~contract ~~IRA~~is ~~are~~completely ~~made~~distributed, ~~prior to~~ the ~~date~~balance ~~that~~will ~~the owner~~be ~~attains~~included ~~the~~in ~~age of 59½ years,~~ the ~~income~~contract isowner's ~~subject~~gross toestate anfor ~~additional penalty~~ tax ~~of 10% unless an exception applies~~purposes. ~~The penalty tax can be avoided if the distribution is:~~

•10% Additional Tax for Early Withdrawal

If distributions of income from an IRA, SEP IRA, Simple IRA, or Roth IRA are made prior to the date that the owner attains the age of 59½ years, the income is subject to an additional penalty tax of 10% unless an exception applies. (For Simple IRAs, the 10% penalty is increased to 25% if the distribution is made during the 2-year period beginning on the date that the individual first participated in the Simple IRA.) The 10% penalty tax can be avoided if the distribution is:

made to a beneficiary on or after the death of the owner;

•attributable to the owner becoming disabled (as defined in the Code);

attributable to the owner becoming disabled (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code);

•

•used for qualified higher education expenses; or

for qualified higher education expenses; or

•

used for expenses attributable to the purchase of a home for a qualified first-time buyer.

If the contract owner dies before the contract is completely distributed, the balance will be included in the contract owner's gross estate for tax purposes.

Non-Qualified Contracts - Natural Persons as Contract Owners

Generally, the income earned inside a Non-Qualified Annuity Contract that is owned by a natural person is not taxable until it is distributed from the contract.

Distributions before the Annuitization Date are taxable to the contract owner to the extent that the cash value of the contract exceeds the contract owner's investment at the time of the distribution. In general, the investment in the contract is equal to the purchase payments made with after-tax dollars, reduced by any nontaxable distributions. Distributions, for this purpose, include partial surrenders, any portion of the contract that is assigned or pledged; or any portion of the contract that is transferred by gift. For these purposes, a transfer by gift may occur upon annuitization if the contract owner and the annuitant are not the same individual.

With respect to annuity distributions on or after the Annuitization Date, a portion of each annuity payment is excludable from taxable income. The amount excludable is based on the ratio between the contract owner's investment in the contract and the expected return on the contract. Once the entire investment in the contract is recovered, all distributions are fully includable in income. The maximum amount excludable from income is the investment in the contract. If the annuitant dies before the entire investment in the contract has been excluded from income, and as a result of the annuitant's death no more payments are due under the contract, then the unrecovered investment in the contract may be deducted on his or her final tax return.

Commencing after December 31, 2010, the Internal Revenue Code provides that if only a portion of a nonqualified annuity contract is annuitized for either (a) a period of 10 years or greater, or (b) for the life or lives of one or more persons, then the portion of the contract that has been annuitized would be treated as if it were a separate annuity contract. This means that an Annuitization Date can be established for a portion of the annuity contract (rather than requiring the entire contract to be annuitized at once) and the above description of the taxation of annuity distributions after the Annuitization Date would apply to the portion of the contract that has been annuitized. The investment in the contract is required to be allocated pro rata between the portion of the contract that is annuitized and the portion that is not. All other benefits under the contract (e.g., death benefit) would also be reduced pro rata. For example, if 1/3 of the cash value of the contract were to be annuitized, the death benefit would also be reduced by 1/3.

In determining the taxable amount of a distribution that is made prior to the annuitization date, all annuity contracts issued after October 21, 1988 by the same company to the same contract owner during the same calendar year will be treated as one annuity contract.

A special rule applies to distributions from contracts that have investments in the contract that were made prior to August 14, 1982. For those contracts, distributions that are made prior to the Annuitization Date are treated first as the nontaxable recovery of the investment in the contract as of that date. A distribution in excess of the amount of the investment in the contract as of August 14, 1982, will be treated as taxable income.

The Internal Revenue Code provides that a portion of a nonqualified annuity contract may be annuitized for either (a) a period of 10 years or greater, or (b) for the life or lives of one or more persons. The portion of the contract annuitized would be treated as if it were a separate annuity contract. This means that an Annuitization Date can be established for a portion of the annuity contract annuitized and the above description of the taxation of annuity distributions after the Annuitization Date would apply to the portion of the contract that has been annuitized. The investment in the contract is required to be allocated pro rata between the portion of the contract that is annuitized and the portion that is not. All other benefits under the contract (e.g., death benefit) would also be reduced pro rata. For example, if 1/3 of the cash value of the contract were to be annuitized, the death benefit would also be reduced by 1/3.

The Internal Revenue Code imposes a penalty tax if a distribution is made before the contract owner reaches age 59½. The amount of the penalty is 10% of the portion of any distribution that is includable in gross income. The penalty tax does not apply if the distribution is:

•

the result of a contract owner’'s death;

•

the result of a contract owner’'s disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code);

•

one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over the life (or life expectancy) of the contract owner or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the contract owner and the beneficiary selected by the contract owner to receive payment under the annuity payment option selected by the contract owner. Substantially equal periodic payments must continue until the later of reaching age 59½ or five years. Modification of payments during that time period will result in retroactive application of the 10% additional penalty tax; or

•

is allocable to an investment in the contract before August 14, 1982.

If the contract owner dies before the contract is completely distributed, the balance will be included in the contract owner's gross estate for estate tax purposes.

Non-Qualified Contracts - Non-Natural Persons as Contract Owners

The previous discussion related to the taxation of Non-Qualified Contracts owned by natural persons (individuals). Different rules (the so-called "non-natural persons " rules) apply if the contract owner is not a natural person.

70Generally, contracts owned by corporations, partnerships, trusts, and similar entities are not treated as annuity contracts under the Internal Revenue Code. Therefore, income earned under a Non-Qualified Contract that is owned by a non-natural person is taxed as ordinary income during the taxable year that it is earned. Taxation is not deferred, even if the income is not distributed out of the contract. The income is taxable as ordinary income, not capital gain.

Generally, contracts owned by corporations, partnerships, trusts, and similar entities are not treated as annuity contracts under the Internal Revenue Code. Therefore, income earned under a Non-Qualified Contract that is owned by a nonnatural person is taxed as ordinary income during the taxable year that it is earned. Taxation is not deferred, even if the income is not distributed out of the contract. The income is taxable as ordinary income, not capital gain.52

The non-natural persons rules do not apply to all entity-owned contracts. For purposes of the rule that annuity contracts that are owned by non-natural persons are not treated as annuity contracts for tax purposes, a contract that is owned by a non-natural person as an agent of an individual is treated as owned by the individual. This would ~~cause~~allow the contract to be treated as an annuity under the Internal Revenue Code, allowing tax deferral. However, this exception does not apply when the non-natural person is an employer that holds the contract under a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement for one or more employees.

The non-natural persons rules also do not apply to contracts that are:

•

acquired by the estate of a decedent by reason of the death of the decedent;

•

issued in connection with certain qualified retirement plans and individual retirement plans;

•

purchased by an employer upon the termination of certain qualified retirement plans; or ~~immediate~~ ~~annuities within the meaning of Section 72(u) of the Internal Revenue Code.~~

•

immediate annuities within the meaning of Section 72(u) of the Internal Revenue Code.

If the annuitant, who is the individual treated as owning the contract, dies before the contract is completely distributed, the balance may be included in the annuitant's gross estate for estate tax purposes, depending on the obligations that the non-natural owner may have owed to the annuitant.

Exchanges

As a general rule, federal income tax law treats ~~exchanges~~an exchange of property in the same manner as a taxable sale of the property. However, pursuant to Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code, an annuity contract may be exchanged tax-free for another annuity contract, provided that the obligee (the person to whom the annuity obligation is owed) is the same for both contracts. If the exchange includes the receipt of other property, such as cash, in addition to another annuity contract special rules may cause a portion of the transaction to be taxable to the extent of the value of the other property.

Tax Treatment of a Partial 1035 Exchange With Subsequent Withdrawal

Partial exchanges may be treated as a tax-free exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. IRS Rev. Proc. 2011-38 addresses the income tax consequences of the direct transfer of a portion of the cash value of an annuity contract in exchange for the issuance of a second annuity contract (a partial exchange). A direct transfer that satisfies the revenue procedure will be treated as a tax-free exchange under Section 1035 of the Code if, for a period of at least 180 from the date of the direct transfer, there are no distributions or surrenders from either annuity contract involved in the exchange. In addition, the 180 day period will be deemed to have been satisfied with respect to amounts received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or as an annuity for the life of one or more persons. The taxation of distributions (other than distributions described in the immediately preceding sentence) received from either contract within the 180 day period will be determined using general tax principles. For example, they could be treated as taxable "boot" in an otherwise tax-free exchange, or as a distribution from the new contract. Please discuss any tax consequences concerning any contemplated or completed transactions with a professional tax advisor. See, also, Non-Qualified Contracts - Natural Persons as Contract Owners, above.

Additional Medicare Tax

Section 1411 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a surtax of 3.8% on certain net investment income received by individuals and certain trusts and estates. The surtax is imposed on the lesser of (a) net investment income or (b) the excess of the modified adjusted gross income over a threshold amount. For individuals, the threshold amount is $250,000 (married filing jointly); $125,000 (married filing separately); or $200,000 (other individuals). The threshold for an estate or trust is $7,500.

Modified adjusted gross income is equal to gross income with several modifications. Consult with a qualified tax advisor regarding how to determine modified adjusted gross income for purposes of determining the applicability of the surtax.

Net investment income includes, but is not limited to, interest, dividends, capital gains, rent and royalty income, and income from nonqualified annuities. Net investment income does not include, among other things, distributions from certain qualified plans (such as IRAs, Roth IRAs, and plans described in Internal Revenue Code Sections 401(a), 401(k), 403(a), 403(b) or 457(b)); however, such distributions, to the extent that they are includible in income for federal income tax purposes, are includible in modified adjusted gross income.

7153

Same-Sex Marriages, Domestic Partnership and Other Similar Relationships

The Treasury issued final regulations that address what relationships are considered a marriage for federal tax purposes. The final regulations definition of marriage reflects the United States Supreme Court holdings in Windsor and Obergefell, as well as Rev. Proc. 2017-13.

The final regulations define the terms "spouse," "husband," "wife," and "husband and wife" to be gender neutral so that such terms can apply equally to same sex couples and opposite sex couples. The regulations adopt the "place of celebration" rule to determine marital status for federal tax purposes. Therefore, a marriage of two individuals is recognized for federal tax purposes if the marriage is recognized by a state, possession, or territory of the US in which the marriage was entered into, regardless of the couples place of domicile.

Consistent with IRS Rev. Proc. 2013-17, the final regulations provide that relationships entered into as civil unions, or registered domestic partnerships that is not denominated as marriages under state law are not marriages for federal tax purposes. Therefore, the favorable income-tax deferral options afforded by federal tax law to a married spouse under Code Sections 72 and 401(a)(9) are not available to individuals who have entered into these formal relationships.

Withholding

Pre-death distributions from the contracts are subject to federal income tax. Nationwide will withhold the tax from the distributions unless the contract owner requests otherwise. Under some circumstances, the Code will not permit contract owners to waive withholding. Such circumstances include:

•

if the payee does not provide Nationwide with a taxpayer identification number; or

•

if Nationwide receives notice from the Internal Revenue Service that the taxpayer identification number furnished by the payee is incorrect.

If a contract owner is prohibited from waiving withholding, as described above, the distribution will be subject withholding rates established by Section 3405 of the Internal Revenue Code and is applied against the amount of income that is distributed.

Non-Resident Aliens

Generally, a pre-death distribution from a contract to a non-resident alien is subject to federal income tax at a rate of 30% of the amount of income that is distributed. Nationwide is required to withhold this amount and send it to the Internal Revenue Service. Some distributions to non-resident aliens may be subject to a lower (or no) tax if a treaty applies. In order to obtain the benefits of such a treaty, the non-resident alien must:

provide Nationwide with a properly completed withholding certificate claiming the treaty benefit of a lower tax rate or exemption from tax; and

provide Nationwide with an individual taxpayer identification number.

If the non-resident alien does not meet the above conditions, Nationwide will withhold 30% of income from the distribution.

Another exemption from the 30% withholding is available if the non-resident alien provides Nationwide with sufficient evidence that:

the distribution is connected to the non-resident alien's conduct of business in the United States;

the distribution is includable in the non-resident alien's gross income for United States federal income tax purposes; and

provide Nationwide with a properly completed withholding certificate claiming the exemption.

Note that for the preceding exemption, the distributions would be subject to the same withholding rules that are applicable to payments to United States persons.

This prospectus does not address any tax matters that may arise by reason of application of the laws of a non-resident alien’s country of citizenship and/or country of residence. Purchasers and prospective purchasers should consult a financial professional, tax advisor or legal counsel to discuss the applicability of laws of those jurisdictions to the purchase or ownership of a contract.

7254

FATCA

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code (commonly referred to as FATCA), distributions from a Contract to a foreign financial institution or to a nonfinancial foreign entity, each as described by FATCA, may be subject to United States tax withholding at a flat rate equal to 30% of the taxable amount of the distribution, irrespective of the status of any beneficial owner of the Contract or of the distribution. Nationwide may require you to provide certain information or documentation (e.g., Form W-9 or Form W-8BEN) to determine its withholding requirements under FATCA.

Federal Estate, Gift, and Generation Skipping Transfer Taxes

The following transfers may be considered a gift for federal gift tax purposes:

•

a transfer of the contract from one contract owner to another; or

•

a distribution to someone other than a contract owner.

Upon the contract owner's death, the value of the contract may subject to estate taxes, even if all or a portion of the value is also subject to federal income taxes.

Section 2612 of the Internal Revenue Code may require Nationwide to determine whether a death benefit or other distribution is a "direct skip" and the amount of the resulting generation skipping transfer tax, if any. A direct skip is when property is transferred to, or a death benefit or other distribution is made to:

an individual who is two or more generations younger than the contract owner; or

certain trusts, as described in Section 2613 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, trusts that have no beneficiaries who are not two or more generations younger than the contract owner).

If the contract owner is not an individual, then for this purpose only, "contract owner" refers to any person:

•

who would be required to include the contract, death benefit, distribution, or other payment in his or her federal gross estate at his or her death; or

•

who is required to report the transfer of the contract, death benefit, distribution, or other payment for federal gift tax purposes.

If a transfer is a direct skip, Nationwide will deduct the amount of the transfer tax from the death benefit, distribution or other payment, and remit it directly to the Internal Revenue Service.

Charge for Tax

Nationwide is not required to maintain a capital gain reserve liability on Non-Qualified Contracts. If tax laws change requiring a reserve, Nationwide may implement and adjust a tax charge.

Tax Changes

SECURE Act 2.0 was enacted on December 29, 2022, and made changes to the Code that are effective as of January 1, 2023. They include but are not limited to the following:

•

Increasing the age a contract owner must begin RMDs under IRAs and certain qualified plans from age 72 to age 75 in two phases. The age is first increased from age 72 to age 73 for those who turn age 72 after 2022. And starting in 2033, the age is then increased to age 75 for those who turn age 73 after 2032. If the contract owner was born in 1959, the owner should consult their tax advisor regarding their applicable age because it is not clear under SECURE 2.0, as enacted, whether the applicable age is age 73 or age 75.

•

Reducing the RMD excise tax for failure to take an RMD from 50% to 25%.

•

Creating additional exceptions to the 10% additional penalty tax for early withdrawals that include but are not limited to the following: distributions to terminally ill individuals, distribution of net income on excess IRA contributions, and disaster recovery distributions.

State Taxation

The tax rules across the various states and localities are not uniform and therefore are not discussed in this prospectus. Tax rules that may apply to contracts issued in U.S. territories such as Puerto Rico and Guam are also not discussed. Contract owners and prospective contract owners should consult a financial professional, tax advisor or legal counsel to discuss the taxation and use of the contracts.

7355

REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

The Internal Revenue Code requires that certain distributions be made from the contracts issued in conjunction with this prospectus. Following is an overview of the required distribution rules applicable to each type of contract. Please consult a qualified tax or financial professional for more specific required distribution information.

Required Distributions - General Information

In general, adepending on the type of contract, the Internal Revenue Code requires that minimum distributions begin during the contract owner’s lifetime. In addition, the Internal Revenue Code requires that upon the death of the contract owner, minimum distributions must be made to the contract owner’s beneficiary. A beneficiary is an individual or other entity that the contract owner designates to receive death proceeds upon the contract owner’'s death. The distribution rules in the Internal Revenue Code make a distinction between "beneficiary" and "designated beneficiary" when determining the life expectancy that may be used for payments that are made after the death of the contract owner from IRAs, SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, ~~and~~ Roth IRAs ~~after the death of the annuitant~~, orand ~~that are made from~~ Non-Qualified Contracts ~~after the death of the contract owner~~. A designated beneficiary is a natural person who is designated by the contract owner as the beneficiary under the contract. Non-natural beneficiaries (e.g. charities, estates, or certain trusts) are not designated beneficiaries for the purpose of required distributions and the life expectancy of such a beneficiary is zero.

Life expectancies and joint life expectancies will be determined in accordance with the relevant guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service and the Treasury Department, including but not limited to Treasury Regulation 1.72-9 and Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)(9)-9.

Required distributions paid upon the death of the contract owner are paid to the beneficiary or beneficiaries stipulated by the contract owner. How quickly the distributions must be made may be determined with respect to the life expectancies of the beneficiaries. For Non-Qualified Contracts, the beneficiaries used in the determination of the distribution period are those in effect on the date of the contract owner's death. For contracts other than Non-Qualified Contracts, the beneficiaries used in the determination of the distribution period do not have to be determined until September 30th of the year following the contract owner's death. Any beneficiary that is not a designated beneficiary has a life expectancy of zero.

For IRAs, SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, Roth IRAs and Tax-Sheltered Annuities, the SECURE Act that was enacted on December 20, 2019 generally eliminated the option to take required minimum distributions over a designated beneficiary’s life expectancy. In the case of a contract owner who dies on or after January 1, 2020, an individual beneficiary under a qualified contract must withdraw the entire balance of the contract by December 31 of the tenth year following the contract owner’s death. There are limited exceptions to this rule and a prospective purchaser contemplating the purchase of the contract should consult a qualified tax advisor.

Required Distributions for Non-Qualified Contracts

Internal Revenue Code Section 72(s) requires Nationwide to make certain distributions when a contract owner dies. The following distributions will be made in accordance with the following requirements:

•1)

If any contract owner dies on or after the Annuitization Date and before the entire interest in the contract has been distributed, then the remaining interest must be distributed at least as rapidly as the distribution method in effect on the contract owner’'s death.

•2)

If any contract owner dies before the Annuitization Date, then the entire interest in the contract (consisting of either the death benefit or the Contract Value reduced by charges set forth elsewhere in the contract) will be distributed within 5 years of the contract owner’'s death, provided however:

•a)

any interest payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary may be distributed over the life of the designated beneficiary or over a period not longer than the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary. Payments must begin within one year of the contract owner’'s death unless otherwise permitted by federal income tax regulations; and

•b)

if the designated beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the deceased contract owner, the spouse can choose to become the contract owner instead of receiving a death benefit. Any distributions required under these distribution rules will be made upon that spouse’'s death.

In the event that the contract owner is not a natural person (e.g., a trust or corporation), for purposes of these distribution provisions:

the death of the annuitant will be treated as the death of a contract owner;

any change of annuitant will be treated as the death of a contract owner; and

in either case, the appropriate distribution will be made upon the death or change, as the case may be.

These distribution provisions do not apply to any contract exempt from Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code by reason of Section 72(s)(5) or any other law or rule.

The Code does not require that minimum distributions during the contract owner’s lifetime.

Required Distributions for IRAs, SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, and Roth IRAs

Required Distributions During the Life of the Contract Owner

Distributions from an IRA, SEP IRA or Simple IRA must begin no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the contract owner reaches their applicable age. The applicable age is 73 ~~if the owner attains~~ (age 72 ~~after~~if ~~2022.~~born ~~For~~after ~~owners~~June ~~who~~30, ~~attained~~1949 ~~age~~and ~~70½~~before ~~after~~January ~~2019~~1, ~~the~~1951, ~~age~~or ~~is 72 (~~age 70½ if born before July 1, 1949).

Distributions may be paid in a lump sum or in substantially equal payments over:

the life of the contract owner or the joint lives of the contract owner and the contract owner’'s designated beneficiary; or

a period not longer than the period determined under the table in Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)(9)-9, which is the deemed joint life expectancy of the contract owner and a person 10 years younger than the contract owner. If the designated beneficiary is the spouse of the contract owner, the period may not exceed the longer of the period determined under such table or the joint life expectancy of the contract owner and the contract owner’'s spouse, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)(9)-9.

For IRAs, SEP IRAs, and Simple IRAs, required distributions do not have to be withdrawn from this contract if they are being withdrawn from another IRA, SEP IRA, or Simple IRA of the contract owner.

If the contract owner's entire interest in an IRA, SEP IRA, or Simple IRA will be distributed in equal or substantially equal payments over a period described in (a) or (b) above, the payments must begin on or before the required beginning date. The required beginning date is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the contract owner reaches age 70½ (age 72 for those contract owners who turn age 72 on or after January 1, 2020). The rules for Roth IRAs do not require distributions to begin during the contract owner's lifetime, therefore, the required beginning date is not applicable to Roth IRAs.

Required Distributions Upon Death of a Contract Owner

For death of contract owner before January 1, 2020, please consult your tax advisor or legal counsel regarding the post death minimum distribution rules that apply. If the contract owner dies on or after January 1, 2020 and the designated beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary as defined under Code Section 401(a)(9), then the entire balance of the contract must be distributed by December 3131st of the tenth year following the contract owner’s death. This 10-year post-death distribution period applies regardless of whether the contract owner dies before or after the contract owner’s required beginning date.

In the case of an eligible designated beneficiary, which includes (1) the contract owner’s surviving spouse, (2) a minor child of the contract owner, (3) a disabled individual, (4) a chronically ill individual, or (5) an individual not more than 10 years younger than the contract owner, the entire balance of the contract can be distributed over a period not exceeding the life or life expectancy of the eligible designated beneficiary, provided that distributions begin within one year of death. If an eligible designated beneficiary dies before the entire interest is distributed, the remaining interest must be distributed by December 31st of the tenth year following the eligible designated beneficiary’s death.

A distribution in the form of annuity payments (an annuitization) that began on or after January 1, 2020 while the contract owner was alive may need to be commuted or modified after the contract owner’s death in order to comply with the ~~postdeath~~post-death distribution requirements. However, distributions in the form of annuity payments (an annuitization) that began prior to January 1, 2020, while the contract owner was alive, can continue under that method after the death the contract owner without modification.

In ~~additional~~addition, a beneficiary who is not an eligible designated beneficiary or a designated beneficiary must withdraw the entire account balance by December 31st of the fifth year following the contract owner’s death.

Regardless of whether the contract owner dies before or on or after January 1, 2020, a designated beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of the deceased contract owner may choose to become the contract owner. Any distributions required under these distribution rules will be made upon that spouse’s death.

75If the above distribution requirements are not met, a penalty tax of 25% is levied on the difference between the amount that should have been distributed for that year and the amount that actually was distributed for that year. The penalty tax is reduced to 10% if the required distribution not taken is distributed within a "correction window" as defined under the Code.

Purchasers and prospective purchasers should consult a financial professional, tax advisor or legal counsel to discuss the taxation and use of the contracts.

If distribution requirements are not met, a penalty tax of 25% is levied on the difference between the amount that should have been distributed for that year and the amount that actually was distributed for that year. The penalty tax is reduced to 10% if the required distribution not taken is distributed within a correction window as defined under the Code.57

For IRAs, SEP IRAs, and Simple IRAs, all or a portion of each distribution will be included in the recipient's gross income and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. The portion of a distribution that is taxable is based on the ratio between the amount by which non-deductible purchase payments exceed prior non-taxable distributions and total account balances at the time of the distribution. The owner of an IRA, SEP IRA, or Simple IRA must annually report the amount of nondeductible purchase payments, the amount of any distribution, the amount by which non-deductible purchase payments for all years exceed nontaxable distributions for all years, and the total balance of all IRAs, SEP IRAs, or Simple IRAs.

Distributions from Roth IRAs may be either taxable or nontaxable, depending upon whether they are qualified distributions or non-qualified distributions.

OTHER INFORMATION

CONTACTING THE SERVICE CENTER

All inquiries, paperwork, information requests, service requests, and transaction requests should be made to the Service Center:

•

By telephone at 1-800-848-6331 (TDD 1-800-238-3035)

•

By mail to P.O. Box 182021, Columbus, Ohio 43218-2021

•

By Internet at www.nationwide.com

Nationwide will use reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions are genuine and will not be liable for following instructions that it reasonably determined to be genuine. Nationwide may record telephone requests. Telephone and computer systems may not always be available. Any telephone system or computer can experience outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. The outages or slowdowns could prevent or delay processing. Although Nationwide has taken precautions to support heavy use, it is still possible to incur an outage or delay. To avoid technical difficulties, submit transaction requests by mail.

Nationwide may be required to provide information about the Contract to government regulators. If mandated under applicable law, Nationwide may be required to reject a Purchase Payment and to refuse to process transaction requests under the Contract until instructed otherwise by the appropriate regulator.

DISTRIBUTION

Nationwide Investment Services Corporation ("NISC"), acts as the national distributor of the contracts sold through this prospectus. NISC is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("1934 Act"), and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"). NISC’s address is One Nationwide Plaza, Columbus, Ohio 43215. In Michigan only, NISC refers to Nationwide Investment Svcs. Corporation. NISC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide.

Contracts sold through this prospectus can be purchased through registered representatives, appointed by Nationwide, of FINRA broker-dealer firms. Nationwide pays broker-dealers compensation for promoting, marketing and selling the contracts it sponsors. In turn, the broker-dealers pay a portion of the compensation to their registered representatives, under their own arrangements.

Nationwide does not expect the compensation paid to such broker-dealers (including NISC) to exceed 8% of Purchase Payments (on a present value basis) for sales of the contracts described in this prospectus.

ABOUT NATIONWIDE

Nationwide is a stock life insurance company organized under Ohio law in March 1929, with its home office at One Nationwide Plaza, Columbus, Ohio 43215. Nationwide is a provider of life insurance, annuities and retirement products. It is admitted to do business in all states, the District of Columbia, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico.

Nationwide is a member of the Nationwide group of companies. Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company and Nationwide Mutual Fire Insurance Company (the "Companies") are the ultimate controlling persons of the Nationwide group of companies. The Companies were organized under Ohio law in December of 1925 and 1933 respectively. The Companies engage in a general insurance and reinsurance business, except life insurance.

To request additional information about Nationwide, contact the Service Center.

See "Appendix E: Nationwide Life Insurance Company Management’s Discussion & Analysis and Statutory Financial Statements and Supplemental Scheduled".

Nationwide may use the proceeds from this offering for any legitimate corporate purpose.

GENERAL ACCOUNT AND SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

The assets in Nationwide’s general account are chargeable with claims by any of its contract owners and creditors, and are subject to the liabilities arising from any of its businesses. Nationwide’s general account assets do not include the assets in the Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account, an insulated separate account where Nationwide holds assets to support future Index Strategy Earnings. Nationwide’s general account assets also do not include the assets in any other insulated Nationwide separate accounts.

Nationwide exercises sole discretion over the investment of its general account assets, and Nationwide bears the associated investment risk. Contract Owners will not share in the investment experience of Nationwide’s general account assets. Nationwide invests its general account assets in accordance with state insurance law.

The Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account is a non-unitized separate account and is not registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Nationwide owns and controls the assets in the Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account and Contract Owners do not have any interest in or claim to the assets in the Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account. Unlike some variable annuities that utilize separate accounts, Contract Owners do not share in the investment performance of the assets in the Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account. The Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account was established under the laws of Ohio. The assets in the Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account are not subject to claims by Nationwide’s creditors or subject to liabilities arising from any of Nationwide’s other businesses.

Nationwide may invest the assets of the Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account in any asset permitted under state law, including hedging instruments such as derivative contracts. Nationwide may move assets between the Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account and the general account. Where permitted by applicable law, Nationwide reserves the right to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the Index-Linked Annuity Separate Account. Nationwide will not make any such changes without receiving any necessary approval of any applicable state insurance department.

EXEMPTION FROM PERIODIC REPORTING

Nationwide is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the 1934 Act. In reliance on that exemption, Nationwide does not file periodic reports that would be otherwise required under the 1934 Act.

STATEMENTS TO CONTRACT OWNERS

Prior to the Annuitization Date, statements will be sent to the Contract Owner’s last known address. Contract Owners should promptly notify the Service Center of any address change.

Nationwide will mail to Contract Owners:

•

statements showing the Contract’s quarterly activity; and

•

confirmation statements showing transactions that affect the Contract’s value.

Contract Owners can receive information from Nationwide faster and reduce the amount of mail they receive by signing up for Nationwide’s eDelivery program. Nationwide will notify Contract Owners by email when important documents (statements, prospectuses and other documents) are ready to view, print, or download from Nationwide’s secure server. To choose this option, go to nationwide.com/login.

Contract Owners should review statements carefully. All errors or corrections must be reported to Nationwide immediately to assure proper crediting to the Contract. Unless Nationwide is notified within 30 days of receipt of the statement, Nationwide will assume statements are correct.

77MISSTATEMENTS OF AGE OR SEX

MISTATEMENTS OF AGE OR SEX

If the age or sex of the Contract Owner, Joint Owner, Annuitant, Co-Annuitant, Contingent Annuitant, Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary is misstated, all payments and benefits under the Contract will be adjusted. Payments and benefits will be based on the correct age or sex. Proof of age of any of these individuals may be required at any time, in a form satisfactory to Nationwide. When the age or sex of any individual named in the application, including any supplemental applications, has been misstated, the dollar amount of any overpayment will be deducted from the next payment or payments due under the Contract.

The dollar amount of any underpayment made by Nationwide as a result of an age or sex misstatement will be paid in full with the next payment due under the Contract. The dollar amount of any overpayment made by Nationwide as a result of an age or sex misstatement will reduce the next payment due under the Contract, and will continue to reduce subsequent payments under the Contract, until all of the overpayment is recouped. Any adjustment for overpayment or underpayment will include interest charged or credited, as applicable, at the rate required by law, but not exceeding 6%.

EXPERTS

ToThe bestatutory ~~filed~~financial bystatements aand ~~subsequent~~financial ~~pre~~statement schedules of Nationwide Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and for each of the years in the three-~~effective~~year ~~amendment~~period ended December 31, 2023, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The KPMG LLP report dated March 20, 2024 of Nationwide Life Insurance Company includes explanatory language that states that the financial statements are prepared by Nationwide Life Insurance Company using statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Ohio Department of Insurance, which is a basis of accounting other than U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, the KPMG LLP audit report states that the financial statements are not presented fairly in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and further states that those financial statements are presented fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Ohio Department of Insurance.

The KPMG LLP report dated March 20, 2024 of Nationwide Life Insurance Company also contains an emphasis of matter paragraph that states that Nationwide Life Insurance Company’s subsidiary received permission from the Ohio Department of Insurance in 2023 to account for an excess of loss reinsurance recoverable as an admitted asset. Under prescribed statutory accounting practices, the excess of loss reinsurance recoverable would not be an admitted asset. As of December 31, 2023, that permitted accounting practice increased statutory surplus over what it would have been had that prescribed accounting practice been followed. KPMG LLP’s opinions are not modified with respect to this matter.

LEGAL OPINION

Legal matters in connection with federal laws and regulations affecting the issue and sale of the Contracts described in this prospectus and the organization of Nationwide, its authority to issue the contracts under Ohio law, and the validity of the contracts under Ohio law have been passed on by Nationwide's Office of General Counsel.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Nationwide Life Insurance Company

Nationwide Financial Services, Inc. (NFS, or collectively with its subsidiaries, the "Company") was formed in November 1996. NFS is the holding company for Nationwide Life Insurance Company (NLIC), Nationwide Life and Annuity Insurance Company (NLAIC) and other companies that comprise the life insurance and retirement savings operations of the Nationwide group of companies (Nationwide). This group includes Nationwide Financial Network (NFN), an affiliated distribution network that markets directly to its customer base. NFS is incorporated in Delaware and maintains its principal executive offices in Columbus, Ohio.

The Company is subject to legal and regulatory proceedings in the ordinary course of its business. These include proceedings specific to the Company and proceedings generally applicable to business practices in the industries in which the Company operates. The outcomes of these proceedings cannot be predicted due to their complexity, scope, and many uncertainties. The Company believes, however, that based on currently known information, the ultimate outcome of all pending legal and regulatory proceedings is not likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

The various businesses conducted by the Company are subject to oversight by numerous federal and state regulatory entities, including but not limited to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and state insurance authorities. Such regulatory entities may, in the normal course of business, be engaged in general or targeted inquiries, examinations and investigations of the Company and/or its affiliates. With respect to all such scrutiny directed at the Company or its affiliates, the Company is cooperating with regulators.

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of Nationwide ~~pursuant to the foregoing provisions~~, ~~or otherwise,~~ Nationwide has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Nationwide will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

7861

the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

APPENDIX A: ADDITIONAL INDEX DISCLOSURES

~~BLACKROCK~~Bloomberg ~~SELECT~~U.S. ~~FACTOR~~Corporate ~~INDEX~~Index

~~The~~Bloomberg®" ~~BlackRock~~and ~~Select~~Bloomberg ~~Factor~~U.S. Corporate Index ~~(the~~are "service marks of Bloomberg Finance L.P. and its affiliates, including Bloomberg Index Services Limited ("BISL"), isthe aadministrator ~~product~~ of ~~BlackRock~~the ~~Index~~index ~~Services~~(collectively, ~~LLC~~"Bloomberg"), and ~~has~~have been licensed for use byfor ~~Nationwide~~certain ~~Life~~purposes ~~Insurance~~by ~~Company and~~ Nationwide Life ~~and Annuity~~ Insurance Company ~~("Licensee")~~.

The ~~Index~~Products ~~does~~are not ~~guarantee~~sponsored, ~~future~~endorsed, sold or promoted by Bloomberg. Bloomberg does not ~~income~~make any representation or ~~protect~~warranty, ~~against~~express ~~loss~~or implied, to the owners of ~~principal~~or counterparties to the Financial Product(s) or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Financial Product(s) particularly. ~~There~~The ~~can~~only berelationship noof ~~assurance~~Bloomberg ~~that~~to anNationwide ~~investment~~Life ~~strategy~~Insurance Company is the licensing of certain trademarks, trade names and service marks and of the Bloomberg U.S. Corporate Index, which is determined, composed and calculated by BISL without regard to Nationwide Life Insurance Company or ~~financial~~the ~~product~~Financial ~~based~~Product(s). onBloomberg has no obligation to take the needs of Nationwide Life Insurance Company or the owners of the Financial Product(s) into consideration in ~~any~~determining, ~~way~~composing ~~tracking~~or calculating the Bloomberg U.S. Corporate Index. ~~will~~Bloomberg beis not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of the Financial ~~successful~~Product(s) to be issued. ~~Indexes~~Bloomberg ~~are~~shall ~~unmanaged~~not ~~and~~have ~~one~~any ~~cannot~~obligation ~~invest~~or ~~directly~~liability, including, without limitation, to Financial Products customers, in anconnection ~~index~~with the administration, marketing or trading of the Financial Product(s).

~~This~~BLOOMBERG ~~Product~~DOES isNOT ~~not~~GUARANTEE ~~sponsored,~~THE ~~endorsed,~~ACCURACY ~~marketed,~~AND/OR ~~sold,~~THE orCOMPLETENESS ~~distributed~~OF byTHE ~~BlackRock~~BLOOMBERG ~~Index Services, LLC, BlackRock, Inc~~U.,S. orCORPORATE ~~any~~INDEX ofOR ~~its~~ANY ~~affiliates,~~DATA orRELATED ~~any~~THERETO ofAND ~~their~~SHALL ~~respective~~HAVE ~~third~~NO ~~party~~LIABILITY ~~licensors~~FOR ~~(including~~ANY ~~the Index calculation agent~~ERRORS, asOMISSIONS ~~applicable)~~OR INTERRUPTIONS ~~(collectively, "BlackRock")~~THEREIN. ~~BlackRock~~BLOOMBERG ~~makes~~DOES ~~no representation~~NOT orMAKE ~~warranty~~ANY WARRANTY, ~~express~~EXPRESS orOR ~~implied~~IMPLIED, toAS ~~the~~TO ~~owners~~RESULTS ofTO ~~this~~BE ~~Product~~OBTAINED orBY ~~any~~NATIONWIDE ~~member~~LIFE ofINSURANCE ~~the~~COMPANY, ~~public~~OWNERS ~~regarding~~OF ~~the~~THE ~~advisability~~FINANCIAL ofPRODUCT(S) ~~investing~~OR inANY ~~this~~OTHER ~~Product~~PERSON orOR ~~the~~ENTITY ~~ability~~FROM ~~of the~~THE ~~Index~~USE toOF ~~meet~~THE ~~its~~BLOOMBERG ~~stated objectives~~U. ~~BlackRock’s only relationship to Licensee with respect to the Index is the licensing of the Index and certain trademarks of BlackRock~~S. ~~The~~CORPORATE ~~Index~~INDEX isOR ~~created,~~ANY ~~compiled,~~DATA ~~and calculated by BlackRock Index Services, LLC~~RELATED ~~without~~THERETO. ~~regard~~BLOOMBERG toDOES ~~Licensee~~NOT orMAKE ~~this~~ANY ~~Product.~~EXPRESS ~~BlackRock~~OR ~~Index~~IMPLIED ~~Services,~~WARRANTIES ~~LLC~~AND ~~has~~EXPRESSLY noDISCLAIMS ~~obligation~~ALL toWARRANTIES ~~take~~OF ~~the~~MERCHANTABILITY ~~needs~~OR ofFITNESS ~~Licensee~~FOR orA ~~the~~PARTICULAR ~~owners~~PURPOSE ofOR ~~this~~USE ~~Product~~WITH ~~into~~RESPECT ~~consideration~~TO ~~in calculating~~THE ~~the~~BLOOMBERG ~~Index~~U.S. ~~BlackRock~~CORPORATE isINDEX ~~not~~OR ~~responsible~~ANY ~~for~~DATA ~~and~~RELATED ~~has~~THERETO. ~~not~~WITHOUT ~~participated in the determination of the benefits and charges of this Product or the timing of the issuance or~~LIMITING ~~sale~~ANY ofOF ~~this~~THE ~~Product~~FOREGOING, orTO inTHE ~~the~~MAXIMUM ~~determination~~EXTENT orALLOWED ~~calculation~~BY ofLAW, ~~the~~BLOOMBERG, ~~equation~~ITS byLICENSORS, ~~which~~AND ~~this~~ITS ~~Product~~AND isTHEIR toRESPECTIVE beEMPLOYEES, ~~converted~~CONTRACTORS, ~~into cash~~AGENTS, ~~surrendered or redeemed~~SUPPLIERS, asAND ~~the~~VENDORS ~~case~~SHALL ~~may~~HAVE ~~be.~~NO ~~BlackRock~~LIABILITY ~~has~~OR noRESPONSIBILITY ~~obligation~~WHATSOEVER orFOR ~~liability~~ANY inINJURY ~~connection~~OR ~~with~~DAMAGES—WHETHER ~~the administration of this Product. There is no assurance that products based on the Index will accurately track index performance or provide positive investment returns. BlackRock Index Services~~DIRECT, ~~LLC is not an investment advisor. Inclusion of a security within an index is not a recommendation by BlackRock to buy~~INDIRECT, ~~sell~~CONSEQUENTIAL, ~~or hold such security~~INCIDENTAL, ~~nor~~PUNITIVE isOR itOTHERWISE—ARISING ~~considered~~IN toCONNECTION beWITH ~~investment~~THE ~~advice.~~FINANCIAL ~~Notwithstanding~~PRODUCT ~~the~~OR ~~foregoing,~~BLOOMBERG ~~BlackRock, Inc~~U.S. ~~and~~CORPORATE ~~its~~INDEX ~~affiliates~~OR ~~may~~ANY ~~independently~~DATA ~~issue~~OR ~~and/or sponsor~~VALUES ~~financial~~RELATING ~~products~~THERETO—WHETHER ~~unrelated~~ARISING toFROM ~~this~~THEIR ~~Product~~NEGLIGENCE ~~currently~~OR ~~being issued by Licensee~~OTHERWISE, ~~but~~EVEN ~~which~~IF ~~may~~NOTIFIED beOF ~~similar~~THE POSSIBILITY ~~to and competitive with this Product~~THEREOF. ~~In addition, BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates may trade financial products which are linked to the performance of the Index.~~

~~THE~~MSCI ~~INDEX~~EAFE AND THE INDEX DATA ARE PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE". BlackRock DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE Index OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO OR ANY COMMUNICATION WITH RESPECT THERETO, INCLUDING, ORAL, WRITTEN, or ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS. BlackRock SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. BlackRock MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE Index OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA contained therein or RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT WHATSOEVER SHALL BlackRock BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN BlackRock AND LICENSEE.

~~BlackRock®~~THIS PRODUCT IS NOT SPONSORED, ~~BlackRock~~ENDORSED, ~~Select~~SOLD ~~Factor~~OR ~~Index~~PROMOTED ~~and~~BY ~~the~~MSCI ~~corresponding~~INC. ~~logos~~("MSCI"), ~~are~~ANY ~~registered~~OF ~~and~~ITS AFFILIATES, ~~unregistered~~ANY ~~trademarks~~OF ofITS ~~BlackRock~~INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN, ~~Inc~~OR RELATED TO, COMPILING, COMPUTING OR CREATING ANY MSCI INDEX (COLLECTIVELY, THE "MSCI PARTIES"). orTHE MSCI INDEXES ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF MSCI. MSCI AND THE MSCI INDEX NAMES ARE SERVICE MARK(S) OF MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES BY NATIONWIDE. NONE OF THE MSCI ~~its~~PARTIES ~~subsidiaries~~MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY REGARDING THE ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN PRODUCTS GENERALLY OR IN THIS PRODUCT PARTICULARLY OR THE ABILITY OF ANY MSCI INDEX TO TRACK CORRESPONDING STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE. ~~All~~MSCI ~~rights~~OR ~~reserved~~ITS AFFILIATES ARE THE LICENSORS OF CERTAIN TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES AND OF THE MSCI INDEXES WHICH ARE DETERMINED, COMPOSED AND CALCULATED BY MSCI WITHOUT REGARD TO THIS PRODUCT OR THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION TO TAKE THE NEEDS OF THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING, COMPOSING OR CALCULATING THE MSCI INDEXES. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OR HAS PARTICIPATED IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE TIMING OF, PRICES AT, OR QUANTITIES OF THIS PRODUCT TO BE ISSUED OR IN THE DETERMINATION OR CALCULATION OF THE EQUATION BY OR THE CONSIDERATION INTO WHICH THIS PRODUCT IS REDEEMABLE. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE ADMINISTRATION, MARKETING OR OFFERING OF THIS PRODUCT.

~~BLOOMBERG U.S. CORPORATE INDEX~~62

~~BLOOMBERG®~~ALTHOUGH isMSCI aSHALL ~~trademark~~OBTAIN ~~and~~INFORMATION ~~service~~FOR INCLUSION ~~mark~~IN ofOR ~~Bloomberg~~FOR ~~Finance~~USE LIN THE CALCULATION OF THE MSCI INDEXES FROM SOURCES THAT MSCI CONSIDERS RELIABLE, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES WARRANTS OR GUARANTEES THE ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.P. ~~BARCLAYS®~~NONE isOF aTHE MSCI ~~trademark~~PARTIES ~~and~~MAKES ~~service~~ANY ~~mark~~WARRANTY, ofEXPRESS ~~Barclays~~OR ~~Bank~~IMPLIED, ~~Plc~~AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE ISSUER OF THE PRODUCT, ~~used~~OWNERS ~~under~~OF ~~license~~THE PRODUCT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, FROM THE USE OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. ~~Bloomberg~~NONE ~~Finance~~OF LTHE MSCI PARTIES SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR INTERRUPTIONS OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.P. ~~and~~FURTHER, ~~its~~NONE ~~affiliates~~OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, AND THE MSCI PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES ~~including~~OF ~~Bloomberg~~MERCHANTABILITY ~~Index~~AND ~~Services~~FITNESS ~~Limited~~FOR ~~("BISL")~~A ~~(collectively,~~PARTICULAR ~~"Bloomberg")~~PURPOSE, orWITH ~~Bloomberg’s~~RESPECT ~~licensors~~TO ~~own~~EACH ~~all~~MSCI ~~proprietary~~INDEX ~~rights~~AND inANY ~~the~~DATA ~~"Bloomberg~~INCLUDED UTHEREIN.S. ~~Corporate~~WITHOUT ~~Index~~LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

~~Neither~~Nasdaq-100 Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Inc., nor any affiliate (collectively "Barclays") nor Bloomberg is the issuer or producer of Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0 and neither Bloomberg nor Barclays has any responsibilities, obligations or duties to purchasers in Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0. The Bloomberg U.S. Corporate Index ~~is licensed for use by Nationwide Life Insurance Company ("Nationwide") as the Issuer of Nationwide Defined Protection~~® ~~Annuity 2.0. The only relationship of Bloomberg and Barclays with the Issuer in respect of Bloomberg U.S. Corporate~~

80The Product is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Nasdaq, Inc. or its affiliates (Nasdaq, with its affiliates, are referred to as the "Corporations"). The Corporations have not passed on the legality or suitability of, or the accuracy or adequacy of descriptions and disclosures relating to, the Product. The Corporations make no representation or warranty, express or implied to the owners of the Product or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Product particularly, or the ability of the Nasdaq-100 Index to track general stock market performance. The Corporations' only relationship to Nationwide Life Insurance Company ("Licensee") is in the licensing of the Nasdaq®, Nasdaq-100 Index®, Nasdaq-100®, NDX® and certain trade names of the Corporations and the use of the Nasdaq-100 Index which is determined, composed and calculated by Nasdaq without regard to Licensee or the Product. Nasdaq has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owners of the Product into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Nasdaq-100 Index. The Corporations are not responsible for and have not participated in the determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of the Product to be issued or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Product is to be converted into cash. The Corporations have no liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Product.

~~Index~~The isCorporations do not guarantee the ~~licensing~~accuracy and/or uninterrupted calculation of the ~~Bloomberg~~nasdaq-100 Uindex or any data included therein.~~S. Corporate~~ ~~Index~~The Corporations make no warranty, ~~which~~express isor ~~determined~~implied, ~~composed~~as ~~and~~to ~~calculated~~results to be obtained by ~~BISL~~Licensee, owners of the product, or any ~~successor~~other ~~thereto,~~person ~~without~~or ~~regard~~entity tofrom the ~~Issuer~~use of ~~Nationwide~~the ~~Defined~~nasdaq-100 ~~Protection®~~index ~~Annuity~~or 2any data included therein.0 The Corporations make no express or implied warranties, and expressly disclaim all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to the ~~owners~~nasdaq-100 index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of ~~Nationwide~~the ~~Defined~~foregoing, ~~Protection®~~in ~~Annuity~~no 2event shall the Corporations have any liability for any lost profits or special, incidental, punitive, indirect, or consequential damages, even if notified of the possibility of such damages.0.

~~Additionally,~~Russell ~~Nationwide~~2000 ~~may for itself execute transaction(s) with Barclays in or relating to Bloomberg U.S. Corporate~~ Index ~~in connection with Nationwide Defined Protection~~® Annuity 2.0. Purchasers acquire Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0 from Nationwide and purchasers neither acquire any interest in Bloomberg U.S. Corporate Index nor enter into any relationship of any kind whatsoever with Bloomberg or Barclays upon making a purchase in Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0. Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0 is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Bloomberg or Barclays. Neither Bloomberg nor Barclays makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, regarding the advisability of the purchase of Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0 or the advisability of purchasing securities generally or the ability of the Bloomberg U.S. Corporate Index to track corresponding or relative market performance. Neither Bloomberg nor Barclays has passed on the legality or suitability of Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0 with respect to any person or entity. Neither Bloomberg nor Barclays is responsible for or has participated in the determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0 to be issued. Neither Bloomberg nor Barclays has any obligation to take the needs of the Issuer or the owners of Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0 or any other third party into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Bloomberg U.S. Corporate Index. Neither Bloomberg nor Barclays has any obligation or liability in connection with administration, marketing or trading of Nationwide Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0.

The ~~licensing~~Product ~~agreement~~has ~~between~~been ~~Bloomberg~~developed ~~and Barclays is~~ solely ~~for~~by ~~the~~Nationwide ~~benefit~~Life ofInsurance ~~Bloomberg~~Company. ~~and~~The ~~Barclays~~Product ~~and~~ is not ~~for the~~in ~~benefit~~any ofway ~~the~~connected ~~owners~~to ofor ~~Nationwide~~sponsored, ~~Defined Protection® Annuity 2.0~~endorsed, ~~investors~~sold or ~~other~~promoted ~~third~~by ~~parties. In addition,~~ the ~~licensing~~London ~~agreement~~Stock ~~between~~Exchange ~~Nationwide~~Group ~~Financial~~plc ~~Services, Inc.~~ and ~~Bloomberg~~its isgroup ~~solely~~undertakings ~~for~~(collectively, the ~~benefit~~"LSE ~~of Nationwide Financial Services, Inc~~Group"). ~~and~~FTSE ~~Bloomberg~~Russell ~~and~~is ~~not~~a ~~for~~trading ~~the~~name ~~benefit~~ of ~~the~~certain ~~owners~~ of ~~Nationwide~~the ~~Defined~~LSE ~~Protection®~~Group ~~Annuity 2~~companies.0, ~~investors or other third parties.~~

~~NEITHER~~All ~~BLOOMBERG~~rights ~~NOR~~in ~~BARCLAYS~~the ~~SHALL~~Russell ~~HAVE~~2000 ~~ANY~~Index® ~~LIABILITY~~(the TO"Index") ~~THE~~vest ~~ISSUER, INVESTORS~~in ~~OR OTHER THIRD PARTIES FOR THE QUALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BLOOMBERG U.S. CORPORATE~~the ~~INDEX~~relevant ORLSE ~~ANY~~Group ~~DATA~~company ~~INCLUDED~~which ~~THEREIN~~owns ORthe ~~FOR INTERRUPTIONS IN THE DELIVERY OF THE BLOOMBERG U~~Index.S. ~~CORPORATE~~"Russell®" ~~INDEX.~~and ~~NEITHER~~"Russell ~~BLOOMBERG~~2000®" ~~NOR~~are ~~BARCLAYS~~a ~~MAKES~~trade ~~ANY~~mark(s) ~~WARRANTY,~~of ~~EXPRESS~~the ORrelevant ~~IMPLIED,~~LSE ASGroup TOcompany ~~RESULTS~~and TOis/are BEused ~~OBTAINED~~by BYany ~~THE~~other ~~ISSUER, THE INVESTORS OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF~~LSE ~~THE~~Group ~~BLOOMBERG~~company ~~U.S.~~under ~~CORPORATE INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN~~license. NEITHER BLOOMBERG NOR BARCLAYS MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EACH HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE BLOOMBERG U.S. CORPORATE INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. BLOOMBERG RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHANGE THE METHODS OF CALCULATION OR PUBLICATION, OR TO CEASE THE CALCULATION OR PUBLICATION OF THE BLOOMBERG U.S. CORPORATE INDEX, AND NEITHER BLOOMBERG NOR BARCLAYS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY MISCALCULATION OF OR ANY INCORRECT, DELAYED OR INTERRUPTED PUBLICATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE BLOOMBERG U.S. CORPORATE INDEX. NEITHER BLOOMBERG NOR BARCLAYS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY LOST PROFITS, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBLITY OF SUCH, RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THE BLOOMBERG U.S. CORPORATE INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR WITH RESPECT TO NATIONWIDE DEFINED PROTECTION® ANNUITY 2.0.

~~None~~The Index is calculated by or on behalf of ~~the~~FTSE ~~information~~International ~~supplied~~Limited ~~by Bloomberg~~or its affiliate, agent or ~~Barclays~~partner. ~~and~~The ~~used~~LSE inGroup ~~this~~does ~~publication~~not ~~may~~accept beany ~~reproduced~~liability inwhatsoever to any ~~manner~~person ~~without~~arising ~~the~~out ~~prior~~of ~~written~~(a) ~~permission~~the use of, ~~both~~reliance ~~Bloomberg~~on ~~and~~or ~~Barclays~~any ~~Capital,~~error in the Index or (b) investment ~~banking~~ ~~division~~in ofor ~~Barclays~~operation ~~Bank~~of ~~PLC~~the Product. ~~Barclays~~The ~~Bank~~LSE ~~PLC~~Group ismakes ~~registered~~no inclaim, ~~England~~prediction, ~~No.~~warranty ~~1026167,~~or ~~registered~~representation ~~office~~either 1as ~~Churchill~~to the ~~Place~~results ~~London~~to ~~E14~~be ~~5HP~~obtained from the Product or the suitability of the Index for the purpose to which it is being put by Nationwide Life Insurance Company.

J.S&P. ~~MORGAN~~400® ~~MOZAIC~~Index ~~II INDEX~~

The ~~J.P. Morgan Mozaic IISM Index (~~"J.S&P. ~~Morgan~~400® Index") ~~has~~is ~~been~~a ~~licensed~~product toof ~~Nationwide~~S&P ~~Life~~Dow ~~Insurance Company~~Jones ~~(the~~Indices ~~"Licensee")~~LLC ~~for~~or ~~the~~its ~~Licensee’s benefit. Neither the Licensee nor the Contract~~ affiliates (~~the~~ "~~Product~~SPDJI") isand ~~sponsored,~~has ~~operated,~~been ~~endorsed,~~licensed ~~sold~~for oruse ~~promoted~~ by ~~J.P.~~Nationwide ~~Morgan~~Life ~~Securities~~Insurance ~~LLC~~Company ("~~JPMS~~Nationwide"). orStandard ~~any~~& ofPoor’s® ~~its affiliates (together~~ and ~~individually, "J.~~S&P~~. Morgan").~~® ~~J.P.~~are ~~Morgan~~registered ~~makes~~trademarks ~~no representation and no warranty, express or implied, to investors in or owners~~ of Standard ~~the~~& ~~Product~~Poor’s ~~(or~~Financial ~~any~~Services ~~person~~LLC ~~taking exposure to it) or any member of the public in any other circumstances~~ (~~each a~~ "~~Contract Owner~~S&P")~~: (a) regarding the advisability of investing in securities or other financial or insurance products generally or in the Product particularly~~; orDow ~~(b)~~Jones® ~~the~~is ~~suitability~~a orregistered ~~appropriateness~~trademark of anDow ~~exposure~~Jones toTrademark ~~the J.P. Morgan Index in seeking to achieve any particular objective. It is for those taking an exposure to the Product and/or the J.P. Morgan Index to satisfy themselves~~

8163

ofHoldings LLC ("Dow Jones"); and these ~~matters~~trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and ~~such~~sublicensed ~~persons~~for ~~should~~certain ~~seek~~purposes by Nationwide. It is not possible to invest directly in an index. The Nationwide Defender Annuity is not ~~appropriate~~sponsored, ~~professional~~endorsed, ~~advice~~sold ~~before~~or ~~making~~promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, any ~~investment.~~of Jtheir respective affiliates (collectively, "S&P Dow Jones Indices"). S&P Dow Jones Indices makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Nationwide Defender Annuity or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Nationwide Defender Annuity particularly or the ability of the S&P 400 to track general market performance. ~~Morgan~~Past performance of an index is not ~~responsible~~an ~~for~~indication ~~and~~or ~~does~~guarantee ~~not~~of ~~have~~future ~~any~~results. ~~obligation~~S&P orDow ~~liability~~Jones inIndices’ only ~~connection~~relationship to Nationwide with respect to the ~~issuance~~S&P 400 is the licensing of the Index and certain trademarks, ~~administration,~~ ~~marketing~~service marks and/or ~~trading~~trade names of ~~the~~S&P ~~Product~~Dow Jones Indices and/or its licensors. The ~~publication~~S&P of400 is determined, composed and calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard to Nationwide or the JNationwide Defender Annuity. S&P. ~~Morgan~~Dow ~~Index~~Jones ~~and~~Indices have no obligation to take the ~~referencing~~needs of ~~any~~Nationwide ~~asset~~ or ~~other~~the ~~factor~~owners of ~~any~~the ~~kind~~Nationwide Defender Annuity into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the J.S&P 400. ~~Morgan~~S&P ~~Index~~Dow doJones Indices is not ~~constitute~~responsible ~~any~~for ~~form~~and has not participated in the determination of ~~investment~~the ~~recommendation~~prices, orand ~~advice~~amount inof ~~respect~~the Nationwide Defender Annuity or the timing of the issuance ~~any~~or ~~such~~sale ~~asset~~of the Nationwide Defender Annuity or ~~other~~in ~~factor~~the determination or calculation of the equation by ~~J.P.~~which ~~Morgan~~the ~~and~~Nationwide noDefender ~~person~~Annuity ~~should~~is ~~rely~~to ~~upon~~be itconverted into cash, surrendered or redeemed, as ~~such.~~the Jcase may be. S&P. ~~Morgan~~Dow ~~does~~Jones ~~not~~Indices ~~act~~has asno anobligation ~~investment~~or ~~adviser~~liability orin ~~investment~~connection ~~manager~~with inthe ~~respect~~administration, marketing or trading of the J Nationwide Defender Annuity. There is no assurance that investment products based on the S&P. ~~Morgan~~400 ~~Index~~will accurately track index performance or ~~the~~provide ~~Product~~positive ~~and~~investment ~~does~~returns. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC is not ~~accept~~an ~~any~~investment ~~fiduciary~~or ~~duties~~tax inadvisor. ~~relation~~A tax advisor should be consulted to evaluate the Jimpact of any tax-exempt securities on portfolios and the tax consequences of making any particular investment decision. Inclusion of a security within an index is not a recommendation by S&P. ~~Morgan~~Dow ~~Index~~Jones Indices to buy, ~~the~~sell, ~~Licensee~~or hold such security, ~~the~~nor ~~Product~~is orit ~~any~~considered ~~Contract~~to ~~Owner~~be investment advice.

~~The~~NEITHER J.S&P. ~~Morgan~~DOW ~~Index~~JONES ~~has~~INDICES ~~been~~NOR ~~designed~~THIRD ~~and~~PARTY isLICENSOR ~~compiled~~GUARANTEES THE ADEQUACY, ~~calculated~~ACCURACY, ~~maintained~~TIMELINESS ~~and~~AND/OR ~~sponsored~~THE byCOMPLETENESS J.OF THE S&P. ~~Morgan~~400 ~~without~~OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO OR ANY ~~regard~~COMMUNICATION, toINCLUDING ~~the~~BUT ~~Licensee~~NOT LIMITED TO, ~~the~~ORAL ~~Product~~OR orWRITTEN ~~any~~COMMUNICATION ~~Contract~~(INCLUDING ~~Owner~~ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS) WITH RESPECT THERETO. ~~The~~S&P ~~ability~~DOW ofJONES ~~the~~INDICES ~~Licensee~~SHALL toNOT ~~make~~BE ~~use~~SUBJECT ofTO ~~the~~ANY JDAMAGES OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. S&P. ~~Morgan~~DOW ~~Index~~JONES ~~may~~INDICES beMAKES ~~terminated~~NO onEXPRESS ~~short~~OR ~~notice~~IMPLIED ~~and~~WARRANTIES, itAND isEXPRESSLY ~~the~~DISCLAIMS ~~responsibility~~ALL ofWARRANTIES, ~~the~~OF ~~Licensee~~MERCHANTABILITY toOR ~~provide~~FITNESS FOR ~~for~~A ~~the~~PARTICULAR ~~consequences~~PURPOSE ofOR ~~that in~~USE ~~the~~OR ~~design~~AS ofTO ~~the~~RESULTS ~~Product.~~TO J.BE OBTAINED BY NATIONWIDE, OWNERS OF THE NATIONWIDE DEFENDER ANNUITY, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 400 OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. ~~Morgan~~WITHOUT ~~does~~LIMITING ~~not~~ANY ~~accept~~OF ~~any~~THE FOREGOING, ~~legal~~IN ~~obligation~~NO toEVENT ~~take~~WHATSOEVER ~~the~~SHALL ~~needs~~S&P ofDOW ~~any~~JONES ~~person~~INDICES ~~who~~BE ~~may~~LIABLE ~~invest~~FOR inANY aINDIRECT, ~~Product~~SPECIAL, ~~into~~INCIDENTAL, ~~account~~PUNITIVE, inOR ~~designing~~CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ~~compiling~~LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBLITY ~~calculating~~OF SUCH DAMAGES, ~~maintaining~~WHETHER orIN ~~sponsoring~~CONTRACT, ~~the~~TORT, JSTRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P. ~~Morgan~~DOW ~~Index~~JONES orINDICES inAND ~~any~~NATIONWIDE, ~~decision~~OTHER toTHAN ~~cease~~THE ~~doing~~LICENSORS soOF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.

J.S&P. ~~Morgan~~500® ~~does not give any representation, warranty or undertaking, of any type (whether express or implied, statutory or otherwise) in relation to the J.P. Morgan~~ Index, as to condition, satisfactory quality, performance or fitness for purpose or as to the results to be achieved by an investment in the Product or any data included in or omissions from the J.P. Morgan Index, or the use of the J.P. Morgan Index in connection with the Product or the veracity, currency, completeness or accuracy of the information on which the J.P. Morgan Index is based (and without limitation, J.P. Morgan accepts no liability to any Contract Owner for any errors or omissions in that information or the results of any interruption to it and J.P. Morgan shall be under no obligation to advise any person of any such error, omission or interruption). To the extent any such representation, warranty or undertaking could be deemed to have been given by J.P. Morgan, it is excluded save to the extent that such exclusion is prohibited by law. To the fullest extent permitted by law, J.P. Morgan shall have no liability or responsibility to any person or entity (including, without limitation, to any Contract Owners) for any losses, damages, costs, charges, expenses or other liabilities howsoever arising, including, without limitation, liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages (including loss of business or loss of profit, loss of time and loss of goodwill), even if notified of the possibility of the same, arising in connection with the design, compilation, calculation, maintenance or sponsoring of the J.P. Morgan Index or in connection with the Product."

The J."S&P. ~~Morgan~~500® Index" is ~~the~~a ~~exclusive~~product ~~property~~ of J.S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC or its affiliates ("SPDJI") and has been licensed for use by Nationwide Life Insurance Company ("Nationwide"). ~~Morgan~~Standard & Poor’s® and S&P® are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC ("S&P"); Dow Jones® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC ("Dow Jones"); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by Nationwide. JIt is not possible to invest directly in an index. The Nationwide Defender Annuity is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, any of their respective affiliates (collectively, "S&P Dow Jones Indices"). ~~Morgan~~S&P isDow ~~under~~Jones Indices makes no ~~obligation~~representation toor ~~continue~~warranty, ~~compiling~~express or implied, to the owners of the Nationwide Defender Annuity or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally ~~calculating,~~or ~~maintaining~~in the Nationwide Defender Annuity particularly or ~~sponsoring~~the ability of the J.S&P 500 to track general market performance. ~~Morgan~~Past ~~Index~~performance ~~and~~of ~~may~~an ~~delegate~~index is not an indication or ~~transfer~~guarantee of future results. S&P Dow Jones Indices’ only relationship to aNationwide ~~third~~with ~~party~~respect ~~some~~to the S&P 500 is the licensing of the Index and certain trademarks, service marks and/or ~~all~~trade names of S&P Dow Jones Indices and/or its ~~functions~~licensors. inThe ~~relation~~S&P 500 is determined, composed and calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard to Nationwide or the JNationwide Defender Annuity. S&P. ~~Morgan~~Dow ~~Index~~Jones Indices have no obligation to take the needs of Nationwide or the owners of the Nationwide Defender Annuity into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500. S&P Dow Jones Indices is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices, and amount of the Nationwide Defender Annuity or the timing of the issuance or sale of the Nationwide Defender Annuity or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the

J.P. Morgan may independently issue or sponsor other indices or products that are similar to and may compete with the J.P. Morgan Index and the Product. J.P. Morgan may also transact in assets referenced in the J.P. Morgan Index (or in financial instruments such as derivatives that reference those assets). It is possible that these activities could have an effect (positive or negative) on the value of the J.P. Morgan Index and the Product.64

NoNationwide ~~actual~~Defender ~~investment~~Annuity ~~which~~is ~~allowed~~to ~~tracking~~be ofconverted into ~~the~~cash, ~~performance~~surrendered ofor ~~the~~redeemed, ~~Index~~as ~~was~~the ~~possible~~case ~~before~~may ~~December 2016~~be. ~~Any hypothetical~~S&P ~~"back-tested"~~Dow ~~information~~Jones ~~provided~~Indices ishas ~~illustrative~~no ~~only~~obligation ~~and~~or ~~derived~~liability ~~from~~in ~~proprietary~~connection ~~models designed~~ with the ~~benefit~~administration, ofmarketing ~~hindsight~~or ~~based~~trading onof ~~certain~~the Nationwide ~~data~~Defender ~~(which~~Annuity. ~~may~~There oris ~~may~~no ~~not~~assurance ~~correspond with the data~~ that ~~someone~~investment ~~else~~products ~~would~~based ~~use~~on ~~to back-test~~ the ~~Indices)~~S&P ~~and~~500 ~~assumptions~~will ~~and~~accurately ~~estimates~~track ~~(not~~index ~~all~~performance ofor ~~which~~provide ~~may~~positive beinvestment ~~specified~~returns. ~~herein~~S&P ~~and~~Dow ~~which~~Jones ~~are~~Indices ~~subject~~LLC tois ~~change~~not ~~without~~an ~~notice).~~investment ~~The~~or ~~results~~tax ~~obtained~~advisor. ~~from~~A ~~different~~tax ~~models,~~advisor ~~assumptions,~~should ~~estimates and/or data may~~ be ~~materially~~consulted ~~different~~to ~~from~~evaluate the ~~results~~impact ~~presented~~of ~~herein~~any ~~and such hypothetical "back~~tax-~~tested"~~exempt ~~information~~securities ~~should~~on ~~not~~portfolios beand ~~considered indicative of~~ the ~~actual~~tax ~~results~~consequences ~~that~~of ~~might~~making beany ~~obtained~~particular ~~from an~~ investment ordecision. ~~participation~~Inclusion inof a ~~financial instrument~~security orwithin ~~transaction~~an ~~referencing~~index ~~the~~is ~~Indices.~~not ~~J.P.~~a ~~Morgan~~recommendation ~~expressly~~by ~~disclaims~~S&P ~~any~~Dow Jones ~~responsibility~~Indices ~~for~~to ~~(i) the accuracy or completeness of the models~~buy, ~~assumptions~~sell, ~~estimates and data used in deriving the hypothetical "back-tested" information, (ii) any errors~~ or ~~omissions~~hold insuch ~~computing or disseminating the hypothetical "back-tested" information~~security, ~~and~~nor ~~(iii)~~is ~~any~~it ~~uses~~considered to ~~which the hypothetical "back-tested" information may~~ be ~~put by any recipient of such information~~investment advice.

~~Each~~NEITHER ofS&P ~~the~~DOW ~~above~~JONES ~~paragraphs~~INDICES isNOR ~~severable~~THIRD PARTY LICENSOR GUARANTEES THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500 OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO OR ANY COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION (INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS) WITH RESPECT THERETO. IfS&P ~~the~~DOW ~~contents~~JONES ofINDICES ~~any~~SHALL ~~such~~NOT ~~paragraph~~BE isSUBJECT ~~held~~TO toANY beDAMAGES orOR ~~becomes~~LIABILITY FOR ~~invalid~~ANY orERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. S&P DOW JONES INDICES MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OR AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY NATIONWIDE, ~~unenforceable~~OWNERS inOF ~~any~~THE ~~respect~~NATIONWIDE inDEFENDER ~~any~~ANNUITY, ~~jurisdiction~~OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, itIN ~~shall~~NO ~~have~~EVENT noWHATSOEVER ~~effect~~SHALL inS&P ~~that~~DOW ~~respect~~JONES INDICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, ~~but~~INCIDENTAL, ~~without~~PUNITIVE, ~~prejudice~~OR toCONSEQUENTIAL ~~the~~DAMAGES ~~remainder~~INCLUDING ofBUT ~~this~~NOT ~~notice~~LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBLITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P DOW JONES INDICES AND NATIONWIDE, OTHER THAN THE LICENSORS OF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.

~~MSCI EAFE INDEX~~65

The product referred to herein is not sponsored, endorsed, or promoted by MSCI, and MSCI bears no liability with respect to any such product or any index on which such product is based. The Contract contains a more detailed description of the limited relationship MSCI has with Nationwide and any related funds.

THIS PRODUCT IS NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY MSCI INC. ("MSCI"), ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, ANY OF ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN, OR RELATED TO, COMPILING, COMPUTING OR CREATING ANY MSCI INDEX (COLLECTIVELY, THE "MSCI PARTIES"). THE MSCI INDEXES ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF MSCI. MSCI AND THE MSCI INDEX NAMES ARE SERVICE MARK(S) OF MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES BY NATIONWIDE. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY REGARDING THE ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN PRODUCTS GENERALLY OR IN THIS PRODUCT PARTICULARLY OR THE ABILITY OF ANY MSCI INDEX TO TRACK CORRESPONDING STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE. MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES ARE THE LICENSORS OF CERTAIN TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES AND OF THE MSCI INDEXES WHICH ARE DETERMINED, COMPOSED AND CALCULATED BY MSCI WITHOUT REGARD TO THIS PRODUCT OR THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION TO TAKE THE NEEDS OF THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING, COMPOSING OR CALCULATING THE MSCI INDEXES. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OR HAS PARTICIPATED IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE TIMING OF, PRICES AT, OR QUANTITIES OF THIS PRODUCT TO BE ISSUED OR IN THE DETERMINATION OR CALCULATION OF THE EQUATION BY OR THE CONSIDERATION INTO WHICH THIS PRODUCT IS REDEEMABLE. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE ADMINISTRATION, MARKETING OR OFFERING OF THIS FUND.

ALTHOUGH MSCI SHALL OBTAIN INFORMATION FOR INCLUSION IN OR FOR USE IN THE CALCULATION OF THE MSCI INDEXES FROM SOURCES THAT MSCI CONSIDERS RELIABLE, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES WARRANTS OR GUARANTEES THE ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE ISSUER OF THE PRODUCT, OWNERS OF THE FUND, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, FROM THE USE OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR INTERRUPTIONS OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, AND THE MSCI PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO EACH MSCI INDEX AND ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

NYSE® ZEBRA EDGE® INDEX

The mark NYSE® is a registered trademark of NYSE Group, Inc., Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. or their affiliates and is being utilized by ICE Data Indices, LLC under license and agreement. The marks Zebra® and Zebra Edge® are registered trademarks of Zebra Capital Management, LLC, may not be used without prior authorization from Zebra Capital Management, LLC, and are being utilized by ICE Data Indices, LLC under license and agreement.

ICE Data Indices, LLC owns all intellectual and other property rights to the NYSE® Zebra Edge® Index (the "Index"), including the composition and the calculation of the Index, excluding the methodology and formula for the Index. Zebra Capital Management, LLC owns all intellectual and other property rights to the methodology and formula for the Index, which are being used by ICE Data Indices, LLC under license from Zebra Capital Management, LLC (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, "Zebra").

The Index has been licensed by ICE Data Indices, LLC (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, "IDI") to UBS AG and sub-licensed by UBS AG (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, "UBS") to Nationwide Life Insurance Company ("Nationwide"). Neither Nationwide nor the Contract (the "Product") is sponsored, operated, endorsed, recommended, sold or promoted by Zebra, IDI or UBS. Neither Zebra, IDI nor UBS makes any representation or gives any warranty, express or implied, regarding the advisability or possible benefits of purchasing the Product or any other financial product. Clients should undertake their own due diligence and seek appropriate professional advice before purchasing any financial product, including the Product.

The Index and other information disseminated by IDI are for informational purposes only, are provided on an "as is" basis, and are not intended for trading purposes. Neither Zebra nor IDI makes any warranty, express or implied, as to, without limitation, (i) the correctness, accuracy, reliability or other characteristics of the Index, (ii) the results to be obtained by any person or entity from the use of the Index for any purpose, or (iii) relating to the use of the Index and other information covered by the Product, including, but not limited to, express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or use, title or non-infringement. IDI does not warrant that the Index will be uninterrupted and is under no obligation to continue compiling, calculating, maintaining or sponsoring the Index.

The Index (including the methodology(ies) and formula(s) therefor) has been designed and is compiled, calculated, maintained and sponsored without regard to any financial products that reference the Index (including the Product), any licensee, sub-licensor or sub-licensee of the Index, any client or any other person. Zebra, IDI and UBS may independently issue and/or sponsor other indices and products that are similar to and/or may compete with the Index and the Product. Zebra, IDI and UBS may also transact in assets referenced in the Index (or in financial instruments such as derivatives that reference those assets), including those which could have a positive or negative effect on the value of the Index and the Product.

None of Zebra, IDI or UBS shall bear any responsibility or liability, whether for negligence or otherwise, with respect to (i) any inaccuracies, omissions, mistakes or errors in the methodology(ies) and formula(s) for, or computation of, the Index (and shall not be obligated to advise any person of and/or to correct any such inaccuracies, omissions, mistakes or errors), (ii) the use of and/or reference to the Index by Zebra, IDI, UBS or any other person in connection with any financial product or otherwise, or (iii) any economic or other loss which may be directly or indirectly sustained by any client or other person dealing with any such financial product or otherwise. Any client or other person dealing with such financial products does so, therefore, in full knowledge of this disclaimer and can place no reliance whatsoever on Zebra, IDI or UBS nor bring claims, actions or legal proceedings in any manner whatsoever against any of them.

SG MACRO COMPASS INDEX

The SG Macro Compass Index (the "SG Macro Index") has been licensed to Nationwide Life Insurance Company and Nationwide Life and Annuity Insurance Company (collectively, the "Licensee") for the Licensee’s benefit. The Contract (the "Product") is not sponsored, promoted, solicited, negotiated, endorsed, offered, sold, issued, supported, structured or priced by SG Americas Securities, LLC ("SGAS") or any of its affiliates (collectively, "SG"). SG makes no representation whatsoever and no warranty, express or implied, to investors in or owners of the Product (or any person taking exposure to it) or any member of the public in any other circumstances (each a "Contract Owner"): (a) regarding the advisability of investing in securities or other financial or insurance products generally or in the Product particularly; or (b) the suitability or appropriateness of an exposure to the SG Macro Index in seeking to achieve any particular objective, including meeting its stated target volatility. Contract Owners should seek independent financial, tax, accounting, insurance, legal, and other professional advice prior to making any investment in the Product or any other product linked to the SG Macro Index. SG is not responsible for and does not have any obligation or liability in connection with the design, issuance, administration, actions of the Licensee, marketing, trading or performance of the Product. SG has not prepared any part of this prospectus and no statements made herein (including, without limitation, any disclosures relating to the SG Macro Index) can be attributed to SG. Publication of the SG Macro Index and the constituents thereof do not constitute an investment recommendation or advice in respect of the SG Macro Index or any constituent thereof by SG and no person should rely upon it as such. SG does not act as an investment adviser or investment manager in respect of the SG Macro Index or the Product and does not accept any fiduciary or other duties in relation to the SG Macro Index, the Licensee, the Product or any Contract Owner.

The SG Macro Index has been designed and is maintained and sponsored by SG without regard to the Licensee, the Product or any Contract Owner. The ability of the Licensee to make use of the SG Macro Index may be terminated on short notice and it is the responsibility of the Licensee to provide for the consequences of that in the design of the Product. SG has no obligation to, and will not, take the needs of the Licensee or any Contract Owner into consideration in sponsoring, maintaining, determining, composing or calculating the SG Macro Index or in any decision to cease doing so.

SG makes no representation or warranty whatsoever, whether express or implied, and hereby expressly disclaim all warranties (including, without limitation, those of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use), with respect to the SG Macro Index or any data included therein or relating thereto, and in particular disclaims any guarantee or warranty either as to the quality, accuracy, timeliness and/or completeness of the SG Macro Index or any data included therein, the results obtained from the use of the SG Macro Index and/or the calculation or composition of the SG Macro Index, or calculations made with respect to the Product at any particular time on any particular date or otherwise. SG shall not be liable (whether in negligence or otherwise) to any person for any error or omission in the SG Macro Index or in the

calculation of the SG Macro Index, and SG is under no obligation to advise any person of any error therein, or for any interruption in the calculation of the SG Macro Index. SG shall not have any liability to any party for any act or failure to act by SG in connection with the determination, adjustment or maintenance of the SG Macro Index. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall SG have any liability for any direct damages, lost profits or any special, incidental, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

The SG Macro Index is the exclusive property of SG. SG is under no obligation to continue compiling, calculating, maintaining or sponsoring the SG Macro Index and may delegate or transfer to a third party some or all of its functions in relation to the SG Macro Index. SG has contracted with S&P Opco, LLC (a subsidiary of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC) ("S&P") to maintain and calculate the SG Macro Index. The SG Macro Index is not sponsored, promoted, sold, or supported in any other manner by S&P, nor does S&P offer any express or implicit guarantee or assurance either with regard to the results of using the SG Macro Index and/or trademarks of the Index or the levels of the SG Macro Index at any time or in any other respect. "SG Americas Securities, LLC", "SGAS", "Société Générale", "SG", "Société Générale Indices", "SGI", and "SG Macro Compass Index" are trademarks or service marks used by SG.

SG may enter into derivative transactions or issue financial instruments linked to the SG Macro Index and may independently issue or sponsor other indices or products that are similar to and may compete with the SG Macro Index and the Product. SG may also transact in assets referenced in the SG Macro Index (or in financial instruments such as derivatives that reference those assets). The roles of the different teams involved within SG in the design, maintenance or replication of the SG Macro Index have been strictly defined. Where SG holds a product having the SG Macro Index as its underlying and other positions exposing it to the SG Macro Index for its own account, the replication of the SG Macro Index is made in the same manner by a single team within SG, be it for the purpose of hedging the product held by external investors and consumers or for the purpose of the positions held by SG acting for its own account. SG may take positions in the market of the financial instruments or of other assets involved in the composition of the SG Macro Index, including as liquidity provider. It is possible that these activities could have an effect (positive or negative) on the value of the SG Macro Index and the Product.

No actual investment which allowed tracking of the performance of the SG Macro Index was possible before August 28, 2020. Any hypothetical "back-tested" information provided is illustrative only and derived from proprietary models designed with the benefit of hindsight based on certain data (which may or may not correspond with the data that someone else would use to back-test the SG Macro Index) and assumptions and estimates (not all of which may be specified herein and which are subject to change without notice). The results obtained from different models, assumptions, estimates and/or data may be materially different from the results presented by SG and such hypothetical "back-tested" information should not be considered indicative of the actual results that might be obtained from an investment or participation in a financial instrument or transaction referencing the SG Macro Index. SG expressly disclaims any responsibility for (i) the accuracy or completeness of the models, assumptions, estimates and data used in deriving the hypothetical "back-tested" information, (ii) any errors or omissions in computing or disseminating the hypothetical "back-tested" information, and (iii) any uses to which the hypothetical "back-tested" information may be put by any recipient of such information. Any back-tested information provided herein is intended for use only by professional financial advisers and institutional investors within the meaning of FINRA Rule 2210.

Each of the above paragraphs is severable. If the contents of any such paragraph is held to be or becomes invalid or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, it shall have no effect in that respect, but without prejudice to the remainder of this notice.

S&P 500® AVERAGE DAILY RISK CONTROL 10% INDEX

The S&P 500 Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index ("S&P 500 Average Daily Risk Control USD Price Return Index") is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC or its affiliates ("SPDJI"), and has been licensed for use by Nationwide. Standard & Poor’s® and S&P® are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC ("S&P"); Dow Jones® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC ("Dow Jones"); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by Nationwide. It is not possible to invest directly in an index. The Product is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, any of their respective affiliates (collectively, "S&P Dow Jones Indices"). S&P Dow Jones Indices do not make any representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Product or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Product particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index to track general market performance. Past performance of an index is not an indication or guarantee of future results. S&P Dow Jones Indices’ only relationship to Nationwide with respect to the S&P 500 Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index is the licensing of the Index and certain trademarks, service marks and/or

trade names of S&P Dow Jones Indices and/or its licensors. S&P 500 Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index is determined, composed and calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard to Nationwide or the Product. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation to take the needs of Nationwide or the owners of the Product into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500 Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index /. S&P Dow Jones Indices are not responsible for and have not participated in the determination of the prices, and amount of the Product or the timing of the issuance or sale of the product or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Product is to be converted into cash, surrendered or redeemed, as the case may be. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Product. There is no assurance that investment products based on the S&P 500 Average Daily Risk Control 10% USD Price Return Index will accurately track index performance or provide positive investment returns. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC is not an investment or tax advisor. A tax advisor should be consulted to evaluate the impact of any tax-exempt securities on portfolios and the tax consequences of making any particular investment decision. Inclusion of a security within an index is not a recommendation by S&P Dow Jones Indices to buy, sell, or hold such security, nor is it considered to be investment advice.

NEITHER S&P DOW JONES INDICES NOR THIRD PARTY LICENSOR GUARANTEES THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500 AVERAGE DAILY RISK CONTROL 10% USD PRICE RETURN INDEX OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO OR ANY COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION (INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS) WITH RESPECT THERETO. S&P DOW JONES INDICES SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. S&P DOW JONES INDICES MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OR AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY NATIONWIDE, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 AVERAGE DAILY RISK CONTROL USD PRICE RETURN INDEX OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT WHATSOEVER SHALL S&P DOW JONES INDICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBLITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P DOW JONES INDICES AND NATIONWIDE, OTHER THAN THE LICENSORS OF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.

S&P 500® INDEX

The "S&P 500" is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC ("SPDJI"), and has been licensed for use by Nationwide Life Insurance Company ("Nationwide"). Standard & Poor’s®, S&P® and S&P 500® are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC ("S&P"); DJIA®, The Dow®, Dow Jones® and Dow Jones Industrial Average are trademarks of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC ("Dow Jones"); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by Nationwide. Nationwide the Contract is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, any of their respective affiliates (collectively, "S&P Dow Jones Indices"). S&P Dow Jones Indices makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Contract or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Contract particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 to track general market performance. S&P Dow Jones Indices’ only relationship to Nationwide with respect to the S&P 500 is the licensing of the Index and certain trademarks, service marks and/or trade names of S&P Dow Jones Indices or its licensors. The S&P 500 is determined, composed and calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard to Nationwide or the Contract. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation to take the needs of Nationwide or the owners of the Contract into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500. S&P Dow Jones Indices is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices, and amount of the Contract or the timing of the issuance or sale of the Contract or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Contract is to be converted into cash, surrendered or redeemed, as the case may be. S&P Dow Jones Indices has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Contract. There is no assurance that investment products based on the S&P 500 will accurately track index performance or provide positive investment returns. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC is not an investment advisor. Inclusion of a security within an index is not a recommendation by S&P Dow Jones Indices to buy, sell, or hold such security, nor is it considered to be investment advice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CME Group Inc. and its affiliates may independently issue and/or sponsor financial products unrelated to the Contract currently being issued by Nationwide, but which may be similar to and competitive with the Contract. In addition, CME Group Inc. and its affiliates may trade financial products which are linked to the performance of the S&P 500.

S&P DOW JONES INDICES DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500 OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO OR ANY COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION (INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS) WITH RESPECT THERETO. S&P DOW JONES INDICES SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. S&P DOW JONES INDICES MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OR AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY NATIONWIDE, OWNERS OF THE CONTRACT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT WHATSOEVER SHALL S&P DOW JONES INDICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P DOW JONES INDICES AND NATIONWIDE, OTHER THAN THE LICENSORS OF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.

APPENDIX B: STATE VARIATIONS

Described below are the variations to certain prospectus disclosures resulting from state law or the instruction provided by state insurance authorities as of the date of this prospectus. Information regarding a state’s requirements does not mean that Nationwide currently offers contracts within that jurisdiction. These variations are subject to change without notice and additional variations may be imposed as required by specific states.

State State Law Variations

State	State Law Variations
California	• The Death Benefit does not change to Surrender Value upon assignment or a change in ownership of the Contract. • The CDSC and MVA waiver under the Increase in Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount after a Long-Term Care and Terminal Illness or Injury (CDSC And MVA Waiver) section is not available.
Connecticut	• The Death Benefit does not change to Surrender Value upon assignment or a change in ownership of the Contract. • Under the Long-Term Care Event subsection of the Increase in Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount after a Long-Term Care and Terminal Illness or Injury (CDSC And MVA Waiver) section, an LTC Event must be after the second Contract Anniversary.
Florida	• Purchase Payments for any other annuity contract issued by Nationwide to the Contract Owner, Annuitant, or Contingent Annuitant will not be considered for purposes of determining whether the Purchase Payment under this Contract exceeds $1,000,000. • The Annuity Commencement Date must be at least one year after the Date of Issue. • The Death Benefit does not change to Surrender Value upon assignment or a change in ownership of the Contract.
Hawaii	• Joint Owners are not limited to spouses.
Illinois	• The Contract will not be contested. • Misstatements made as to the sex of the Contract Owner, Joint Owner, Annuitant, Co- Annuitant, Contingent Annuitant, Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary are excluded from the Misstatements of Age or Sex section.
Massachusetts	• The CDSC and MVA waiver under the Increase in Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount After a Long-Term Care or Terminal Illness or Injury Event (CDSC and MVA Waiver) section is not available.
Montana	• Misstatements made as to the sex of the Contract Owner, Joint Owner, Annuitant, Co- Annuitant, Contingent Annuitant, Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary are excluded from the Misstatements of Age or Sex section.
New Jersey	• The Contract Owner, Joint Owner, Beneficiary and Contingent Beneficiary are excluded from the Misstatements of Age or Sex section. • Under the Purchase Payment section, purchase payments for any other annuity contract issued by Nationwide with the same Contract Owner or Annuitant does not apply to Nationwide’s reservation of right to refuse any Purchase Ppayment in excess of $1,000,000 under this Contract.
Pennsylvania	• Joint Owners are not limited to spouses. • The CDSC and MVA waiver under the Increase in Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount After a Long-Term Care or Terminal Illness or Injury Event (CDSC and MVA Waiver) section is not available.
Texas	• Under the Terminal Illness or Injury Event subsection of the Increase in Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount after a Long-Term Care and Terminal Illness or Injury (CDSC And MVA Waiver) section, a TI Event can occur at any time after the Date of Issue. • Under the Purchase Payment section, purchase payments for any other annuity contract issued by Nationwide with the same Contract Owner or Annuitant does not apply to Nationwide’s reservation of right to refuse any Purchase Ppayment in excess of $1,000,000 under this Contract.
Washington	• A CDSC and MVA waiver for a "Terminal Illness or Injury Event" is not available under The Increase in Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount After a Long-Term Care or Terminal Illness or Injury Event (CDSC and MVA Waiver) section.

~~[To be filed by a subsequent pre-effective amendment.]~~66

88APPENDIX C: MVA EXAMPLES

~~APPENDIX~~Examples ~~C: MVA, PARTIAL, WITHDRAWAL, AND SURRENDER EXAMPLES~~

Nationwide calculates the MVA Factor using the following formula:

MVA Factor = MVA Scaling Factor x (A – B) x N/12, where:

A = Initial Market Value Reference Rate

B = Market Value Reference Rate on the date the withdrawal is processed

N = Number of whole months (partial months will be rounded up to the next whole month) remaining in the MVA Period, calculated from the date that the withdrawal is processed

~~All~~Both examples assume the following:

•

The MVA Scaling Factor is 1.0

•

The Initial Market Value Reference Rate is 3.50%

Example 1: ~~MVA Factor Calculation~~

Assume:

•

The MVA is calculated 13-1/2 months after the Date of Issue

•

The Market Value Reference Rate on that date is 4.00%

Then the MVA Factor is calculated using the following values:

•

A is 3.50%

•

B is 4.00%

•

N is 59 (i.e., there are 58-1/2 months remaining in the MVA Period (72 months – 13-1/2 months), which is rounded up to 59 months)

The MVA Factor on that date is -2.46% (i.e., 1.00 x (3.50% - 4.00%) x 59/12)

~~Example~~In 2:addition, ~~Partial~~for ~~Withdrawal~~any MVA applicable to a Fixed Strategy withdrawal, the MVA amount applicable to the Fixed Strategy will never be larger (either positive or negative) than the following calculated immediately prior to the full surrender or partial withdrawal:

M x A, where:

M = MVA Base attributable to the Fixed Strategy / (Fixed Strategy Value – Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount attributable to the Fixed Strategy)

A =

Fixed Strategy Value minus the CDSC applicable to the Fixed Strategy, if any, that would apply on full surrender, minus the Minimum Nonforfeiture Value, but not less than zero

Example 2:

Assume:

•

The MVA is calculated 39 months after the Date of Issue

•

The Market Value Reference Rate on that date is 6.10%

•

The Contract Value is $150,000. ~~There~~The ~~are~~Index ~~three Strategies: the Fixed~~ Strategy Value is ~~$20,000;~~ ~~Index Strategy A has a Protection Level of 90% and a Strategy Value of~~ $100,000;, ~~Index~~while ~~Strategy~~the BFixed ~~has a Protection Level of 100% and a~~ Strategy Value ofis $3050,000

•

The Minimum Nonforfeiture Value of the Fixed Strategy ~~MNV~~ is $1344,~~520~~500

•

Strategy A does not have a Minimum Nonforfeiture Value

•

The Index Strategy MNV is $27,900 and applies to Strategy B

•

The Remaining Free Withdrawal Amount is $15,000

Then the MVA Factor is calculated using the following values:

•

A is 3.50%

•

B is 6.10%

•

N is 33 (i.e., there are 33 months remaining in the MVA Period 72 months – 39 months)

•

The CDSC percentage rate 39 months after the Date of Issue is 6%

The MVA Factor on that date is -7.15% (i.e., 1.00 x (3.50% - 6.10%) x 33/12)

Assume the Contract Owner ~~makes~~surrenders athe ~~partial~~Contract ~~withdrawal~~in offull, meaning $60100,000. ~~Partial~~is ~~withdrawals~~withdrawn ~~will be taken proportionally~~ from the ~~Strategies~~Index inStrategy ~~which~~and ~~the~~$50,000 ~~Contract Owner~~ is ~~allocated~~withdrawn ~~based~~from on the ~~Contract~~Fixed ~~Value~~Strategy. inThe ~~the~~amount ~~Strategies at the time~~ of ~~the~~Remaining ~~request,~~Free ~~meaning~~Withdrawal ~~$8,000~~Amount isattributable ~~withdrawn~~to ~~from~~ the Fixed Strategy, is therefore $405,000 is(i.e., ~~withdrawn from Index Strategy A~~15,000 ~~and~~* ~~$12~~50,000/150,000) ~~is withdrawn from Index Strategy B.~~

The ~~MVA~~limit ~~amount~~on ~~applicable to~~ the ~~Fixed~~MVA ~~Strategy~~attributable ~~will never be larger (either positive or negative) than M x A and is referred~~ to as the ~~MVA~~Fixed ~~limit.~~Strategy It is ~~calculated~~equal ~~as follows~~to:

M x A, where:

M = (50,000 – 5,000) / (50,000 – 5,000) = 1

A =

50,000 – (50,000 – 5,000) * 6% – 44,500 = 2,800

M x A = $2,800

The limit applies both positively and negatively. The MVA attributable to the Fixed Strategy cannot be more than $2,800 or less than -$2,800.

Before applying the limit, the MVA amounts are equal to:

Index Strategy: MVA Base * MVA Factor = (100,000 – 10,000) * -7.15% = -$6,435.00

Fixed Strategy: MVA Base * MVA Factor = (50,000 – 5,000) * -7.15% = -$3,217.50

With the limit, the MVA applicable to the Fixed Strategy cannot be lower than -$2,800. Therefore, the total MVA is -$9,235 (i.e., -6,435 + -2,800).

APPENDIX D: DAILY INDEX STRATEGY EARNINGS PERCENTAGE

The Daily ISE Percentage is calculated using the following formula:

A – B + (t/T) x B, where:

A: A proxy of the fair value, as of the current date, of the hypothetical derivatives that represents Nationwide’s obligation to provide the Term End ISE Percentage on the Strategy Term End Date

B: A proxy of the fair value, as of the first day of the Strategy Term, of the hypothetical derivatives that represents Nationwide’s obligation to provide the Term End ISE Percentage on the Strategy Term End Date

t: Time elapsed since the first day of the Strategy Term, in years

T: Strategy Term length

Proxy Fair Value of the Hypothetical Derivatives

The proxy fair value of the hypothetical derivatives is calculated using an options valuation model called the Black Scholes model. The model uses a variety of market inputs to estimate the derivative’s value on a specific day. See, "Market Inputs" below for detail on the inputs that Nationwide uses.

The valuation of these financial instruments is based on standard methods for valuing derivatives and based on inputs from third party vendors. The methodology used to value these financial instruments is determined solely by Nationwide and may vary from other estimated valuations or the actual selling price of identical financial instruments. Nationwide may, but is not required to, hold actual investments corresponding to the hypothetical derivatives.

For any Business Day when a value needed to calculate the Daily ISE Percentage is unavailable, Nationwide will use the unavailable value’s previous Business Day’s value to calculate the Daily ISE Percentage. If a third party that provides these values later provides a value for a Business Day when the value was not provided to Nationwide or was otherwise not available, Nationwide will recalculate the impacted transactions and Contract Values according to the value provided to Nationwide. This recalculation could result in changes to transactions and Contract Values that occurred when a value was not provided by the third party provider.

Types of Derivatives

Nationwide uses the following derivatives in its fair value methodology:

•

~~The~~At-the-Money ~~amount~~Call of(AMC) ~~Remaining~~– ~~Free~~an ~~Withdrawal~~option ~~Amount~~to ~~attributable~~buy toa position in the ~~Fixed~~Index ~~Strategy~~on isthe ~~$2,000~~Strategy Term (iEnd Date at the strike price of one.~~e.,~~ ~~15,000~~On xa 20Term End Date,~~000~~ /the ~~150~~AMC’s value is equal to the Index Performance,~~000)~~ but no less than 0.

•

~~The~~Out-of-the-Money ~~limit~~Call on(OMC) ~~the~~– ~~MVA~~an ~~attributable~~option to buy a position in the ~~Fixed~~Index on the Strategy Term End Date at the strike price of (one plus the Cap Rate) or (one plus the Cap+ Rate). On a Term End Date, the OMC’s value is equal to Mthe xIndex APerformance minus the Cap Rate or Cap+ Rate, ~~where:~~but no less than 0.

•

MOut-of-the-Money =Put (~~8,000~~OMP) –~~2,000)~~ /an option to sell a position in the Index on the Strategy Term End Date at the strike price of (~~20,000~~one –2minus the Buffer). On a Term End Date,~~000~~ the OMP’s value is equal to (zero minus the Buffer) =minus the Index Performance, but no less than 0.~~3333~~

The proxy fair value for Cap Strategies is equal to: (Participation Rate x AMC) – OMC – OMP.

The proxy fair value for Cap+ Strategies is equal to: AMC – (1- Participation Rate) x OMC – OMP.

Market Inputs

Nationwide uses the following market inputs to value the derivatives:

•

AIndex =Performance ~~The greater of zero or 20,000 – (20,000 – 2,000) x 6% –13,520 = $5,400~~

•

Strike price – the strike price varies by each derivative as follows:

•

For an AMC, the strike price is equal to 1.

•

For an OMC, the strike price is equal to (1 plus the Cap Rate) or (1 plus the Cap+ Rate).

•

For an OMP, the strike price is equal to (1 minus the Buffer).

•

Risk-free Rate – interest rate derived using option quotes from Bloomberg or another independent third-party financial institution. Linear interpolation is used to derive the rate corresponding to the exact Time Remaining needed for the input.

•

Dividend Yield – implied dividend rate for the entire Index derived using option quotes from Bloomberg or another independent third-party financial institution. Linear interpolation is used to derive the rate corresponding to the exact Time Remaining needed for the input.

•

Volatility – implied option volatility using quotes from Bloomberg or another independent third-party financial institution. The quotes may be approximated using observed option prices. Direct sources for implied volatility are generally not available because options in the marketplace do not directly align with the time remaining in the Strategy Term and strike prices for each of the hypothetical derivatives underlying the calculation of Index Strategy Value for each Index Strategy. For each derivative, linear interpolation is used to derive the volatility corresponding to the exact moneyness and Time Remaining needed for the input.

•

Time Remaining – the number of days remaining in the Strategy Term divided by 365.25

Examples

	1-Year Cap	1-Year Cap+	3-Year Cap (no Cap Rate declared for the Strategy Term)	6-Year Cap (no Cap Rate declared for the Strategy Term)
Strategy Term Start Date
Strategy Term	1	1	3	6
Participation Rate	100%	60%	115%	130%
Cap/Cap+ Rate	23%	15%	N/A	N/A
Buffer	10%	10%	10%	20%

Index Performance	0%	0%	0%	0%
Risk-free Rate	3.0%	3.0%	3.5%	3.5%
Dividend Yield	1.5%	1.5%	1.5%	1.5%
Volatility - AMC	23%	23%	20%	20%
Volatility - OMC	17%	20%	N/A	N/A
Volatility - OMP	26%	26%	22%	25%

Strategy Basisi	$1,000	$1,000	$1,000	$1,000
Strategy Value	$1,000	$1,000	$1,000	$1,000

AMC	9.690%	9.690%	15.675%	22.236%
OMC	1.186%	3.385%	0%	0%
OMP	5.042%	5.042%	7.328%	8.352%

Proxy Fair Valueii (B)	3.462%	3.294%	10.698%	20.555%

Unless Otherwise Noted, Examples Use the Following Time Input
Years Elapsed since Strategy Term start (t)	0.5	0.5	0.5	0.5
Years Remaining in Strategy Term	0.5	0.5	2.5	5.5
Index Performance of -25%, other inputs unchanged
Index Performance	-25%	-25%	-25%	-25%

AMC	0.240%	0.240%	3.322%	8.256%

	1-Year Cap	1-Year Cap+	3-Year Cap (no Cap Rate declared for the Strategy Term)	6-Year Cap (no Cap Rate declared for the Strategy Term)
OMC	0.000%	0.005%	0%	0%
OMP	15.595%	15.595%	16.621%	14.194%

Filing Compare · NATIONWIDE LIFE INSURANCE CO